Ece Book 1

ACADEMIC REGULATIONS
COURSE STRUCTURE
AND
DETAILED SYLLABUS
ELECTRONICS &
COMMUNICATION ENGINEERING
FOR
B. TECH FOUR YEAR DEGREE COURSE

(Applicable for the batches admitted from 2018-2019)
G.NARAYANAMMA INSTITUTE OF
TECHNOLOGY & SCIENCE (For Women)
(AUTONOMOUS)
Shaikpet, Hyderabad – 500104
DEPARTMENT OF
ELECTRONICS & COMMUNICATION
ENGINEERING
DEPARTMENT VISION
ECE dept envisions to develop high quality and technically competent

women engineers who can address the growing challenges in the
modern world with a keen sense of social responsibility.
DEPARTMENT MISSION
● Knowledge Based Engineering Education (Quality)

● Analysis and Design Skills with Modelling Potential, Technical
Competence
● Industry Compatibility and Women Empowerment with Societal
Commitment
● Professional Career Growth with Values and Ethics
ACADEMIC REGULATIONS
COURSE STRUCTURE
AND
DETAILED SYLLABUS
ELECTRONICS &
COMMUNICATION ENGINEERING
FOR
B. TECH FOUR YEAR DEGREE COURSE

(Applicable for the batches admitted from 2018-2019)
(AUTONOMOUS)
Shaikpet, Hyderabad – 500104
2018-2019 3
B.TECH-ACADEMIC REGULATIONS – 2018

(GNITS-R18)
For CBCS Based B.Tech. Degree Courses
(Applicable for the students of B.Tech (Regular) from
the Academic Year 2018-19 and onwards)
1.0 Under-Graduate Degree Course (UGDC) in Engineering &
Technology (E&T)
G. Narayanamma Institute of Technology & Science (GNITS) -
for Women, Hyderabad, affiliated to Jawaharlal Nehru
Technological University Hyderabad (JNTUH), Hyderabad,
offers 4 Year (8 Semesters) Bachelor of Technology (B.Tech.)
Degree Course under Choice Based Credit System (CBCS) with
effect from the Academic Year 2018 – 19 onwards in the following
Branches of Engineering & Technology:
S.No. Branch
I. Computer Science and Engineering (CSE)
II. Electrical and Electronics Engineering (EEE)
III. Electronics and Communication Engineering (ECE)
IV. Electronics and Telematics Engineering (ETE)
V. Information Technology (IT)
2.0 Eligibility for Admission
2.1 The Admission to the UGDC shall be made either on the basis of
the merit rank obtained by the qualifying candidate at an Entrance
Test conducted by the Telangana State Government (TSEAMCET),
OR the University, OR on the basis of any other order of merit
approved by the University, subject to the reservations as prescribed
by the Government from time to time.
2.2 The medium of instruction for the entire UG Degree Course in
E&T shall be ENGLISH only.
3.0 B.Tech. Degree Course Structure
3.1 The B.Tech. Degree Courses at GNITS are of Semester Pattern,
with 8 Semesters constituting 4 Academic Years and each
Academic Year is of TWO Semesters (First/Odd and Second/
Even Semesters). Each Semester shall be of 22 Weeks duration
(inclusive of Examinations), with a minimum of 90 Instructional
Days per Semester.
4 Electronics & Communication Engineering
3.2 UGC/AICTE specified Definitions/Descriptions are adopted
appropriately for various terms and abbreviations used in these
Academic Regulations/ Norms, which are listed under 3.2.1 to
3.2.4. The Course Structure is organized based on the AICTE
Model Curriculum for Under-Graduate Degree Courses in
Engineering & Technology (Jan. 2018).
3.2.1 Semester Scheme:
Each UGDC is of 4 Academic Years (8 Semesters), with each
academic year divided into two semesters of 22 weeks (≥90
working days) each. Each semester has -‘Continuous Internal
Evaluation (CIE)’ and ‘End Semester Examination or Semester End
Examination (SEE)’. Choice Based Credit System (CBCS) and
Credit Based Semester System (CBSS) as denoted by UGC, and
Course Structure/Curriculum as suggested by AICTE are
followed. The terms ‘SUBJECT’ or ‘COURSE’ imply the same
meaning here, and refers to ‘Theory Subject’, or ‘Lab/Practical
Course’, or ‘Design/ Drawing Subject’, or ‘Elective’, or ‘Seminar’,
or ‘Project’, or ‘Mini-Project’, as the case may be.
3.2.2 Credit Courses
All the Subjects/ Courses are to be registered by a student in
a Semester to earn Credits. Credits shall be assigned to each
Subject/ Course in a L : T : P : C (Lecture Periods : Tutorial
Periods : Practical Periods : Credits) Structure based on the
following general pattern:
• One Credit - for One hour/ Week/ Semester for Theory/ Lecture
(L) Courses, and Tutorials (T); and,
• One Credit - for Two hours/ Week/ Semester for Laboratory/
Practical (P) Courses.
Student Activity Courses like NCC, NSS, NSO, and other courses
identified as Mandatory Courses (MC) shall not carry Credits.
3.2.3 Subject/ Course Classification
All the Subjects/ Courses offered for the UGDC are broadly
classified as :
(a) Foundation Courses (FnC), (b) Core Courses (CoC), and
(c) Elective Courses (ElC).
 Foundation Courses (FnC) are further categorized as :
(i) HS (Humanities and Social Sciences including Management
Courses),
2018-2019 5
(ii) BS (Basic Sciences Courses), and
(iii) ES (Engineering Sciences Courses);
 Core Courses (CoC) and Elective Courses (ElC) are categorized
as PS (Professional Subjects), which are further subdivided
as:
(i) PC (Professional/ Departmental Core) Courses
(ii) PE (Professional/ Departmental Electives) Courses
(iii) OE (Open Electives) Courses; and
(iv) Project Works (PW);
 Additional Courses :
ONLINE Courses (offered by IITs/ MOOCs) ; and
 Mandatory Courses :
MC - No Credits allocated.
3.2.4 Course Nomenclature:
The Curriculum Nomenclature or Course Structure Grouping for
each UG Degree Course (B.Tech. Degree Programmes) is as
listed below (along with AICTE specified % Range of Total
Credits):
4.0 Course Work
4.1 A student after securing admission shall pursue the B.Tech. UG
Degree Course in a minimum period of 4 Academic Years, and
a maximum period of 8 Academic Years (with effect from the
Date of Commencement of I Year).
4.2 As suggested by AICTE, a 3-week ‘Mandatory Induction
Programme’ shall be offered for all the Branches of Engineering
at the start of the I Year UGDC, to enable the newly admitted
students get acquainted with the new professional environment,
to develop awareness and understanding of the engineering
education requirements, and to get them prepared for the
academic schedules ahead. The features, activities and pattern
of the Induction Programme shall be as per the guidelines
suggested in the Model Curriculum. Conventional class work shall
commence only fter the completion of the Induction Programme.
4.3 Each student shall Register for and secure the specified number
of Credits (160 Credits) required for the completion of the
UGDC and the Award of the B.Tech. Degree in the respective
Branch of Engineering.
4.4 Each Semester is structured to provide typically about 20

Credits (20 C) on an average, totaling to 160 Credits (160 C)
for the entire B.Tech. Programme.
5.0 Course Registration
5.1 A ‘Faculty Advisor or Counselor’ shall be assigned to each
B.Tech student and the faculty advisor assigned shall advise/counsel
the student about the UGD Course, its Course Structure and
Curriculum, Choice/Option for Subjects/Courses, based on the
competence, progress, pre-requisites and interest of the student.
2018-2019 7
5.2 The Academic/Examination Section of the College invites
‘Registration Forms’ from the students apriori (before the
beginning of the Semester) through ‘ONLINE SUBMISSIONS’,
ensuring ‘DATE and TIME Stamping’. The ONLINE Registration
Requests for any ‘CURRENT SEMESTER’ shall be completed
BEFORE the commencement of SEEs (Semester End
Examinations) of the ‘PRECEDING SEMESTER’.
5.3 Every individual student is advised to register for all the number
of credits indicated in that semester workload of the respective
UGD Course Structure - this is termed as the ‘Minimum Work
Load’ (MWL).
5.4 A student can apply for ONLINE Registration, ONLY AFTER
obtaining the ‘WRITTEN APPROVAL’ from her assigned Faculty
Advisor, which should be submitted to the College Academic/
Examination Section through the Head of the Department (a copy
of the same is to be retained by the Head of the Department,
Faculty Advisor and the student).
5.5 A student may be permitted to register for the Subjects/ Courses
of her choice with the typical work load suggested in the respective
semester credit load allocation of that UG Degree Course
Structure as the Minimum Work Load (MWL), and maximum –
with possible additional courses of her choice, limited to a
Total Work Load (TWL) of 25 C, based on her PROGRESS
and SGPA/ CGPA, and completion of the ‘PRE-REQUISITES’
as indicated for various Subjects/ Courses in the Department
Course Structure and Syllabus contents.
5.6 The choice for the ‘additional’ Subjects/Courses to reach the
Maximum Permissible Limit of 25 Credits (above the typical
MWL) must be indicated clearly, which needs the specific
approval and signature of the Faculty Advisor/ Counselor and
the HoD on the hard-copy.
5.7 If the student submits ambiguous choices or multiple options
or erroneous entries during ONLINE Registration for the
Subject(s) / Course(s) under a given/ specified Course Group/
Category as listed in the Course Structure, only the first
mentioned Subject/ Course in that category shall be taken into
consideration, as applicable.
5.8 The Subject/Course Options exercised through ONLINE
Registration are final and CANNOT be changed, and CANNOT
be inter-changed; further, alternate choices shall also be not
considered. However, if the Subject/ Course that has already
been listed for Registration (by the Head of the Department) in
a semester could not be offered on account of any unforeseen
or unavoidable reasons, then the student shall be allowed to
have alternate choice - either for a new Subject (subject to
offering of such a Subject), or for another existing Subject
(subject to availability of seats), which may be considered.
Such alternate arrangements shall be made by the Head of the
Department, with due notification and time-framed schedule,
within the FIRST WEEK from the commencement of class-
work for that semester.
5.9 Dropping of the Subjects/ Courses may be permitted ONLY
AFTER obtaining the prior approval from the Faculty Advisor
assigned (subject to the retaining of the MWL), ‘within 15
Days of Time’ from the beginning of the current semester.
5.10 For the Mandatory Courses (like NCC/ NSS/ NSO etc.), a
‘Satisfactory Participation Certificate’ from the concerned
authorities of the relevant semester is essential. No Marks or
Grades or Credits shall be awarded for the Mandatory Courses.
6.0 Subjects/ Courses to be offered
6.1 A typical Section strength (or Class strength) for each semester
shall be 60.
6.2 A Subject/ Course may be offered to the students, ONLY IF a
Minimum of 30 Students opt for the same. The Maximum
Class Strength of a Section is limited to 80.
6.3 More than ONE TEACHER may offer the SAME SUBJECT
(Theory/ Tutorials/Lab./Practicals) in any semester. However,
selection choice for students will be based on - ‘FIRST COME
FIRST SERVE Basis and CGPA Criterion’ (ie., the first focus
shall be on the earliest stamping of ONLINE ENTRY from
the student for Registration in that semester, and the second
focus, if needed, shall be on the existing CGPA of the student).
6.4 If more entries for the Registration of a Subject come into
picture, then the Head of the Department concerned shall take
necessary action, whether to offer such a Subject/ Course for
TWO (or multiple) SECTIONS or NOT .
6.5 In case of the options coming from the students of the other
Departments/ Branches/ Disciplines also (not considering OPEN
2018-2019 9
ELECTIVES), PRIORITY shall be given to the student of the
‘Parent Department/Branch’ first.
7.0 Attendance Requirements
7.1 A student shall be eligible to appear for the End Semester
Examinations if she acquires a minimum of 75% of attendance in
aggregate of all the Subjects/Courses (excluding Mandatory or
Non-Credit Courses) for that semester.
7.2 Condoning of shortage of attendance in aggregate up to 10% (65%
and above, and below 75%) in each semester may be granted by
the College Academic Committee (CAC) on genuine and valid
grounds based on the student’s representation with supporting
evidence. Provision of such condonation is however limited to
a maximum of 3 times during the maximum permissible UG
study period.
7.3 A stipulated fee shall be payable towards condoning of shortage of
attendance.
7.4 Shortage of Attendance below 65% in aggregate shall in NO case
be condoned.
7.5 A student, whose shortage of attendance is not condoned in a
semester is not eligible to take her End Examinations of that
semester; she gets detained and her registration for that semester
shall stand cancelled. She shall not be promoted to the next
semester. She may seek re-registration for all those Subjects
registered in that semester in which she gets detained by seeking
re-admission for that semester as and when offered; in case if
there are any Professional Electives and/ or Open Electives, the
same may also be re-registered if offered, however, if those
Electives are not offered in later semesters, then alternate Electives
may be chosen from the same set of Elective Subjects offered
under that Elective category.
8.0 Academic Requirements
The following Academic Requirements have to be satisfied in
addition to the Attendance Requirements mentioned under
Clause 7.0.
8.1 A student shall be deemed to have satisfied the Academic
Requirements and earned the Credits allotted to each Subject/
Course, if she secures not less than 35% marks (25 out of 70
marks) in the End Semester Examination, and a minimum of 40%
of marks in the sum total of the CIE (Continuous Internal
Evaluation) and SEE (Semester End Examination) taken together
[in terms of Letter Grades, this implies securing ‘C Grade’ or
above in that Subject/ Course].
8.2 A student shall be deemed to have satisfied the Academic
Requirements and earned the Credits allotted to the Seminar
and the Mini-Project, if she secures not less than 40% of the
total marks (that is, 40 marks) to be awarded for each. The
student would be treated as failed, if she - (i) does not submit
a report on her Mini-Project, or does not make a presentation
of the same before the Evaluation Committee as per the schedule,
or (ii) does not present the Seminar as required in the III year
II Semester, or (iii) secures less than 40% of marks (40 marks)
in the Mini-Project/ Seminar evaluations. She may have to
reappear for the Mini-Project/ Seminar evaluations, when they
are scheduled again in that semester; if she fails in such ‘one
reappearance’ evaluation also, she has to reappear for the same
in the next subsequent semester, as and when they are scheduled
as supplementary candidate.
8.3 A student will not be promoted from the I Year to the II Year,
unless she fulfills the Attendance and Academic Requirements
and secures a total of 19 Credits out of 38 Credits specified
for the I Year, from all the relevant regular and supplementary
examinations, whether she takes those examinations or not.
8.4 A student will not be promoted from the II Year to the III Year,
up to and inclusive of the II Year II Semester, from all the
relevant regular and supplementary examinations, whether she
takes those examinations or not.
8.5 A student will not be promoted from the III Year to the IV
Year, unless she fulfils the Attendance and Academic
Requirements and secures a total of 71 Credits out of 119
Credits specified up to and inclusive of the III Year II Semester,
from all the relevant regular and supplementary examinations,
whether she takes those examinations or not.
8.6 A student shall register for all the Subjects covering 160 Credits
as specified and listed (with the relevant Course/ Subject
2018-2019 11
Classifications as mentioned) in the Course Structure, puts up

all the Attendance and Academic requirements for 160 Credits
securing a minimum of C Grade (Pass Grade) or above in
each Subject, and earns ALL 160 Credits securing SGPA ≥ 5.0
( in each semester), and CGPA (at the end of each successive
semester) ≥ 5.0 to successfully complete the UG Degree Course.
8.7 If a student registers for any ‘additional Subjects’ (in the parent
Department or other Departments/Branches of Engg.) other
than those listed Subjects totaling to 160 Credits as specified
in the Course Structure of her Department, the performances
in those ‘additional Subjects’ (although evaluated and graded)
shall not be taken into account while calculating the SGPA and
CGPA. For such ‘additional Subjects’ registered, the Letter
Grade alone shall be indicated in the Grade Card as a
performance measure subject to the completion of the
Attendance and Academic Requirements as stated under Clauses
7.0 and 8.1 – 8.6.
8.8 Students who fail to earn 160 Credits as per the Course Structure,
and as indicated above, within 8 Academic Years from the Date
of the Commencement of their I Year, shall forfeit their seats in
B.Tech. Programme and their admission shall stand cancelled.
8.9 When a student is detained due to the shortage of attendance in
any semester, she may be re-admitted into that semester as and
when offered, along with the Academic Regulations of the Batch
into which she gets readmitted. However, no Grade Allotments
or SGPA/ CGPA calculations shall be done for that entire
semester in which she got detained.
8.10 When a student is detained due to lack of Credits in any year,
she may be readmitted in the next year(s), after the fulfillment of
the Academic Requirements, along with the Academic Regulations
of the Batch into which she gets readmitted.
8.11 A student who is eligible to appear for the End Semester
Examination in any Subject/ Course, but is absent for a particular
subject/course or has failed (thereby failing to secure C Grade
or above), may reappear for that Subject/ Course at the
supplementary examination (SEE) as and when conducted. In
such cases, her Internal Marks (CIE) assessed earlier for that
Subject/Course shall be retained and carried over, and added to
the marks to be obtained in the SEE supplementary examination
for evaluating her performance in that Subject.
8.12 In view of AICTE/UGC suggestions and guidelines, it is resolved
to recommend the inclusion of “INTERNSHIP” for B.Tech
Programme students, in the 8 th Semester (4 th Year 2 nd
Semester), for One Semester Duration, in addition to the
B.Tech. Project requirements already specified, with the following
notes …
i. The internship will be “Industry Internship”, and is exclusively
meant for all those students who have been considered eligible
and selected accordingly by the Industry. Based on such
selection letters from the Industry, approvals will be given to
individual students by the Head of Department and the Principal
of the Institution to carry out the Industry Internship for One
Semester. The Internship Performance will be evaluated by the
Supervisor/Advisor/Guide from the Industry for 100 marks
(there will not be any Internals/Sessionals from the department
side), and a Certificate is to be issued to that effect from the
Industry. The Internship will carry a weightage of 3 Credits,
and all students who undergo Internship Programme are
exempted from the prescribed Open Elective Course of
B.Tech.– 4th Year 2nd Semester (which is also for 3 Credits).
ii. If any student fails to complete this Internship Programme
due to any reason whatsoever, or fails to secure at least 50%
marks in their Internship Performance Evaluation, she would
have to register for the previously exempted Open Elective
Course of 4th Year 2nd Semester, in the next subsequent
semester(s), as a ‘supplementary candidate’, and complete all
the academic requirements as needed.
iii. Because of the mandatory physical presence of the student
required at the Industry during the Internship Period, provision
is made to the effect that students may be permitted to
choose ONE ON-LINE Course (of NPTEL/MOOCS level - for
3 Credit Weightage), in place of the existing Professional
Elective Course (Professional Elective – 6) in 4th Year 2nd
Semester of the B.Tech Programme, preferably in the same
domain specialization, subject to acceptance and approval
by the Head of Department, during 3rd year – 2nd semester or
4th year- 1st semester, as applicable . In such cases, the student’s
2018-2019 13
performance evaluation will be as per the ON-LINE Course
evaluation format. If any student fails to get the required
Grade/Marks in her ON-LINE Course evaluations, she would
have to repeat the same ON-LINE Course again (as and when
offered) and complete it successfully, or can register for
Professional Elective – 6 in 4th Year 2nd Semester to meet all
the academic requirements.
9.0 Evaluation-Distribution and Weightage of Marks
9.1 The performance of a student in each semester shall be evaluated
Subject-wise (irrespective of the Credits assigned) with a
maximum of 100 marks for Theory, or Labs/Practicals, or
Drawing/Design, or Elective Course, or Seminar, or Mini-
Project, or Project – I, or Project – II etc. These evaluations
shall be based on 30% CIE (Continuous Internal Evaluation)
and 70% SEE (Semester End Examination), and a Letter
Grade corresponding to the % of marks obtained shall be
given.
9.2 For all the Subjects/ Courses as mentioned under 9.1, the
distribution shall be: 30 Marks for the CIE and 70 Marks for the
SEE for the entire UG Degree Course.
9.3a. For the Theory Subjects during the semester, there shall be 2 mid-
term examinations for 25 marks each. Each mid-term examination
consists of one Objective section for 10 marks, plus one Subjective
section for 15 marks, with a total duration of 120 minutes. Further,
there shall be an allocation of 5 marks for the Assignment,
and there shall be 2 Assignments. The Objective section may be
set with multiple choice questions, True/False selections, fill-in
the blanks, matching type questions, etc. The Subjective section
shall contain 5 questions, out of which the student has to answer
any 3 questions, each question carrying 5 marks.
b. The first mid-term examination shall be conducted in the middle
of the semester for the first 50% of the syllabus, and the
second mid-term examination shall be conducted at the end of
the semester for the remaining 50% of the syllabus.
c. The First Assignment should be submitted before the conduct
of the first mid-term examination, and the Second Assignment
should be submitted before the conduct of the second mid-
term examination. The Assignments shall be as specified by the
subject teacher concerned.
d. The first mid-term examination marks and the first Assignment
Marks combined together shall make one set of CIE marks,
and the second mid-term examination marks and the second
Assignment Marks shall make the second set of CIE marks;
and the AVERAGE of the two sets of mid examination marks
shall be taken as the final marks secured by the student towards
Continuous Internal Evaluation (CIE) in that Theory Subject.
9.4 For the Lab/Practical Subjects, the Continuous Internal Evaluation
(CIE) during the semester shall be for 30 Marks, and the End
Semester Examination (SEE) shall be for 70 Marks. Out of the
30 Marks for internals (CIE), day-to-day assessment of the lab
work shall be assessed for 20 Marks; and one internal lab exam
shall be conducted by the laboratory teacher concerned for 10
Marks. The Semester End Examination (SEE) for Lab/Practicals
shall be conducted at the end of the semester by Two Examiners
nominated by the Head of the Department and approved by the
Principal.
9.5 For the Subjects with Design and/or Drawing, (such as Engineering
Graphics, Engineering Drawing, Machine Drawing, Production
Drawing Practice, and Estimation etc.), the distribution shall be:
30 Marks for CIE (20 Marks for the day-to-day work and 10
Marks for the internal tests) and 70 Marks for SEE. There shall
be TWO internal tests in a semester and the AVERAGE of the two
shall be taken into consideration for the award of Marks for the
internal tests (CIE).
9.6 Open Electives: 4 Open Elective Courses shall be offered in
the 8 Semester UG Degree Course. Students are to choose ONE
from each set of Open Electives given. However, students cannot
opt for an Open Elective Subject offered by their own (parent)
Department or any other Department, if it has been already listed
(or the contents included) under any category of the Subjects
offered by the parent department in any semester.
9.7 There shall be a Seminar Presentation in the III Year II Semester.
For the Seminar, the student shall collect the information on a
technical topic, prepare a Technical Report and submit the
Technical Report prepared to the Department at the time of
Seminar Presentation. The Seminar Presentation (along with the
Technical Report submitted) shall be evaluated for 100 marks by
Two Faculty Members assigned by the Head of the Department.
There shall be no SEE or external examination for the Seminar.
2018-2019 15
9.8 a. There shall be a Mini-Project, preferably in collaboration with an
Industry with the relevant specialization, to be registered
immediately after III Year II Semester examinations, and taken
up during the summer vacation (between III and IV Years) for
about eight weeks duration.
b. The Mini-Project work shall be submitted in a Report form, and
a presentation of the same shall be made before a Committee and
is evaluated for 100 Marks by the committee. The Committee
shall consist of the Head of the Department, the supervisor of Mini-
Project, and a Senior Faculty Member of the Department. There
shall be no internal marks for Mini-Project. Performance
evaluation of the Mini-Project shall be included in the IV Year
I Semester Grade Card.
9.9 Each student shall start the Project Work during the IV Year I
Semester as per the instructions of the Project Guide/ Project
Supervisor assigned by the Head of the Department.
a. The Project Work shall be divided and carried out in 2 phases
: Phase – I (Project-I) during IV Year I Semester, and Phase –
II (Project-II) during IV Year II Semester, and the student has
to prepare two independent Project Work Reports – one each
during each phase. First Report shall include the Project
Work carried out under Phase – I, and the Second Report
(Final Report) shall include the Project Work carried out
under Phase – I and Phase – II put together. Phase – I and Phase
– II of the Project Work shall be evaluated for 100 marks
each.
b. Out of the total 100 marks allotted for each Phase of the Project
Work, 30 marks shall be for the CIE (Continuous Internal
Evaluation/CIE), and 70 Marks shall be for the End Semester
Viva-voce Examination/SEE). The Marks earned under CIE for
both Phases of the Project shall be awarded by the Project
Guide/Supervisor (based on the continuous evaluation of student’s
performance during the two Project Work Phases/periods);
and the marks earned under SEE shall be awarded by the
Project Viva-voce Committee/ Board (based on the work carried
out, report prepared and the presentation made by the student
at the time of Viva-voce Examination).
c. For the Project Phase - I, the Viva-voce shall be conducted at
the end of the IV Year I Semester, before the commencement
of that Semester End Examinations, at the Department Level
by a Committee comprising of the HOD or One Professor and
Supervisor (no external examiner), and the Project Phase – II
(or Final Project Viva-voce) shall be conducted by a Committee
comprising of an External Examiner, the Head of the Department
and the Project Supervisor at the end of the IV Year II Semester,
before the the commencement of semester end examinations. The
nomination of the External Examiner shall be done by the
Principal from the panel of 3 names of external faculty members
(Professors or Associate Professors outside the College)
submitted by the HOD.
9.10 For NCC/ NSS/ NSO Mandatory Courses and/or any other
Mandatory Non-Credit Course offered in a semester, a
‘Satisfactory Participation Certificate’ shall be issued to the
student from the authorities concerned, only after securing ≥
75% attendance in the Course. No Marks or Letter Grade shall
be allotted for the Mandatory Courses.
10.0 Grading Procedure
10.1 Marks shall be awarded to indicate the performance of each student
in each Theory Subject, or Lab/Practicals, or Workshop/Drawing,
or Elective Course, or Seminar, or Project, or Mini-Project, etc.,
and, based on the % of marks obtained in CIE + SEE (Continuous
Internal Evaluation + Semester End Examination, both taken
together) as specified under 9.0, a corresponding Letter Grade shall
be given
10.2 As a measure of the student’s performance, a 10-point Absolute
Grading System using the following Letter Grades and
corresponding percentage of marks shall be followed:
2018-2019 17
10.3 A student obtaining ‘F’ Grade in any Subject shall be considered
‘FAILED’ and will be required to reappear as ‘Supplementary
Candidate’ in the End Semester Examination (SEE), as and
when conducted. In such cases, her Internal Marks (CIE Marks)
in those Subject(s) will remain the same as those obtained
earlier.
10.4 A Letter Grade does not imply any specific % of marks.
10.5 In general, a student shall not be permitted to repeat any
Subject/ Course (s) for the sake of ‘Grade Improvement’ or
‘SGPA/ CGPA Improvement’. However, she has to repeat all the
Subjects/Courses pertaining to that semester, when she is
detained (as listed under Clauses 8.9- 8.10).
10.6 A student earns Grade Points (GP) in each Subject/ Course on
the basis of the Letter Grade obtained by her in that Subject/
Course (excluding Mandatory non-credit Courses). Then the
corresponding ‘Credit Points’ (CP) are computed by multiplying
the Grade Points with Credits for that particular Subject/
Course.
Credit Points (CP) = Grade Points (GP) x Credits for a
Course
10.7 The student passes the Subject/ Course only when she gets GP
≥ 5 (C Grade or above).
10.8 The Semester Grade Point Average (SGPA) is calculated by
dividing the Sum of Credit Points (ΣCP) secured from ALL
Subjects/ Courses registered in a semester by the Total Number
of Credits registered during that semester. SGPA is rounded
off to TWO Decimal Places. SGPA is thus computed as
SGPA = …. for each Semester
where ‘i’ is the Subject indicator index (takes into account all
Subjects in a semester), ‘N’ is the no. of Subjects ‘REGISTERED’
for the semester (as specifically required and listed under the
Course Structure of the parent Department), Ci is the no. of
Credits allotted to the ith Subject, and Gi represents the
Grade Points (GP) corresponding to the Letter Grade awarded
for that ith Subject.
10.9 The Cumulative Grade Point Average (CGPA) is a measure of
the overall cumulative performance of a student over all the
semesters considered for registration. The CGPA is the ratio
of the Total Credit Points secured by a student in ALL the
registered Courses in ALL the semesters, and the Total Number
of Credits registered in ALL the semesters. CGPA is rounded
off to TWO Decimal Places. CGPA is thus computed from the
I Year Second Semester onwards, at the end of each semester,
as per the formula
CGPA= …for all S semesters registered
(ie., up to and inclusive of S semesters, S ≥ 2),
where ‘M’ is the TOTAL no. of Subjects (as specifically
required and listed under the Course Structure of the parent
Department) the student has ‘REGISTERED’ from the 1st
Semester onwards upto and inclusive of the semester S
( obviously M > N ), ‘j’ is the Subject indicator index (takes
into account all Subjects from 1 to S semesters), Cj is the no.
of Credits allotted to the jth Subject, and Gj represents the
Grade Points (GP) corresponding to the Letter Grade awarded
for that jth Subject. After the registration and completion of I
Year I Semester however, the SGPA of that semester itself
may be taken as the CGPA, as there are no cumulative effects.
10.10 For the Merit Ranking or Comparison Purposes or any other
listing, ONLY the ‘ROUNDED OFF’ values of the CGPAs shall
be used.
10.11 For Calculations listed under Clauses 10.6 – 10.10, performance
in failed Subjects/ Courses (securing F Grade) shall also be
taken into account, and the Credits of such Subjects/ Courses
shall also be included in the multiplications and summations.
However, Mandatory Courses will not be taken into
consideration.
10.12 Passing Standards
10.12.1 A student shall be declared successful or ‘passed’ in a semester,
only when she gets a SGPA ≥ 5.00 (at the end of that
particular semester); and a student shall be declared successful
or ‘passed’ in the entire UG Degree Course, only when she gets
a CGPA ≥ 5.00; subject to the condition that she secures a GP
≥ 5 (C Grade or above) in every registered Subject/ Course in
each semester (during the entire UG Degree Course) for the
Award of the Degree, as required.
2018-2019 19
10.12.2 A student shall be declared successful or ‘passed’ in any
Non-Credit Subject/ Course, if she secures a ‘Satisfactory
Participation Certificate’ for that Mandatory Course.
10.13 After the completion of each semester, a Grade Card or Grade
Sheet (or Transcript) shall be issued to all the Registered
Students of that semester indicating the Letter Grades and the
Credits earned. The Grade Card or the Grade Sheet shall show
the details of the Courses Registered (Course Code, Title, No.
of Credits, Grade Earned etc.), Credits earned, SGPA, and
CGPA.
11.0 Declaration of Results
11.1 Computation of SGPA and CGPA are done using the procedure
listed under Clauses 10.6 – 10.10.
11.2 CGPA is NOT indicative of the % of marks secured. However,
in case if % of marks equivalent to the FINAL CGPA (computed
at the end of UG Degree Course) is required, then the
following formula may be used as an estimate:
% of Marks = (final CGPA – 0.5) x 10
12.0 Award of Degree
12.1 A student who registers for all the specified Subjects/ Courses
as listed in the Course Structure, satisfies all the Course
Requirements, and passes all the examinations prescribed in
the entire UG Degree Course, and secures the required number
of 160 Credits (with CGPA ≥ 5.0), within 8 Academic Years
from the Date of Commencement of the First Academic Year,
shall be declared to have ‘QUALIFIED’ for the Award of the
B.Tech. Degree in the chosen Branch of Engineering as selected
at the time of Admission.
12.2 A student who qualifies for the Award of the Degree as listed
under Clause 12.1, shall be placed in the following four
Classes :
12.2.1 a) A student with final CGPA (at the end of the UG Degree
Course) ≥ 8.00, and fulfilling the following conditions -
(i) should have passed all the Subjects/Courses in ‘FIRST
APPEARANCE’ within the first 4 Academic Years (or 8
Sequential Semesters) from the Date of Commencement of
her First Academic Year,
(ii) should have secured a CGPA ≥ 8.00, at the end of each of the
8 sequential semesters, starting from the I Year I Semester
onwards,
(iii) should not have been detained or prevented from writing the
End Semester Examinations in any semester due to shortage
of attendance or any other reason,
SHALL be placed in ‘FIRST CLASS with DISTINCTION’.
b) A student with final CGPA (at the end of UG Degree
Course) ≥ 8.00, but not fulfilling the above conditions,
shall be placed in ‘FIRST CLASS’.
12.2.2 A student with final CGPA (at the end of the UG Degree Course)
≥ 6.50 but <8.00, shall be placed in ‘FIRST CLASS’.
12.2.3 A student with final CGPA (at the end of the UG Degree
Course) ≥ 5.50 but <6.50, shall be placed in ‘SECOND CLASS’.
12.2.4 All other students who qualify for the Award of the Degree
(as per the Clause 12.1), with final CGPA (at the end of the
UG Degree Course) ≥ 5.00 but < 5.50, shall be placed in
‘PASS CLASS’.
12.2.5 A student with final CGPA (at the end of the UG Degree
Course) < 5.00 will not be eligible for the Award of the
Degree.
12.2.6 A student fulfilling the conditions listed under the Clause
12.2.1 (a) alone will be the eligible candidate for the
‘University/College Rank’ and/or ‘Gold Medal’ considerations.
13.0 Withholding of Results
13.1 If the student has not paid fees to the University/ College at any
stage, or has pending dues against her name due to any reason
whatsoever, or if any case of indiscipline is pending against her,
the result of the student may be withheld, and she shall not be
allowed to go into the next higher semester. The award or issue of
the Degree may also be withheld in such cases.
14.0 Transitory Regulations
14.1 A student who has discontinued for any reason, or has been
detained for want of attendance or lack of required credits as
specified, or who has failed in her B.Tech. Degree Course
after the UGDC period of 4 years, may be considered eligible
for readmission to the same Subjects/ Courses (or equivalent
2018-2019 21
Subjects/ Courses, as the case may be), and/ or to the same
Professional Electives/ Open Electives (from the same set/
category of Electives available or equivalents suggested, as
the case may be) as and when she is offered (within the time-
frame of 8 years from the Date of Commencement of her I
Year I Semester), along with the Academic Regulations of the
Batch into which she gets readmitted.
15.0 Student Transfers
15.1 There shall be no Branch transfers after the completion of the
Admission Process.
16.0 Scope
i) Where the words “Subject” or “Subjects”, occur in these
regulations, they also imply “Course” or “Courses”.
ii) The Academic Regulations should be read as a whole, for the
purpose of any interpretation.
iii) In case of any doubt or ambiguity in the interpretation of the above
rules, the decision of the Principal is final.
iv) The College may change or amend the Academic Regulations,
Course Structure or Syllabi at any time, and the changes or
amendments made shall be applicable to all the students with effect
from the dates notified by the College Authorities.
ACADEMIC REGULATIONS - 2018

For CBCS Based B.Tech. Degree Courses for Students Admitted
under Lateral Entry Scheme (LES)
(Effective for the students admitted into II year from
the Academic Year 2019-20 and onwards)
A) Eligibility for Admission
A.1 The Admission to the B.Tech. Programme (UG Degree Course)
shall be made either on the basis of the merit rank obtained by the
qualifying candidate at an Entrance Test conducted by the Telangana
State Government (TSECET), OR the University, OR on the basis
of any other order of merit approved by the University, subject to
the reservations as prescribed by the Government from time to
time.
B) B.Tech. Degree Course Structure for LES Students ~
B.1 Regular Full Time B.Tech. Degree Courses at GNITS are of
Semester Pattern, with 8 Semesters constituting 4 Academic
Years and each Academic Year is of TWO Semesters (First/Odd
and Second/Even Semesters). Students admitted under LES
shall join - the II Year stream of the Regular B.Tech. students
in the relevant branch of engineering (admitted for 4 Year
UG Degree Course in the previous year) and their UG Degree
Course period therefore shall be 3 Years (II, III and IV Years)
or 6 Semesters of the Regular Full Time B.Tech. Programme
(commencing from II Year I Semester).
B.2 The LES Students, after securing admission, shall pursue their
UG Degree course of study for not less than 3 years and not
more than 6 years, from the year of admission.
B.3 Each student shall Register for and secure the specified
number of Credits (122 Credits) required for the completion
of the UGDC and the Award of the B.Tech. Degree in the
respective Branch of Engineering.
C) Academic Requirements ~
C.1 A student will not be promoted from the II Year to the III Year,
up to and inclusive of the II Year II Semester, from all the
2018-2019 23
relevant regular and supplementary examinations, whether she
takes those examinations or not.
C.2 A student will not be promoted from the III Year to the IV
Year, unless she fulfils the Attendance and Academic
Requirements and secures a total of 48 Credits out of 81
Credits specified up to and inclusive of the III Year II Semester,
from all the relevant regular and supplementary examinations,
whether she takes those examinations or not.
C.3 A student shall register for all the Subjects covering 122 Credits
as specified and listed (with the relevant Course/ Subject
Classifications as mentioned) in the Course Structure, puts up
all the Attendance and Academic requirements for 122 Credits
securing a minimum of ‘C’ Grade (Pass Grade) or above in
each Subject, and earns ALL 122 Credits securing SGPA ≥ 5.0
( in each semester), and ≥ 5.0 CGPA (at the end of each
successive semester), to successfully complete the B.Tech.
Degree Course.
C.4 A student who fails to earn 122 Credits specified as per the
Course Structure, and as indicated above, within 6 Academic
Years from the year of admission (that corresponds to the II
Year I Semester of the Regular Full Time B.Tech. Degree
Course), shall forfeit their seat in B.Tech. Programme and their
admission shall stand cancelled.
D) Award of Degree
D.1 A student who registers for all the specified Subjects/ Courses
as listed in the Course Structure, satisfies all the Course
Requirements, and passes all the examinations prescribed in
the entire UG Degree Course, and secures the required number
of 122 Credits (with CGPA ≥ 5.0), within 6 Academic Years
from the year of admission, shall be declared to have
‘QUALIFIED’ for the Award of the B.Tech. Degree in the
chosen Branch of Engineering as selected at the time of
Admission.
D.2 A student who qualifies for the Award of the Degree as listed
under Clause D.1, shall be placed in the following Classes :
D.2.1 a. A student with final CGPA (at the end of the UG Degree
Course) ≥ 8.00, and fulfilling the following conditions -
(i) should have passed all the Subjects/Courses in ‘FIRST
APPEARANCE’ within the first 3 Academic Years (or 6
Sequential Semesters) from the year of admission,
(ii) should have secured a CGPA ≥ 8.00, at the end of each of the
6 sequential semesters, starting from the II Year I Semester
onwards,
(iii) should not have been detained or prevented from writing the
End Semester Examinations in any semester due to shortage
of attendance or any other reason, SHALL be placed in ‘FIRST
CLASS with DISTINCTION’.
b) A student with final CGPA (at the end of UG Degree
Course) ≥ 8.00, but not fulfilling the above conditions,
shall be placed in ‘FIRST CLASS’.
D.2.2 A student fulfilling the conditions listed under the Clause D.2.1
(a) alone will be the eligible candidate for the ‘University/
College Rank’ and/or ‘Gold Medal’ considerations.
D.2.3 All other clauses (and the corresponding CGPAs) shall be same as
those listed under clauses 12.2.2 to 12.2.5.
E) Other Regulations
All the Academic Regulations as applicable for the B.Tech. 4
Year Degree Course students shall hold good for the B.Tech.
Lateral Entry Scheme students also, but for the variations as
described above, under Clauses A, B, C and D for LES students.
2018-2019 25
MALPRACTICES RULES
DISCIPLINARY ACTION FOR / IMPROPER
CONDUCT IN EXAMINATIONS
Nature of Malpractices /
Improper conduct Punishment
If the student:
1. Possesses or keeps accessible Expulsion from the exami-
(a) in examination hall, any paper, nation hall and cancellation of
note book, programmable the performance in that
calculators, cell phones, pager, subject only.
palm computers or any other
form of material concerned with
or related to the subject of the
examination (theory or
practical) in which student is
appearing but has not made use
of (material shall include any
marks on the body of the student
which can be used as an aid in
the subject of the examination)
(b) Gives assistance or guidance or Expulsion from the exami-
receives it from any other nation hall and cancellation of
student orally or by any other the performance in that subject
body language methods or only of all the students
communicates through cell involved. In case of an
phones with any student or outsider, he will be handed
persons in or outside the exam over to the police and a case is
hall in respect of any matter. registered against him.
2. Has copied in the examination Expulsion from the exami-
hall from any paper, book, nation hall and cancellation of
programmable calculators, palm the performance in that subject
computers or any other form of and all other subjects the
material relevant to the subject student has already appeared
including practical exami-
of the examination (theory or
nations and project work and
practical) in which the student shall not be permitted to
is appearing. appear for the remaining
examinations of the subjects of
that semester/year.
3. Impersonates any other student in The student who has

connection with the examination. impersonated shall be
expelled from examination
hall. The student is also
debarred and forfeits the seat.
The performance of the
original student, who has been
impersonated, shall be
cancelled in all the subjects of
the examination (including
practicals and project work)
already appeared and shall not
be allowed to appear for
examinations of the remaining
subjects of that semester/year.
The student is also debarred
for two consecutive semesters
from class work and all
university examinations. The
continuation of the course by
the student is subject to the
academic regulations in
connection with forfeiture of
seat. If the imposter is an
outsider, he will be handed
over to the police and a case is
registered against him.
4. Smuggles in the answer book or Expulsion from the exami-
additional sheet or takes out or nation hall and cancellation of
arranges to send out the question performance in that subject
paper during the examination or and all the other subjects the
answer book or additional sheet, student has already appeared
during or after the examination. including practical exami-
shall not be permitted for the
remaining examinations of the
The student is also debarred for
two consecutive semesters
2018-2019 27
from class work and all

university examinations. The
continuation of the course by
the student is subject to the
academic regulations in
connection with forfeiture of
seat.
5. Uses objectionable, abusive or Cancellation of the
offensive language in the answer performance in that subject.
paper or in letters to the examiners
or writes to the examiner
requesting him to award pass
marks.
6. Refuses to obey the orders of the In case of students of the
chief superintendent/assistant – college, they shall be expelled
superintendent / any officer on from examination halls and
duty or misbehaves or creates
cancellation of their
disturbance of any kind in and
around the examination hall or performance in that subject
organizes a walk out or instigates and all other subjects the
others to walk out, or threatens student(s) has (have) already
the officer-in charge or any appeared and shall not be
person on duty in or outside the permitted to appear for the
examination hall of any injury to remaining examinations of the
his person or to any of his
relations whether by words, either
spoken or written or by signs or The students also are debarred
by visible representation, assaults and forfeit their seats. In case
the officer-in-charge, or any of outsiders, they will be
person on dutyin or outside the handed over to the police and a
examination hall or any of his police case is registered
relations, or indulges in any other against them.
act of misconduct or mischief
which result in damage to or
destruction of property in the
examination hall or any part of the
college campus or engages in any
other act which in the opinion of
the officer on duty amounts to use
of unfair means or misconduct or
has the tendency to disrupt the
orderly conduct of the
examination.
7. Leaves the exam hall taking away Expulsion from the examination
answer script or intentionally hall and cancellation of
tears of the script or any part performance in that subject and
thereof inside or outside the all the other subjects the student
examination hall. has already appeared including
practical examinations and
project work and shall not be
permitted for the remaining
that semester/year. The student
is also debarred for two
consecutive semesters from
class work and all end
examinations. The continuation
of the course by the student is
subject to the academic
regulations in connection with
forfeiture of seat.
8. Possess any lethal weapon or Expulsion from the exami-

firearm in the examination hall. nation hall and cancellation of
the performance in that subject
and all other subjects the
student has already appeared
including practical exami-
shall not be permitted for the
remaining examinations of the
subjects of that semester/ year.
The student is also debarred
and forfeits the seat.
9. If student of the college, who is Student of the colleges
not a student for the particular expulsion from the examination
examination or any person not hall and cancellation of the
connected with the college performance in that subject and
indulges in any malpractice or all other subjects the student
improper conduct mentioned in has already appeared including
clause 6 to 8. practical examinations and
project work and shall not be
permitted for the remaining
2018-2019 29

that semester/year. The student
is also debarred and forfeits the
seat.
Person(s) who do not belong to
the college will be handed over
to police and, a police case will
be registered against them.
10. Comes in a drunken condition to Expulsion from the exami-
the examination hall. nation hall and cancellation
of the performance in that
subject and all other subjects
the student has already
appeared including practical
examinations and project work
and shall not be permitted for
the remaining examinations of
the subjects of that semester/
year.
11. Copying detected on the basis of Cancellation of the perfor-
internal evidence, such as, during mance in that subject and all
valuation or during special other subjects the student has
scrutiny. appeared including practical
examinations and project work
of that semester/year exami-
nations.
12. If any malpractice is detected
which is not covered in the above
clauses 1 to 11 shall be reported
to the Principal for further action
to award suitable punishment.
B.Tech. 4 Year (8 semesters) Regular Programme in
ELECTRONICS & COMMUNICATION ENGINEERING
COURSE STRUCTURE
(Applicable for the Batch admitted from the
Academic Year 2018-19 onwards)
I YEAR I SEMESTER
S.No. Group Sub Code Subject L T P Credits
1. BS BS111AC Physics 3 1 - 4
2. BS BS111AB Linear Algebra and 3 1 - 4
Multivariable Calculus
3. ES ES111AF Programming for
Problem Solving 3 - - 3
4. ES ES111AE Engineering Graphics 1 - 3 2.5
5. ES ES11104 Engineering Workshop 1 - 3 2.5
6. BS BS11102 Physics Lab - - 3 1.5
7. ES ES11105 Programming Lab - - 3 1.5
8. MC MC11106 Games and Sports 2 - - -
TOTAL 13 2 12 19
I YEAR II SEMESTER
S.No Group Sub Code Subject L T P Credits
1. BS BS112AA Chemistry 3 1 - 4
2. BS BS112AG Numerical Techniques
and Transform Calculus 3 1 - 4
3. HS HS112AJ English 2 - - 2
4. ES ES112AD Basic Electrical 3 1 - 4
Engineering
5. BS BS11207 Chemistry Lab - - 2 1
6. HS HS11212 English Professional and - - 2 1
Communication Skills Lab
7. ES ES11209 Basic Electrical - - 3 1.5
Engineering Lab
8. ES ES11210 Computational - - 3 1.5
Mathematics Lab
9. MC MC11213 National Service
Scheme (NSS) 2 - - -
TOTAL 13 3 10 19
Games & Sports /NSS Participation Certificate is Mandatory for

each semester
2018-2019 31
COURSE STRUCTURE
II YEAR I SEMESTER
1. BS BS113AK Mathematical Analysis 3 - - 3
2. ES ES113AQ Network Theory 3 - - 3
3. PC PC113AW Electronic Devices
and Circuits 3 1 - 4
4. PC PC113AY Signals and Systems 3 - - 3
5. PC PC113AT Digital System Design 3 - - 3
6. PC PC11322 Electronic Circuits Lab - - 3 1.5
7. ES ES11314 Basic Simulation Lab - - 3 1.5
8. PC PC11320 Digital System Design Lab - - 3 1.5
9. MC MC11317 Gender Sensitization 2 - - -
TOTAL 17 1 9 20.5
II YEAR II SEMESTER
S.No Group Sub Code Subject L T P Credits
1. BS BS114BA Probability Theory and 3 - - 3
Stochastic Processes
2. ES ES114BC Material Science 3 - - 3
3. PC PC114BF Analog Circuits 3 - - 3
4. PC PC114BG Analog and Digital
Communications 3 1 - 4
5. PC PC114BM Microprocessors and
Microcontrollers 3 - - 3
6. PC PC11426 Analog Circuits Lab - - 3 1.5
7. PC PC11425 Analog and Digital
Communications Lab - - 3 1.5
8. PC PC11432 Microprocessors and
Microcontrollers lab - - 3 1.5
9. MC MC114BE Environmental Sciences 2 - - -
TOTAL 17 1 9 20.5
COURSE STRUCTURE
III YEAR I SEMESTER
1. PC PC115CM VLSI Design 3 - - 3
2. PC PC115BY Digital Signal Processing 3 1 - 4
3. PC PC115CD EM Theory and
Transmission Lines 3 - - 3
Professional Elective-1
PE115BS Computer Organization
4. PE-1 PE115CC Electronic Measurements and 3 - - 3
Instrumentation
PE115CF Information Theory and Coding
5. PC PC11538 Digital Signal Processing Lab - - 3 1.5
6. PC PC11539 e-CAD and VLSI Lab - - 3 1.5
7. HS HS11542 Employability and Soft
Skills Lab - - 2 1
8. OE OE115XX Open Elective – 1 3 - - 3
TOTAL 15 1 8 20
III YEAR II SEMESTER

1. HS HS116DE Managerial Economics and
Financial Analysis 3 - - 3
2. PC PC116DJ Principles of Computer
Networks 3 - - 3
3. PC PC116DC Linear Control Systems
PE116CQ Antennas and Wave
Propagation
4. PE-2 PE116DK Speech and Audio Signal 3 - - 3
Processing
PE116CS Bio-Medical Electronics
6. PC PC11644 Computer Networks Lab - - 3 1.5
7. PC PC11645 Electronic Design Lab - - 3 1.5
8. PW PW11652 Seminar 2 - - 2
TOTAL 17 - 6 20
2018-2019 33
COURSE STRUCTURE
IV YEAR I SEMESTER
1. HS HS117ECFundamentals of 3 - - 3
Management
2. PC PC117EJ Microwave Engineering 3 - - 3
PE 117DS Digital Image & Video
Processing
3. PE-3 PE117EH Low Power VLSI Design 3 - - 3
PE117GH Principles of Wireless
Communications
PE 117DN Artificial Intelligence
4. PE-4 PE117EA Fiber Optic Communications 3 - - 3
PE117DX Embedded System Design
6. PC PC11757 Microwave Engineering Lab - - 2 1
7. PW PW11758 Mini Project* - - - 2
8. PW PW11761 Project Phase – I 1 - 4 3
TOTAL 16 - 6 21
*Note: Summer between III & IV Year: Mini Project
IV YEAR II SEMESTER
1. HS HS118FK Entrepreneurship and 3 - - 3
Project Management
PE 118FL Global Navigation Satellite
Systems
2. PE-5 PE118EY Adaptive Signal Processing 3 - - 3
PE118FW Radar Systems
PE118FS Internet of Things
3. PE-6 PE118EZ Adhoc Wireless Networks 3 - - 3
PE118FE Artificial Neural Networks
5. PW PW11863 Project Phase– II 2 - 12 8
TOTAL 14 - 12 20
Note : Open Elective – Students should take Open Electives from List of Open
Electives Offered by Other Departments/Branches Only.
Ex: - A Student of Computer Science and Engineering can take Open Electives from
all other departments/branches except Open Electives offered by Computer Science
and Engineering Dept.
2018-2019 35
I Year B.Tech. ECE I-Semester L T P C
Course Code: BS111AC 3 1 - 4
PHYSICS
(Common to EEE, ECE & ETE)
Prerequisites:-Nil-
Course Objectives:
1. To understand the interaction of light with matter through interference
and diffraction.
2. To understand the behavior of a particle quantum mechanically.
3. To understand the importance of dielectric and magnetic materials.
4. To analyze the semiconductors and semiconductor devices.
5. To understand the construction and working principle of different types
of lasers and light propagation through optical fiber.
UNIT 1: (~8 Lecture Hours)
Wave optics: Huygens’ Principle, superposition of waves, Interference
of light by division of wavefront and amplitude. Young’s double slit
experiment, Interference from a thin plane glass plate (reflected light),
Newton’s rings experiment. Types of diffraction, Farunhofer diffraction
due to single slit and ‘N’ slits; Diffraction grating experiment.
Principles of Quantum mechanics and Band theory of solids:
Introduction to Quantum mechanics, Wave particle duality and de-Broglie
hypothesis, Davission–Germer experiment; Uncertainty principle, Time-
dependent and time independent Schrodinger equation for wave function,
Born interpretation; Free-particle wave function, Particle in 1D box (square
well potential) energy values, Expectation values vs position in the box.
Density of states and occupation probability; Kronig-Penny model (using
Bloch theorem; qualitative), Energy bands in solids, E-k diagram,
classification of materials: Metals, Semiconductors and Insulators,
Effective mass of an electron.
Dielectric and magnetic materials: Dielectric materials: Electric
dipole, Dipole moment, Dielectric constant, Polarizability, Electric
susceptibility, Displacement vector, electronic, ionic and orientation
polarizations, their polarizabilitity expressions, internal field and Clausius-
Mossotti(equations only); Piezoelectricity, pyroelectricity and
ferroelectricity and their applications; BaTiO3 structure.
Magnetic materials: Permeability, field intensity, magnetic field
induction, magnetization, magnetic susceptibility, origin of magnetic
moment, Bohr magneton, classification of dia, para and ferro magnetic
materials on the basis of magnetic moment, hysteresis curve based on
domain theory, soft and hard magnetic materials, properties of antiferro
and ferri magnetic materials, Superconductivity: Superconductivity
phenomenon, Meissner effect, applications of superconductivity.
Semiconductors: Intrinsic and extrinsic semiconductor carrier
concentrations, intrinsic carrier concentration; Dependence of Fermi level
on carrier-concentration and temperature (equilibrium carrier statistics),
Carrier generation and recombination, Diffusion and drift phenomenon
(Qualitative), Formation of PN junction, open circuit PN junction, energy
diagram of PN junction diode, Direct and indirect bandgaps; Hall-effect,
Semiconductor materials of interest for optoelectronic devices (LED,
Solar cell).
Lasers and Optical Fibers: Lasers: Properties of laser beams: Mono-
chromaticity, coherence, directionality and brightness, laser speckles,
Einstein’s theory of matter radiation interaction and A and B coefficients;
amplification of light by population inversion, different types of lasers:
gas lasers (He-Ne), solid-state lasers (ruby), Semiconductor Lasers;
applications of lasers in science, engineering and medicine.
Fiber Optics: Introduction, light propagation through optical fibre: Total
internal reflection, Types of optical fibres: step and graded index fibres,
Acceptance angle, Numerical aperture, Attenuation and bending losses in
optical fibres, Applications of optical fibres in Communication, Medicine
and as sensors.
Text Books:
1. MN Avadhanulu & PG Kshirsagar, A text book of Engineering Physics,
revised Edition of 2014, S Chand.
2. DK Bhattacharya & Poonam Tandon, Engineering Physics, fourth
impression 2017, Oxford press.
Reference Books:
1. Eisberg and Resnick, Quantum Physics, 2nd Edition, Wiley.
2. B. E. A. Saleh and M. C. Teich, Fundamentals of Photonics, John Wiley
& Sons, Inc., (2007).
3. Material Science by Armugam, Anuradha publications,
4. Physics of the atom by Wehr and Richards. 4th Edition, Narosa.
2018-2019 37
Online Resources:
1. http://www.cod.edu/people/faculty/cartert/phy2112/slides/Lect29-
physical-optics-handout.pdf
2. https://www2.physics.ox.ac.uk/sites/default/files/2012-02-17/
optics_lectures_2012_pdf_10837.pdf
3. h t t p : / / w w w. i a p . u n i - j e n a . d e / i a p m e d i a / d e / L e c t u r e / P h y s i c a l
+optics1501538400/PO16_Physical+optics+8+ Lasers.pdf
4. http://alan.ece.gatech.edu/ECE6451/Lectures/ECE 6451L1
IntroductionToElectronicMaterials.pdf
5. https://www.colorado.edu/physics/phys3330/phys3330_fa11/
Lecture%20notes/semiconductor%20lectures%202011.pdf
6. http://www.seklad69associates.com/seklad69associates.com/EEG_
811_files/Semiconductor%20Physics.pdf
7. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=03j4ZvQCKWY
Course Outcomes:
After completion of the course, the students will be able to
1. Realize the importance of light interaction with matter and its effects
of superposition.
2. Understand the quantum mechanical behavior of particles in different
field environments.
3. Distinguish materials on the basis of their electric and magnetic
behavior and their applications.
4. Estimate the carrier concentration of different types of semicon-
ductors and be able to understand the working of optoelectronic
devices.
5. Realize the importance of Lasers in engineering fields.
6. Understand the underlying principles of optical fibers and fiber optics.

Course Code: BS111AB 3 1 - 4
LINEAR ALGEBRA AND MULTIVARIABLE CALCULUS
(Common to EEE, ECE, CSE, IT & ETE)
Prerequisites:-Nil-
Course Objectives:
1. To learn the concepts of rank of a matrix and applying it to understand
the consistency of system of equations.
2. To solve system of linear equations.
3. To study properties of Eigen values and Eigen vectors.
4. To find extreme values for functions of several variables.
5. To find the solutions of first, higher order ODE.
6. To evaluate the double and triple integrals for functions of several
variables.
UNIT1: (~8 Lecture Hours)
Linear System of Equations:Types of real matrices and complex matrices,
rank, echelon form, normal form, consistency and solution of linear systems
(homogeneous and Non-homogeneous), LU decomposition method.
Eigen values and Eigen Vectors: Eigen values, Eigen vectors and their
properties. Cayley - Hamilton theorem (without proof), Inverse and powers
of a matrix using Cayley - Hamilton theorem, Diagonalization.
Differential Equations – Linear, Bernoulli’s, Exact Differential Equations,
Differential Equations Reducible to exact, Orthogonal trajectories.
Linear differential equations of higher order with constant
coefficients: Non-homogeneous differential equations with RHS term of
the type polynomials in x,
Method of variation of parameters, Applications to Electrical circuits.
Functions of Several Variables – Limit & Continuity (Definitions), Partial
derivatives, Chain rules, total derivative, differentiation of implicit
functions, Jacobian, functional dependency. Maxima and minima of
functions of two variables (with and without constraints) and Lagrange’s
method of undetermined multipliers.
2018-2019 39
Multiple Integrals: Double and triple integrals, change of variables,
Change of order of integration.
Applications: Finding areas as double integral and volumes as triple
integrals.
Text Books:
1. Dr. B. S. Grewal, Higher Engineering Mathematics, 45th Edition, Khanna
Publishers.
2. N. P. Bali, Engineering Mathematics, 1st Edition, Lakshmi Publications.
Reference Books:
1. B.V.Ramana, Higher Engineering Mathematics, 1st Edition, Tata McGraw
-Hill Publications.
2. E.Kreyszig, Advanced Engineering Mathematics, 9th Edition, John Wiley
and Sons Publisher.
3. Srimanta Pal, Subodh C. Bhunia, Engineering Mathematics, 1st Edition,
Oxford Higher Education.
Online Resources:
1. http://www.nptelvideos.in/2012/11/mathematics.html
2. http://nptel.ac.in/courses/111106051/
Course Outcomes:
1. Solve and analyze the solution for the system of equations.
2. Compute the Eigen values and Eigen vectors which come across under
linear transformations.
3. Determine the extreme values of functions of two variables with/ without
constraints.
4. Find the solutions of ordinary differential equations.
5. Evaluate double and triple integrals.
6. Apply the knowledge of mathematics for real situations.
Course Code: ES111AF 3 - - 3
PROGRAMMING FOR PROBLEM SOLVING
Prerequisites:Nil-
Course Objectives:
1. Learn the fundamentals of computers.
2. Understand the various steps in program development.
3. Learn the syntax and semantics of C programming Language.
4. Learn how to write modular and readable C programs.
5. Learn to write programs using structured programming approach in C
to solve problems.
Introduction to Computers- Computer Systems, Computing Environ-
ments, Computer Languages, Creating and running programs, Program
Development, algorithms and flowcharts, Number systems - Binary,
Decimal, Hexadecimal and Conversions. Introduction to C Language -
Background, C Programs, Identifiers, Types, Variables, Constants, Input /
Output, Operators (Arithmetic, relational, logical, bitwise etc.),
Expressions, Precedence and Associativity, Expression Evaluation, Type
conversions.
Statements - Selection Statements (making decisions)- if and switch
statements.
Repetition statements (loops) - while, for, do-while statements, Loop
examples, other statements related to looping – break, continue.
Arrays – Concepts, using arrays in C, array applications - linear search,
binary search and bubble sort, two – dimensional arrays, multidimensional
arrays.
Strings – Concepts, C Strings, String Input / Output functions, arrays of
strings, string manipulation functions.
Functions - Designing Structured Programs, Functions, user defined
functions, inter function communication, Standard functions, Scope,
Storage classes - auto, register, static, extern, scope rules, type qualifiers,
recursion - recursive functions, Limitations of recursion.
Pointers-Introduction (Basic Concepts), Pointers for inter function
communication, pointers to pointers, compatibility, Pointer Applications-
2018-2019 41
Arrays and Pointers, Pointer Arithmetic and arrays, Passing an array to a
function, memory allocation functions, array of pointers, programming
applications, pointers to void, pointers to functions.
Enumerated, Structure and Union Types- The Type Definition (typedef),
Enumerated types, Structures-Declaration, initialization, accessing
structures, operations on structures, Complex structures- Nested
structures, structures containing arrays, structures containing pointers,
arrays of structures, structures and functions, Passing structures through
pointers, self-referential structures, unions, bit fields.
Introduction to files, Using files in C, Reading data from files- fscanf(),
fgets(), fgetc(), fread(), Writing Data to files - fprintf(), fputs(), fputc(),
fwrite(), Detecting the End-of-File, Error Handling functions, Random
access to files, Command Line Arguments, preprocessor commands.
Text Books :
1. B.A.Forouzan and R.F.Gilberg, Computer Science: A Strucured
Programming Approach Using C, 3rd Edition, Cengage learning.
2. Reema Thareja, Introduction to C Programming, 2nd Edition, Oxford
University Press.
Reference Books :
1. Byron Gottfried, Schaum’s Outline of Programming with C, 2nd Editon,
McGraw-Hill.
2. E.Balaguruswamy, Programming in ANSI C, 7th Edition, Tata McGraw-
Hill.
3. C Programming Language, B.W.Kernighan & Dennis Ritchie,
2nd Edition, PHI.
Online Resources :
www.geeksforgeeks.org
Course Outcomes:
After completion of the course, students will be able to
1. Formulate and translate algorithms for arithmetic and logical problems
to programs (in C language).
2. Test and execute the programs and correct syntax and logical errors.
3. Implement conditional branching, iteration and recursion.
4. Decompose a problem into functions and synthesize a complete
program.
5. Use arrays, pointers and structures to formulate programs.
6. Understand the concepts of files and perform operations on them.
Course Code: ES111AE 1 - 3 2.5
ENGINEERING GRAPHICS
Prerequisites:-Nil-
Course Objectives:
The course will enable the students
1. To impart skills of drawing instruments and their use to convey exact
and complete information of any object.
2. To construct conics and cycloidal curves used for various engineering
applications.
3. To impart knowledge about standard principles of orthographic
projection of objects.
4. To develop different surfaces of simple solids.
5. To differentiate between isometric view and projection and conversion
of isometric views to orthographic views vice-versa.
UNIT 1: (~4 Lecture Hours and 12 Practical Hours)
Introduction to Engineering Graphics: Principles of Engineering Graphics
and their significance, Conic Sections-general and special methods,
Cycloid, Epi- cycloid and Hypo- Cycloid.
Orthographic Projections: Principles of Orthographic Projections –
Conventions - Projections of points, straight lines and planes.
Projection of Solids: Projections of solids in simple position (prisms,
pyramids, cylinders and cone), axis inclined to one plane, Axis inclined to
both the reference planes, Projection of solids using auxiliary plane
method.
Development of Surfaces: Basic concepts of development of surfaces,
Methods of development - Parallel line development and radial line
development, Development of prisms, pyramids, Cylinders and cones.
Isometric & Orthographic Projections: Principles of Isometric Projection
- Isometric Scale - Isometric Views - Conventions - Isometric views of
Lines, Plane figures, Simple Solids - Conversion of Isometric Views to
Orthographic Views.
2018-2019 43
Text Books:
1. Basanth Agrawal, Agrawal C.M., Engineering Graphics, 1st Edition, Tata
McGraw Hill, 2012.
2. Bhatt N.D., Elementary Engineering Drawing, Charotar Publishers,
2014.
Reference Books:
1. K .L. Narayana and P.Kannaiah, Engineering Drawing, Scitech, 2010.
2. Venugopal.K, Engineering Drawing and Graphics Plus Autocad, New
Age International (P) Ltd., New Delhi, 2010.
3. Gill P.S., Engineering Drawing: Geometrical Drawing, SK Kataria &
sons, 2012.
4. Dhananjay A Jolhe, Engineering Drawing, Tata McGraw Hill, 2014.
Online Resources:
1. www.engineeringdrawing.org
2. Virtual labs (www.vlab.co.in)
Course Outcomes:
At the end of the course, the students will be able to
1. Know and understand the conventions and methods of Engineering
Graphics.
2. Construct the conics using different methods and cycloidal curves.
3. Draw and understand about orthographic projections of points, straight
lines and planes.
4. Improve visualisation skills in different types of solids.
5. Draw and understand about the development of surfaces of various
solids.
6. Ability to read, understand and interpret engineering drawings.
Course Code: ES11104 1 - 3 2.5
ENGINEERING WORKSHOP
Prerequisites:-Nil-
Course Objectives:
The course will enable the students
1. To study of different hand operated Power Tools, uses and their
demonstration.
2. To gain a good basic working knowledge required for the production
of various engineering products.
3. To provide hands on experience about use of different engineering
materials, tools, equipment’s and processes those are common in the
Engineering field.
4. To develop a right attitude, team working, precision and safety at work
place.
5. To study commonly used carpentry joints.
6. To have practical exposure to various welding and joining processes.
I) Trades for Exercises: (~12 Lecture Hours and 36 Practices)
At least two exercises from each trade:
i) Carpentry ii) Fitting
iii) Tin-Smithy and Development of jobs carried out and Soldering
iv) House-wiring v) Foundry vi) Black smithy
II) Trades for Demonstration and Exposure : (~12 Lecture Hours)
i) Plumbing ii) Machine Shop iii) Wood Turning iv) Welding
Text Books:
1. B.L. Juneja, Workshop Practice, Cengage publications.
2. K. Venugopal, Workshop Manual, Anuradha Publications.
Reference Books:
1. P. Kannaiah & K. L. Narayana, Workshop manual, 2nd Edition, Scitech
publications (I) Pvt. Ltd., Hyderabad.
2. K. Venugopal, Dr. V. Prabhu Raja, G. Sreekanjana “Workshop Manual”
1st Edition, Anuradha Publications 2012
3. Hajra Choudury S.K., Hajra Choudury A.K. and Nirjhar Roy S.K.,
Elements of Workshop technology, volI 2008 and Vol II 2010, Media
Promoters and Publishers private limited, Mumbai.
2018-2019 45
Online Resources:
www.technologystudent.com
Course Outcomes:
1. Demonstrate and understand the Engineering workshop safety
regulations.
2. Identify and use marking tools, measuring equipment and to work to
prescribed accuracies.
3. Know various operations in basic engineering workshops.
4. Understand the practical difficulties encountered in industries during
any assembly work.
5. Do simple electrical work through their carrier.
6. Design different prototype in the fittings, carpentry, foundry, black
smithy and sheet metal work.
Course Code: BS11102 - - 3 1.5
PHYSICS LAB
Prerequisites:-Nil-
Course Objectives:
1. Students are introduced to handling different instruments to conduct
experiments as well as to interpret the data.
2. Students are introduced to experiments as to interpret the data and
correlate the same with their understanding of its theory.
3. The objective of the course is to enable students to design experiments
and analyses the concepts.
List of Experiments:
1. Dispersive power of the material of a prism-Spectrometer.
2. Determination of wavelengths of white source-Diffraction grating.
3. Newton’s Rings-Radius of curvature of Plano convex lens.
4. Melde’s experiment-Transverse and longitudinal modes.
5. Time constant of an R- C circuit (Charging and Discharging).
6. L-C-R circuit.- Resonance & Q-factor (series / Parallel).
7. Magnetic field along the axis of current carrying coil - Stewart and
Gees method and to verify Biot – Savart’s law.
8. Evaluation of numerical aperture of a given optical fiber.
9. Bending and attenuation losses of fibers.
10.Energy gap of a material of p-n junction.
11. Torsional pendulum – Rigidity modulus.
12.Wavelength of light and determining the LPI of unknown grating of a
diffraction grating using laser.
13.V-I characteristics of a solar cell.
14.Quantum dots (Beyond syllabus).
Note: Minimum 12 experiments must be performed.
Text Books:
Manual as prepared for the college by the faculty.
Online Resources:
1. http://www.bsauniv.ac.in/UploadImages/Downloads/PHYSICS -
LAB - MANUAL2017-(new-regulation). pdf
2. http://jnec.org/Lab-manuals/FE/Physics.pdf
3. https://www.myphysicslab.com/(simple simulations)
2018-2019 47
4. https://www.iist.ac.in/departments/physics-lab
5. https://wci.llnl.gov/simulation
Course Outcomes:
1. Handle different measuring instruments and asses their accuracy of
measurement.
2. Experiment and analyze the results to derive valid conclusions.
3. Compare the experimental results with those introduced in lecture,
draw relevant conclusions and substantiate.
4. Develop the experimental skills to design new experiments in
engineering.
5. Understand the ethics of working environment and deliver the results
in time.
6. Engage themselves in team work and understand each other’s strengths.
Course Code: ES11105 - - 3 1.5
PROGRAMMING LAB
Prerequisites:-Nil-
Course Objectives:
1. Learn Basic programming concepts.
2. Learn the syntax and semantics of C programming Language.
3. Write programs in C using structured programming approach to solve
the problems.
Week 1: Familiarization with programming environment.
Introduction to the working environment, Compiling, running and
debugging C Programs, Simple C programs.
Week 2: Simple computational problems using arithmetic expressions
a. Write a C program which reads time required (in Hours and Minutes)
to complete two tasks and then print the total time in hours and minutes.
b. Write a C program which reads five students marks in a test and then
prints average mark of passed students (Assume that a minimum of 35
is needed to pass) using operators.
c. Assume an Object is thrown upwards with some initial velocity, u (in
m/sec). Write a C program to find the maximum height which it can
reach. Assume acceleration due to gravity is 9.8m2 /sec.
Hint: Maximum height, h=u2 /2g.
Week 3: Problems involving if-then-else structures and switch statement
a. Write a C program to check whether a given number is even or odd
using bitwise operator.
b. Write a C program to find the roots of a quadratic equation.
c. Write a C program to carry out the arithmetic operations addition,
subtraction, multiplication, division and modulus using switch
statement.
Week 4: Iterative problems
a. Write a C program to find whether a given number is Armstrong or
not.
b. Write a C program to determine if the given number is a prime number
or not.
c. Write a C program to calculate the following Series:
Sum=1-x2/2! +x4/4!-x6/6!+x8/8!-x10/10!
2018-2019 49
d. Write a C program to find the number of even and odd digits in a given
number.
Week 5: Applications of 1D Array
a. Write a C program to generate all the prime numbers between 1and n,
where n is a value supplied by the user using Sieve of Eratosthenes
algorithm.
b. Write a C program to search for a Key value in a given list of integers.
Use linear search.
c. Write a C program to search for a Key value in a given list of integers.
Use binary search.
d. Write a C program to implement Bubble sort method to sort a given
list of integers in ascending order.
Week 6: Applications of Strings
a. Write a C program to perform the following:
i) To insert a sub-string into a main string at a given position.
ii) To delete n characters from a given position in a string.
b. Write a C program to determine whether the given string is a palindrome
or not.
c. Write a C program to replace a substring with another in a given line of
text.
Week 7: Applications of 2D arrays and Strings
a. Write a C program that reads two matrices and performs Addition of
two matrices.
b. Write a C program that reads two matrices and performs Multiplication
of two matrices.
c. Write a C program to Sort Array of Strings.
Week 8: Simple functions
a. The least common multiple (LCM) of two positive integers a and b is
the smallest integer that is evenly divisible by both a and b. Write a C
program that reads two integers and calls LCM (a, b) function that
takes two integer arguments and returns their LCM. The LCM (a, b)
function should calculate the least common multiple by calling the
GCD (a, b) function and using the following relation: LCM (a, b) = ab
/ GCD (a, b).
b. Write a function to find the factorial of a positive integer.
c. Write a menu-driven C program that allows a user to enter n numbers
and then choose between finding the smallest, largest, sum or average.
Use a switch statement to determine what action to take. Display an
error message if an invalid choice is entered.
d. Write a C program that reads two integers and calls a factorial function
to compute ncr value.
Week 9: Recursive functions
a. Write a C program that reads two integers x and n and calls a recursive
function to compute xn.
b. Write a C program that uses a recursive function to solve the Towers
of Hanoi problem.
c. Write a C program that uses a recursive function to generate Pascal’s
triangle.
d. A Fibonacci sequence is defined as follows: the first and second terms
in the sequence are 0 and 1. Subsequent terms are found by adding the
preceding two terms in the sequence. Write a C program which calls a
recursive function to generate the first n terms of the sequence.
Week 10: Pointers and dynamic memory allocation
a. Write a C program to find the number of times a given word (i.e., a
short string) occurs in a sentence.(i.e., a long string).
b. Using pointers, write a function that receives a character string and a
character as argument and deletes all occurrences of this character in
the string. Function should return the corrected string with no spaces.
c. Write a C program to find the maximum from a set of elements. The
number of elements will be decided during the execution of the
program.
Week 11: Structures
a. Write a menu-based program in C that uses a set of functions to perform
the following operations:
i) Reading a Complex number ii) Writing a complex number
iii) Addition of two complex numbers iv)Subtraction of two complex
numbers
v) Multiplication of two complex numbers
Represent the complex number using a structure.
b. Declare a structure to store the following information of an employee:
Employee code, Employee name, Salary, Department number, Date of
joining (it is itself a structure consisting of day, month and year). Write
a C program to store the data of N employees where N is given by the
user (Use dynamic memory allocation). Include a Menu that allows
user to select any of the following features:
2018-2019 51
i) Use a function to display the employee information who are

drawing the maximum and minimum salary.
ii) Use a function to display the employee records in ascending order
according to their date of joining.
Week 12:
a. Write a C program to display the contents of a file to standard output
device.
b. Write a C program which copies one file to another, replacing all
lowercase characters with their uppercase equivalents.
c. Write a C program to count the number of times a character occurs in
a text file. The file name and the character are supplied as command-
line arguments.
d. Write a C program to reverse the first n characters in a file. The file
name and n are specified on the command line. Use fseek function.
Text Books:
1. B.A.Forouzan and R.F.Gilberg, Computer Science: A Structured
Programming Approach Using C, 3rd Edition, Cengage learning.
Reference Books:
1. Byron Gottfried, Schaum’s Outline of Programming with C, 2nd Editon,
McGraw-Hill.
2. Yashavant P. Kanetkar, Let Us C, 13th Edition, Bpb Publications.
3. B.W.Kernighan& Dennis Ritchie, C Programming Language,
2nd Edition, PHI.
4. E.Balaguruswamy, Programming in ANSI C, 7th Edition, Tata McGraw-
Hill.
Online Resources:
www.geeksforgeeks.org
Course Outcomes:
1. Compile, debug and test the program.
2. Apply the knowledge in C to write modular, structured programs in
solving real world problems.
3. Design programs to solve mathematical and scientific problems.
4. Write structured programs using control structures and functions.
5. Demonstrate usage of pointers and structures.
6. Solve problems using file concepts.
I Year B.Tech. ECE II-Semester L T P C
Course Code: BS112AA 3 1 - 4
CHEMISTRY
Prerequisites:-Nil-
Course Objectives:
1. To bring adaptability to new developments in engineering chemistry
and to acquire the skills required to become a perfect engineer.
2. To include the importance of water in industrial usage, significance of
corrosion control to protect the structures.
3. To acquire the knowledge of reaction mechanisms involved in various
organic reactions.
Molecular Structure and Theories of Bonding: Atomic and molecular
orbitals: Linear combination of atomic orbitals (LCAO), molecular orbitals
of diatomic molecules. Molecular orbital energy level diagrams of
diatomic molecules, N 2, O 2 and F2.π Molecular orbital diagrams of
butadiene, benzene and aromaticity.
Crystal Field Theory (CFT): Salient Features of CFT: Crystal field
splitting patterns of transition metalion d-orbitals in tetrahedral, octahedral
and square planar complexes. Magnetic properties: Spin only magnetic
moments of transition metals of d 2 -d 9 configuration in octahedral
complexes. Band structure of solids and effect of doping on conductance.
Electrochemistry and Corrosion: Electrochemistry: Conductance:
Specific, equivalent and molar conductance and their interrelationship and
numerical problems. Electrochemical cell: Electrode potential, standard
electrode potential and emf of the cell. Nernst equation, its derivation and
applications. Types of electrodes: Standard hydrogen electrode, calomel
electrode and glass electrode. Electro chemical series and its applications.
Concept of concentration cells: Electrolytic concentration cell and
numerical problems. Batteries: Lead acid storage battery and lithium ion
battery.
Corrosion: Causes and effects of Corrosion: Theories of chemical and
electrochemical corrosion. Mechanism of electrochemical corrosion.
Types of corrosion: Galvanic, waterline and pitting corrosion. Factors
affecting rate of corrosion. Corrosion control methods: Cathodic
protection-Sacrificial anode and impressed current cathodic methods.
2018-2019 53
Surface coatings: Metallic coatings –hot dipping: galvanizing and tinning.
Electroplating: Copper plating and electroless plating - Nickel plating.
Periodic Properties and Nanomaterials: Periodic table: Electronic
configurations, atomic and ionic sizes, ionizationenergies, electronaffinity
and electronegativity. Variations of s,p,d,f orbital energies of atoms in
periodic table. Co-ordination numbers and geometries. Hard and soft acids
and bases. HSAB rule and its applications.
Nanomaterials:Synthesis:Top down and bottom up approaches. Properties
and applications of fullerenes, carbon nanotubes. General applications of
nanomaterials.
Water and its treatment: Hardness of water: Causes of hardness and
types of hardness-temporary and permanent. Expression and units of
hardness. Estimation of hardness of water by complexometric method
and numerical problems. Potable water and its specifications. Steps
involved in treatment of potable water: Disinfection of potable water by
chlorination and ozonisation. Boiler troubles: Scales, sludges, priming,
foaming and caustic embrittlement. Boiler feed water: Internal treatment
by calgon, phosphate and colloidal conditioning and external treatment of
Water by Ion exchange process. Desalination of water: Reverse osmosis.
Sewage and its treatment: primary, secondary and tertiary treatments.
Stereochemistry, Reaction Mechanism and Synthesis of Drug
Molecules: Representation of 3-Dimensional structures: Structural and
stereo isomers, configurations. Chirality, enantiomers, diastereomers,
optical activity and absolute configuration. Conformation analysis of n-
butane. Isomerism in transition metal complexes.
Substitution reactions: Nucleophilic substitution reactions, mechanism
of SN 1 and SN 2 reactions. Addition reaction: Electrophilic and
Nucleophilic addition. Addition of HBr to Propene: Markownikoff and
anti Markownikoff additions. Grignard reactions on carbonyl compounds.
Elimination reactions: Dehydrohalogenation of alkyl halides -Saytzeff
rule. Oxidation reactions: Oxidation of alcohols using KMnO4 and
Chromic acid. Reduction reactions: Reduction of carbonyl compounds
using LiAlH4 and NaBH4. Synthesis of Drug molecules: Paracetamol and
aspirin.
Text Books:
1. P.C Jain and Jain Monika, Engineering Chemistry, 16 th Edition,
DhanpatRai Publication Company.
2. Morison and Boyd, Organic Chemistry, 7 th Edition, Pearson
publications.
3. B.Rama Devi, Ch. VenkataRamana Reddy and PrasanthRath, Text Book
of Engineering Chemistry, Cengage Learning.
Reference Books:
1. B.H.Mahan University Chemistry, Addison-Wesley Publishing
Company.
2. M.J.Sienko and R.A.Plane, Chemistry: Principles and Applications,
McGraw Hill International.
3. J.D.Lee, Concise inorganic Chemistry, 5th Edition, Oxford Publication.
4. K.P.CVolhadt and N.E Schore, Organic Chemistry: “Structure and
Function”, 7th Edition, Freeman publications.
5. B.R.Puri and L.R.Sharma and Patani, Principles of Physical Chemistry,
6th Edition, McGraw-Hill Publication.
Online Resources:
1. htttp://www.nptelvideos.in/2017/10/engineering chemistry.html.
2. http://www.nptel.ac.in/engineering chemistry courses.
Course Outcomes:
1. Analyze microscopic chemistry in terms of atomic and molecular
orbitals.
2. Students will gain the basic knowledge of electrochemical procedures
related to corrosion and its control.
3. Rationalize periodic properties such as ionization potential,
electronegativity and oxidation states.
4. Students can develop and apply the concepts to identify the hardness
and boiler troubles of water.
5. List major chemical reactions that are used in the synthesis of drugs.
6. Students can develop and apply the concepts for the solutions of
complex engineering problems.
2018-2019 55
Course Code: BS112AG 3 1 - 4
NUMERICAL TECHNIQUES AND TRANSFORM CALCULUS
Prerequisites:-Nil-
Course Objectives:
1. To learn an alternative method for analytical methods in mathematical
concepts.
2. To apply numerical techniques in solving ordinary differential
equations.
3. To study the properties of vector valued functions and differential
operators.
4. To attain the knowledge on integrals of vector valued functions.
Numerical Solutions of Algebraic and Transcendental Equations:
Introduction, Bisection Method, Regula-False method, Iteration method
and Newton Raphson method. Solving linear system of equations by Gauss-
Jacobi and Gauss-Seidel method.
Curve Fitting: Fitting a linear, second degree, exponential curve by
method of least squares for the discrete data.
Numerical integration: Newton-Cote’s Quadrature Formula, Trapezoidal
Rule, Simpson’s 1/3rd and 3/8th Rule.
Numerical solutions of Ordinary Differential Equations: Solution
of ordinary differential equations by Taylor’s Series, Picard’s method of
Successive approximations, Euler’s and Modified Euler’s methods, Fourth
Order Runge-Kutta Method.
Laplace Transforms - Laplace Transform of Standard functions, First
and Second Shifting Theorems, Transforms of derivatives and integrals,
Multiplication and Division by ‘t’, Laplace Transform of Periodic Function,
Unit Step function, Dirac’s Delta function.
Inverse Laplace Transform- Method of Partial Fractions, Convolution
theorem (without proof) Applications of Laplace Transforms to Ordinary
Differential Equations.

Vector Differentiation- Scalar and Vector point functions, Gradient,
Divergence, Curl and related properties, Unit Normal Vector, Directional
Derivatives and Angle between the surfaces, Laplacian operator, Vector
identities.
Vector Integration - Line Integral-Work Done-Potential function, Area,
Surface and Volume Integral.
Vector Integral Theorems: Green’s theorem, Stoke’s theorem and
Gauss’s divergence theorem (Without Proofs) and their Verification.
Text Books:
1. Dr. B.S Grewal, Higher Engineering Mathematics, 45th Edition, Khanna
Publishers.
2. M.K.Jain, S.R.K.Iyengar and R.K.Jain, Numerical Methods for Science
and Engineering Computation, 6th Edition, New Age International
Publishers.
Reference Books:
1. R K Jain & S R K Iyengar, Advanced Engineering Mathematics,
5th Edition, Narosa Publishers.
2. Murray R Spiegel and Seymour Lipschutz, Vector Analysis, 2nd Edition,
Schaums’ Outline Series.
3. S.S.Sastry, Introductory Methods of Numerical Analysis, 5th Edition,
PHI Learning Pvt. Ltd.
Online Resources:
1. https://onlinecourses.nptel.ac.in/noc17_ma14/preview
2. nptel.ac.in/courses/117101056/17
Course Outcomes:
1. Find the root of the equation and solution of a system of equations.
2. Fit a curve for the given data.
3. Find the Numerical solutions for a given first order initial value
problem.
4. Use Laplace Transform techniques for solving ODE’s.
5. Verify the irrotational and solenoidal fields and find the potential
function.
6. Evaluate the line, surface and volume integrals and converting them
from one to another.
2018-2019 57
Course Code: HS112AJ 2 - - 2
ENGLISH
Prerequisites:-Nil-
Course Objectives:
1. To enable the students to understand the importance of English and to
develop their basic proficiency in the English language.
2. To train the students to expand their vocabulary and to understand the
usage of vocabulary technically and literally.
3. To develop the reading competence of the students through the sub skills
of reading.
4. To equip the students with an ability to produce grammatically correct
sentences and coherently well-developed paragraphs.
5. To enable the students to develop an appreciation of how the formal
elements of language and genre shape meaning and to gain richer
understanding of both the text and the cultural context.
● Reading Comprehension: Short story Cause, Then Cure from Wise
and Otherwise by Sudha Murthy. Reading Skills: SQW3R Method and
guessing and predicting.
● Vocabulary Building: Word formation - Root words - Prefixes and
Suffixes - Word formation.
● Remedial Grammar: Error correction related to: Subject - Verb
Agreement, Noun - Pronoun Agreement, and other aspects that are
reflected through their writing.
● Writing Skills: Sentence structure - Use of Phrases and Clauses in
sentences - Sentence Types: Assertive, Declarative, Interrogative,
Exclamatory, sentences and Simple, Compound, Complex and
Compound-Complex Sentences - Usage of punctuation marks.
● Reading Comprehension: Poem Caged Bird from A Collection of
Hundred Poems by Maya Angelou. Reading Skills: STEM Technique,
vocabulary and intended meaning.
● Vocabulary Building: Synonyms-Antonyms-Acronyms- Abbreviations
● Remedial Grammar: Error Correction related to: Articles and
Prepositions, Tenses, Conditional clauses, Tag Questions; and other
aspects that are reflected through their writing.
● Writing Skills: Principles of Paragraph writing - Cohesive Devices -
Creating Coherence - Topic sentence and supporting sentences in a
Paragraph - Techniques for writing Precisely - Jumbled sentences.
● Reading Comprehension: General Reading versus Academic Reading
Reading Skills: Reading for gist, main ideas, specific details.
● Vocabulary Building: Homophones - Homonyms –Homographs -
Words often confused.
● Remedial Grammar: Error correction related to: Adjectives and
Adverbials, Misplaced modifiers, Redundancies; and other aspects that
are reflected through their writing.
● Writing skills: Precis writing and Summarizing.
● Reading Comprehension: Excerpt from Wings of Fire: An
Autobiography Looking Ahead from APJ Abdul Kalam with Arun Tiwari
Abridged version.
Reading Skills: Reading for inference, discourse markers,
contextualization, summarizing.
● Vocabulary Building: Phrasal verbs-collocations-Idioms.
● Remedial Grammar: Error corrections related to: Adverbs and
Adjectives, Syntactical errors and punctuation marks; and other aspects
that are reflected through their writing.
● Writing Skills: Letter Writing-Introducing oneself-Statement of Intent
-Asking for direction-Seeking / giving information-Apologizing.
UNIT 5: (~ 6 Lecture Hours)
● Reading Comprehension: Travelogue The Pamplona Clone:
Jallikattufrom Intriguing India – The Historic South by Hugh and
Colleen Gantzer.
● Reading Skills: Understanding the organization of text, global
comprehension.
● Vocabulary Building: One-word substitute - General vocabulary versus
Academic vocabulary - Literal meaning versus contextual meaning.
● Remedial Grammar: Sentence corrections and Editing and proof
reading; and other aspects that are reflected through their writing.
● Writing Skills: Letter of Application: Covering letter and Resume
Writing.
2018-2019 59
Note: The content prescribed for Reading Comprehension is for Reading
Practice only and shall not be given for assessment and evaluation. An
unknown Reading Passage shall be given for assessment and evaluation to
test the Reading Skills.
Text Books :
1. Vibrant English by Orient Blackswan (2013).
2. Language and Life: A Skills Approach by Orient Black Swan (2018).
Reference Books:
1. Sudha Murthy, Wise & Otherwise - A Salute to Life Penguin Books,
(2006).
2. Hugh and Colleen Gantzer, Intriguing India - The Historic South NIYOGI
Books, (2012).
3. Collection of Poems //www.poetryfoundation.org//
4. Mukul Chowdhry, Simplified and abridged Wings of Fire: An
Autobiography, APJ Abdul Kalam with Arun Tiwari University Press
Pvt. Ltd. (2004).
Online Resources:
1. https://onlinecourses.nptel.ac.in/noc16_hs01
2. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/109106094/5
Course Outcomes:
1. Read complex texts actively comprehending the literal and figurative
use of language and be able to read in-between the lines.
2. Write grammatically correct sentences and coherently well- developed
paragraphs.
3. Apply the reading techniques and comprehend the passages critically.
4. Use appropriate vocabulary in the given context.
5. Appreciate how different genres use language and shape meanings.
6. Articulate clear questions, to provoke critical thinking, and ideas in
class discussion to speak confidently in public.
Course Code: ES112AD 3 1 - 4
BASIC ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING
Prerequisites:-Nil-
Course Objectives:
1. To introduce the concepts of Basic Electrical parameters.
2. To analyze basic concepts of AC & DC circuits.
3. To carry out operational analysis of Electrical Machines, Transformers
and power converters.
Magnetic Circuits and DC Circuits
Magnetic Circuits: Magnetic circuits- MMF, flux, reluctance, Inductance;
B-H curve of magnetic materials; Minimization of Hysteresis and Eddy
current losses.
DC Circuits: Electrical Circuit elements: R, L and C, voltage and current
sources, Star-Delta Transformation, Kirchoff’s laws, Nodal and Mesh
analysis of simple circuits with dc excitation, Superposition, Thevenin’s
and Norton’s Theorems with independent sources- Simple Problems.
AC Circuits
1-φ AC Circuits: Representation of sinusoidal waveforms, peak and rms
values, phasor representation, real power, reactive power, apparent power,
power factor; Analysis of single-phase ac circuits consisting of R, L, C,
RL, RC, RLC combinations, series and parallel resonance.
3- φAC Circuits: Three phase balanced circuits, voltage and current
relations in star and delta connections - Simple Problems.
DC Machines and Transformers
Basic Concepts: Faraday’s laws of Electromagnetic induction – statically
& dynamically induced emf-Lenz’s law - Fleming’s Right hand rule.
DC Machines: Principle of operation - Construction - working; Types of
DC machines-EMF and Torque equation; Torque-Speed characteristics and
speed control of separately excited DCMotor - Numerical problems.
Transformers: Ideal and practical transformer, EMF equation, Simple
Problems. Equivalent circuit - losses in transformers, Three phase
transformer connections (Descriptive treatment only).
2018-2019 61
AC Machines (Descriptive treatment only)
3-φ Induction motors: Principle of Operation, Construction of a Three-
Phase Induction Motor; Production of rotating magnetic field; slip-
frequency of rotor emf - starting Torque -Torque under running conditions.
Torque - Slip characteristics.
Induction motors: Basic concepts of 1-φInduction motors: Split-phase
Induction Motor;
Synchronous Machines: Principle of Operation of Synchronous
Generators.
Power Converters & Switchgear (Descriptive treatment only)
Basic Concepts: Basic Semiconductor Devices: Diode, Transistor, SCR;
Power Converters: DC-DC Buck and Boost Converters; Single Phase
Inverters- Half & Full, Bridge Configuration (Elementary treatment only).
Switchgear: Introduction to Components of LT (Low Tension) Switchgear:
Switch Fuse Unit (SFU), MCB, ELCB, MCCB. Types of Wires and Cables,
Earthing.
Text Books:
1. T.K.Nagasarkar and M.S.Sukhija, Basic Electrical Engineering, 3rd
Edition 2018, Oxford University Press.
2. V.K Mehta, Rohit Mehta, Principles of Electrical Engineering, S.Chand
Publications.
Reference Books:
1. D.P.Kothari and I.J.Nagrath “Basic Electrical Engineering”, 2010, Tata
McGraw Hill.
2. V.DelToro, “Electrical Engineering Fundamentals”, 1989, Prentice Hall
India.
3. D.C.Kulshreshtha, “Basic Electrical Engineering”, 2009, McGraw Hill.
Course Outcomes:
After completion of this course, students will be able to
1. Analyze the basic circuits with application of Network Reduction
Techniques and Network Theorems.
2. Understand and analyze magnetic circuits.
3. Analyze the working principles of electrical machines and power
converters.
4. Understand the components of low voltage electrical installations.
5. Apply the above conceptual theories to real world Electrical &
Electronic problems and applications.
6. Understand and apply the Knowledge of various types of protective
systems in real time.
- - 3 1.5
Course Code: BS11207 - - 2 1
CHEMISTRY LAB
Prerequisites:-Nil-
Course Objectives:
1. Chemistry Laboratory curriculum gives the students hands on
experience about various scientific and technical aspects.
2. Provide the students with a solid foundation in Chemistry laboratory
required to solve engineering problems.
3. To provide an overview of preparation of drugs.
Volumetric Analysis:
1. Estimation of hardness of water by Complexometric method using
EDTA.
2. Estimation of Ferrous ion by Permanganometry.
3. Estimation of Ferrous ion by Dichrometry.
4. Estimation of Chloride by Argentometry.
Chemical kinetics:
5. Determination of rate constant of acid catalysed hydrolysis of methyl
acetate.
Instrumental methods of Analysis:
6. Estimation of HCl by Conductometry.
7. Estimation of HCl and acetic acid in a given mixture by Conductometry.
8. Estimation of HCl by Potentiometry.
9. Estimation of Ferrous by Potentiometry using Potassium dichromate
(redox).
10.Estimation of manganese in KMnO4 by Colorimetry.
11. Determination of Viscosity of coconut oil and castor oil.
Synthesis of Drug molecule:
12.Preparation of Aspirin and Paracetamol.
Text Books:
1. B.D.Khosla, A.Gulati and V. Garg, Senior practical physical chemistry,
(R.C, and and Co., Delhi).
2. K.K.Sharma and D.S.Sharma, An introduction to practical chemistry,
(Vikaspublishing, N.Delhi).
2018-2019 63
3. Y.Bharathikumari and JyotsnaCherukuri, Laboratory manual of
engineering chemistry, VGS booklinks.
Reference Books:
1. Vogel’s Text book of Quantitative chemical analysis, 5th Edition, 2015.
2. Payal B. Joshi,Experiments in Engineering chemistry, 1st Edition, I.K
International Publishing house.
Online Resources:
http://www.nptel videos.in engineering chemistry labexperiments. htm
Course Outcomes:
After the completion of the course, the students will be able to
1. Expected to learn from this laboratory course the concept of error
and its analysis.
2. Demonstrate writing skills and can derive valid conclusions.
3. Compare the experimental results with those introduced in lecture,
draw relevant conclusions and substantiate.
4. Learn the ability to prepare advanced polymer materials.
5. Work on time reactions, thereby can get in depth knowledge on
chemical kinetics.
6. The course allows the students to develop and design new experimental
skills relevant to the course.
Course Code: HS11212 - - 2 1
ENGLISH PROFESSIONAL AND
COMMUNICATION SKILLS LAB
Prerequisites:-Nil-
Course Objectives:
1. To introduce the students to the pronunciation symbols and associated
sounds of English.
2. To enable the students understand the concept of syllable, word accent
and intonation.
3. To enhance the listening skills to understand the nuances of accent,
expression, tone and intended meaning to make them understand the
difference between stress timed language and syllable timed language.
4. To help the students overcome their inhibitions while speaking English
fluently thereby to build their confidence to express their ideas in
English.
5. To help the students understand the importance of inter-personal
communication, team dynamics and role behavior at the work place.
List of Activities:
Multimedia Lab:
1. Introduction to the Phonetic symbols and associated sounds of
English: Vowels - Consonants - Diphthongs. Extensive practice
through referring to a dictionary.
2. Word Accent and Pronunciation: Defining Syllable - Marking Word
Accent - Rules of Word Accent - Accent shift versus Suffixes.
Extensive practice through List of words, Homographs, Silent letters.
3. Intonation: Introduction to Stress and Rhythm - Tonal groups - weak
forms Tone versus context - Falling Tone, Rising Tone, Fall and Rise
in Tone. Extensive Practice through listening to different genres -
Speech, Poetry, Story, Conversations, Discussions, Talks.
4. Vocabulary Building: Practice exercises in vocabulary through word
bank and corpus list.
5. Listening skills: Focused Listening - Listening to understand main
ideas and specific information and to recognize the opinions, attitudes
and purpose of a speaker.
Communication Skills Lab:
1. Situational Dialogues/ Role Plays: Formal - Semiformal - informal
situations - Punctuation Marks - Tonal variations and voice modulations.
Practice in two-way conversations, Discussions, Talks and Interviews.
2018-2019 65
2. Communication skills at workplace: Task based activities for: Intra-
personal and Inter-personal communications-Types of communi-
cations: oral, written and non-verbal - Group dynamics.
3. Oral Presentations: Prepared and Extempore - Poster Presentations
and JAM [Just A Minute] - Choosing a topic – Developing the content
– Choosing appropriate vocabulary - Coherence in presentation –
Audibility.
4. Mini Project – In campus Survey Report: Project selection – Team
size – Preparing a questionnaire – data collection – data analysis –
conclusions and recommendations – Report submission in Manuscript
format.
5. Group Discussions: Definition of GD – Importance of GD – Stages
of GD – Etiquette, Communications, Content, Approach during GD –
Individual Roles – Group goals - Types of GD - Expectations and
outcomes.
Reference Books:
1. J.Sethi, Kamlesh Sadanand & DV Jindal A Practical Course in English
Pronunciation (with two Audio Cassettes) Prentice-Hall of India
Pvt.Ltd., New Delhi.
2. T.Balasubramanian, A text book of English Phonetics for Indian Students
Macmillan Publications.
3. RK.Bansal and JB.Harrison Spoken English Orient Longman, 2006.
4. Krishna Mohan & NP Singh, Speaking English Effectively Macmillan
Publications.
5. Business English Communication-Preliminary Cambridge University
Press.
Course Outcomes:
After learning the contents of this course, the students will be able to
1. Differentiate between the letters of alphabet and the phonetic symbols.
2. Demonstrate the right pronunciation of the words in English using
phonetic transcription and word stress.
3. Speak with the proper intonation, voice modulation and tonal groups.
4. Demonstrate the listening skills through language modules.
5. Speak with clarity and confidence individually and in groups to discuss
and present the topics chosen and understand the nuances of team
dynamics.
6. Work individually and in teams present the topics and demonstrate their
public speaking skills and presentation skills through various aids like
posters, PPTs etc.,
BASIC ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING LAB
Prerequisites:-Nil-
Course Objectives:
1. To verify the Network Theorems and understand the usage of common
electrical measuring instruments.
2. To understand the basic characteristics of transformers and electrical
machines.
3. To get an exposure to the working of power electronic converters.
PART-A (Compulsory)
1. A) Basic Safety Precautions.
B) Study of measuring instruments & elements.
a) Voltmeters, Ammeters, Wattmeters, Multimeters, CRO.
b) Resistors, Inductors & Capacitors.
2. Study of Cut - out sections of
a) DC Machine b) 3-φ Induction Machine (cage type).
3. Study of Cut - out sections of
c) Synchronous Machine d) 1- φInduction Machine.
4. A) Study of Converters
a) DC – DC converters. b) DC – AC converters.
B) Study of Components of LT switchgear
a) SFU b) MCB c) ELCB d) MCCB
5. Series resonance. Determination of Resonant frequency & Bandwidth.
6. Parallel resonance. Determination of Resonant frequency & Bandwidth.
7. Verification of Superposition theorem with DC excitation.
8. Verification of Thevenin’s & Norton’s theorems with DC excitation.
PART-B (Any Two)
1. Load test on a 1-φ transformer. Determination of efficiency.
2. Verification of voltage and current relations in a 3 -φ transformer.
3. Measurement of Power in a 3 -φ balanced load.
4. Torque v/s speed characteristics of a separately excited DC motor.
5. Torque-slip characteristics of a 3 -φ Induction Motor.
6. OCC characteristics of a synchronous generator.
2018-2019 67
Note: All Experiments from PART-A and any Two Experiments from
Part –B are to be conducted
Course Outcomes:
After completion of this course, students will be able to
1. Identify & use basic measuring instruments and their usage.
2. Verify different network theorems with dc excitation.
3. Carry out analysis of simple circuits with dc excitation.
4. Analyze bridge rectifiers.
5. Identify power converters.
6. Identify different electrical machines & their characteristics.

COMPUTATIONAL MATHEMATICS LAB
Prerequisites: Programming for Problem Solving.
Course Objectives:
1. To illustrate the Flow chart and design an algorithm for the given
method.
2. To develop conditional and iterative statements to solve system of linear
equations using C language.
3. To inscribe C program that use pointers and functions to find the root
of given equation.
4. To implement loops, arrays and strings to solve differential equations
in C language.
1. Write a C Program to find the addition, subtraction, multiplication of
matrices.
2. Write a C Program to find the root of a given equation using Bisection
method.
3. Write a C Program to find the root of a given equation using method of
False position.
4. Write a C Program to find the root of a given equation using Iteration
method.
5. Write a C Program to find the root of a given equation using Newton
Raphson method.
6. Write a C Program to solve a given system of linear equations using
Jacobi’s method.
7. Write a C Program to solve a given system of linear equations using
Gauss Seidel iteration method.
8. Write a C Program to evaluate definite integral using Trapezoidal rule,
Simpson’s 1/3rd rule and 3/8th rule.
9. Write a C Program to solve a given differential equation using Taylor’s
series.
10.Write a C Program to solve a given differential equation using Picard’s
method.
11. Write a C Program to solve a given differential equation using Euler’s
method.
2018-2019 69
12.Write a C Program to solve a given differential equation using Runge-

Kutta method.
Text Books:
1. M.K.Jain, S.R.K.Iyengar, and R.K.Jain, Numerical Methods for Scientific
and Engineering Computation, 6th Edition, New Age International
Publishers.
2. E Balagurusamy, C Programming and Data Structures, 4th Edition, Tata
McGraw-Hill Publications.
Reference Books :
1. Pradip Niyogi, Numerical Analysis and Algorithms, 5th Edition, Tata
McGraw-Hill Publishers.
2. Yashavant Kanetkar, Let us C-C Programming, 3rd Edition, Schaums’
outline series.
Online Resources:
1. http://nptel.ac.in/noc/individual_course.php?id=noc15-cs05
2. http://www.codingalpha.com/numerical-methods-c-program
Course Outcomes:
1. Write Flow chart and algorithm for the given program.
2. Have the ability to write C programs to solve specified problems.
3. Find the root of a given equation using C program.
4. Use arrays as part of the software solution.
5. Utilize pointers to efficiently solve problems.
6. Use functions from the portable C library.
II Year B.Tech.ECE I-Semester L T P C
Course Code:BS113AK 3 - - 3
MATHEMATICAL ANALYSIS
Prerequisites:-Nil-
Course Objectives:
1. To introduce effective mathematical tools for the solution of partial
differential equations.
2. Differentiation and integration of functions of complex variables that
are used in various techniques dealing in engineering problems.
3. To develop tool of power series and Fourier series for learning advanced
engineering mathematics.
Fourier Series - Introduction, Periodic functions, Fourier series of
periodic function, Dirichlet’s conditions, Even and Odd functions change
of interval.
UNIT 2: (~8Lecture Hours)
First Order Partial Differential Equations - Formation of Partial
Differential Equations by elimination of arbitrary constants and arbitrary
functions. Lagrange’s method to solve first order linear equations and the
standard type methods to solve non -linear equations.
Analyticity of Complex Functions – Limit, Continuity, Differentiability,
Analyticity of Complex Functions and its properties, Cauchy-Riemann
equations in Cartesian and Polar coordinates. Harmonic functions, Milne-
Thompson Method.
Complex Integration - Simply and Multiply Connected Domains
(Definitions), Cauchy’s integral theorem, Cauchy’s integral formula,
Cauchy’s Generalized Integral Formula.
Power Series: Taylor’s theorem, Laurent’s theorem (without proofs),
classification of singular points.
UNIT 5: (~10Lecture Hours)
Residue Calculus:
Calculus of Residues, Residue Theorem (without proof). Evaluation of
Real integrals of type
2018-2019 71
Text Books:
1. James Ward Brown &Ruel,V.Churchill,Complex Variables and
Applications, 8th Edition, International Edition.
2. Dr. B.S. Grewal, Higher Engineering Mathematics, 45th Edition, Khanna
Publishers.
Reference Books:
1. H.S.Kasana,Complex Variables-Theory and Applications, 2nd Edition.
Eastern Economy Edition.
2. J N Sharma, Functions of A Complex Vaiables, 49th Edition, Krishna
Prakashan Publishers.
3. Ravish R Singh and Mukhul Bhatt, Engineering Mathematics, A Tutorial
Approach, 2nd Edition, McGraw Hill Education.
Online Resources:
1. onlinelibrary.wiley.com
2. nptel.ac.in/courses/111107056
Course Outcomes:
After completion of the course the student will be able to
1. Express an infinite series representation of periodic function in terms
of the trigonometric sine and cosine functions.
2. Solve first order partial differential equations.
3. Understand about analyticity of complex functions and its properties.
4. Integrate a complex valued function in a given region.
5. Expand a complex function in a given region of convergence using
Taylor’s and Laurent’s series.
6. Applying knowledge of complex integrals for evaluation of real
integrals.
II Year B.Tech ECE I-Semester L T P C

Course Code: ES113AQ 3 - - 3
NETWORK THEORY
(Common to ECE & ETE)
Prerequisites: Basic Electrical Engineering
Course Objectives:
1. To understand the basic concepts on RLC circuits.
2. To know the behavior of the Steady state and transient analysis in
RLC circuits.
3. To know the application of Laplace transforms techniques in solving
the networks with different inputs.
4. To understand the two port network parameters, properties of LC
networks and filters.
Review of DC Network basics, Nodal and Mesh Analysis.
Network Topology: Terminology, Cut-set and Tie-set matrices for
Planar Networks with DC sources, related definitions and problems,
Source Transformation and Duality.
Network Theorems: Thevenin’s, Norton’s, Maximum Power Transfer,
Superposition, Tellegan’s, Reciprocity, Millers, Millman’s and
Compensation theorems with DC and AC excitations.
Transient analysis: RC, RL and RLC series and parallel Circuits with
DC, step, impulse, ramp, exponential and AC response using Time
Domain and Laplace transform methods.
Two port network: Z, Y, h, g, ABCD and inverse ABCD parameters,
Relationship among all the parameters, interconnection of 2 two port
networks and problems.
Network function: Driving point and transfer functions and their
properties and problems.
Synthesis: RC, RL and LC networks using Foster I & II form and Cauer
I & II form.
Resonance: Series, parallel circuits, Concept of bandwidth and Q factor.
Steady state response of a network to non-sinusoidal periodic inputs.
2018-2019 73
Filters: Image impedance, iterative impedance of T, π, L Sections,
Characteristic impedance, Image transfer constants, Filter
fundamentals, design of LP, HP and BP Filters using constant-k, m-
derived and composite filters.
Text Books :
1. Van Valkenburg, Network Analysis, 3rd Edition, Prentice Hall of India,
2000.
2. A. Sudhakar and Shyammohan S.Palli, Circuits & Networks,
3rd Edition, Tata Mc Graw- Hill company, 2006.
3. William Hayt and Jack E. Kemmerly, Engineering Circuit Analysis,
8th Edition, Tata Mc Graw Hill Company.
Reference Books:
1. J.D.Ryder, “Networks, Lines and Fields” 2nd Edition, PHI, 1999.
2. Charles K Alexander and Mathew N O Sadiku, “Fundamentals of
electric circuits”, Mc Graw Hill Company, 2013.
Online Resources :
1. http://mlg.eng.cam.ac.uk/mchutchon/ResonantCircuits.pdf.
2. web.cecs.pdx.edu/~ece2xx
Course Outcomes:
At the end of this course, students will be able to
1. Recognize the concepts of RMS, Average values.
2. Analyze the given network using Theorems, Transient, Laplace
transform and Network topology.
3. Distinguish between Series and Parallel resonance.
4. Classify a given network in terms of different two port network
parameters.
5. Develop the network from the Network functions.
6. Design different Passive filters.
Course Code: PC113AW 3 1 - 4
ELECTRONIC DEVICES AND CIRCUITS
Prerequisites: Physics
Course Objectives:
1. To review the basic concepts of semiconductor physics.
2. To understand the concept of electronic devices, circuits and their
applications.
3. To explore the construction, operation and characteristics of various
electronic devices like diodes and transistors (BJTs and FETs).
4. To differentiate between various feedback Amplifiers.
P-N Junction Diode: Diode equation, Volt-Ampere characteristics,
Temperature dependence, Ideal versus practical, Static and dynamic
resistances, Equivalent circuits, Load line analysis, Diffusion and Transition
Capacitances. Break down Mechanisms-Avalanche breakdown, Zener
breakdown, Zener Diode as a Regulator, Tunneling Phenomenon.
Rectifiers: P-N junction as a rectifier - Half Wave Rectifier, Ripple Factor
- Full Wave Rectifier, Bridge Rectifier.
Bipolar Junction Transistor (BJT):Construction, Principle of
Operation, Symbol, Amplifying Action, Common Emitter, Common Base
and Common Collector configurations.
Transistor Biasing and Stabilization: Operating point, DC & AC load
lines, Biasing - Fixed Bias, Emitter Feedback Bias, Collector to Emitter
feedback bias, Voltage divider bias, Bias stability, Stabilization against
variations in VBE and β.
Small Signal Low Frequency Model of BJT: BJT modeling, Hybrid
model, Determination of h-parameters from transistor characteristics,
Analysis of CE, CB and CC configurations using h-parameters, low
frequency response of BJT Amplifiers, effect of coupling and bypass
capacitors, Comparison of CE, CB and CC configurations.
Field Effect Transistors: JFET Construction and Principle of operation,
Symbol, Pinch-Off Voltage, Volt-Ampere Characteristic, Small Signal
2018-2019 75
Model, Biasing FET, MOSFET characteristics (Enhancement and depletion
mode), Symbols of MOSFET, Comparison of BJT and FET.
Positive & Negative Feedback in Amplifiers: Classification of
amplifiers, Concepts of feedback-Classification of feedback amplifiers -
General characteristics of negative feedback amplifiers-Effect of
Feedback on Amplifier characteristics-Voltage series, Voltage shunt,
Current series and Current shunt Feedback configurations-Simple
problems. Barkhausen criterion, RC oscillators (phase shift, Wienbridge),
LC oscillators (Hartley, Colpitts), Crystal oscillators.
Text Books
1. J.Millman, C.C.Halkias, and SatyabrathaJit, Electronic Devices and
Circuits, 2nd Edition, Tata McGraw Hill, 2007.
2. R.L. Boylestad and Louis Nashelsky, Electronic Devices and Circuits,
9th Edition, Pearson/Prentice Hall, 2006.
Reference Books:
1. G. Streetman, and S. K. Banerjee, Solid State Electronic Devices, 7th
Edition, Pearson, 2014.
2. Millman , Christos Halkias, Chetan D Parikh Integrated Electronics,
2nd Edition, Tata McGraw Hill, 2011.
3. S.G.Burns and P.R.Bond, Principles of Electronic Circuits, 2nd Edition,
Galgotia Publications, 1998.
4. C.T. Sah, Fundamentals of Solid State Electronics, World Scientific
Publishing Co. Inc,1991.
5. T.F. Bogart Jr., J.S.Beasley and G.Rico, Electronic Devices and Circuits,
6th Edition, Pearson Education, 2004.
Online Resources :
1. http://www.radio-electronics.com
2. https://users.encs.concordia.ca/~rabinr
Course Outcomes:
1. Illustrate the fundamental behavior of various diodes and transistors.
2. Examine the construction, operation and characteristics of BJT,
JFET and MOSFET.
3. Analyze the various amplifier circuits using small signal hybrid
model.
4. Identify various biasing techniques.
5. Distinguish between Positive and Negative feedback circuits.
6. Apply the knowledge of Diodes in designing circuits like rectifiers.

Course Code: PC113AY 3 - - 3
SIGNALS AND SYSTEMS
Prerequisites: Linear Algebra and Multivariable Calculus
Course Objectives:
1. To provide basics of signals and systems required for analyzing various
areas related to signal processing.
2. To analyze spectral behavior of signals and systems using different
transform techniques.
3. To develop mathematical skills to solve problems involving convolution
and filtering.
4. To understand the importance of sampling theorem.
Classification of Signals and Systems: Introduction to signals and
systems, classification of signals-continuous and discrete, periodic & non-
periodic, energy and power signals, even & odd, deterministic & random
signals & problems. Operation on signal/sequence, problems, elementary
signals. classification of systems-linearity, time-invariance, causality,
stability, memory & invertibility (problems on each).
Fourier Representation of Continuous time Periodic&Non-Periodic
Signals : Orthogonality concept, Dirichlet condition, continuous time
Fourier series- derivation of co-efficient, problems, properties (only
statements).Continuous time Fourier transform- CTFT of standard signals,
properties - linearity, time scaling & reversal, shifting in time & frequency,
symmetry, convolution & multiplication, differentiation in time &
frequency, integration, duality, Parseval’s theorem (proof & problems).
Fourier Representation of Discrete time Periodic & Non-Periodic
Signals: Discrete time Fourier series-derivation of co-efficient, problems,
properties (only statements). Discrete time Fourier transform, problems,
properties (proofs & problems)- periodicity, linearity, time scaling &
reversal, shifting in time & frequency, symmetry, convolution &
multiplication, differentiation in frequency, Parseval’s theorem.
2018-2019 77

Time Domain Representation of LTI Systems: Introduction, discrete
time LTI system-convolution sum(derivation), problems, continuous time
LTI system-convolution integral (derivation), problems, properties of
impulse response of LTI system, step response, sinusoidal response.
Application of Fourier Representation:
Frequency response of LTI systems, problems, Fourier transform of
periodic signal, problems. Sampling theorem (proof), reconstruction of
signal from samples, practical reconstruction – zero order hold, problems.
Representation of Signals Using Continuous Time Complex
Exponential-Laplace Transform: Introduction, Laplace transform (LT),
region of convergence (ROC) & properties of ROC, LT of standard signals,
unilateral LT, properties of LT w.r.t to ROC- linearity, time scaling &
shifting, S-domain shift, convolution, differentiation in time & S-domain,
integrity property, initial & final value theorems (with proofs).
Inverse Laplace transform w.r.t ROC, solving differential equation using
Laplace transform.
Text Books:
1. Simon Haykin & Barry van Veen, Signals and Systems, 2nd Edition,
John Wiley and Sons (Asia) Private Limited, 2007.
2. A.V. Oppenheim, A.S.Willsky and S.Hamid Nawab, Signals and Systems,
2nd Edition, Prentice Hall, 2004.
Reference Books:
1. R.F.Ziemer, W.H.Tranter and D.R.Fannin, Signals and Systems -
Continuous and Discrete, 4th Edition, Prentice Hall, 2005.
2. B.P. Lathi, Principles of Signal Processing and Linear Systems, 1st
Edition, Oxford University Press, 2014.
3. J. Nagrath, S. N. Sharan, R. Ranjan, S. Kumar, Signals and Systems, 2nd
Edition, TMH New Delhi, 2011.
4. Tarun Kumar Rawat, Signals & Systems, 1st Edition, Oxford university
press, 2010.
5. Ashok Ambardar, Analog and Digital Signal Processing, 2nd Edition,
Brooks/ Cole Publishing Company (An international Thomson
Publishing Company), 2001.
Online Resources:
1. https://www.edx.org/course/signals-and-systems-part-1-1
2. https://ocw.mit.edu/resources/res-6-007-signals-and-systems-spring-
2011/
Course Outcomes:
1. Classify the signals and sequences, introduce the orthogonality in
signals and approximate signals using orthogonal functions.
2. Analyze the spectral characteristics of continuous-time/ discrete-time
periodic and aperiodic signals using Fourier analysis.
3. Classify the continuous and discrete systems, represent LTI systems
and analyze the characteristics of systems.
4. Apply sampling theorem and describe the practical reconstruction
techniques.
5. Analyze the continuous time systems and discrete time systems using
convolution integral and convolution sum respectively.
6. Apply Laplace transform techniques to analyze continuous-time signals
and systems.
2018-2019 79
Course Code: PC113AT 3 - - 3
DIGITAL SYSTEM DESIGN
Prerequisites:-Nil-
Course Objectives:
1. To understand common forms of number representation in digital
electronic circuits and convert between different representations.
2. To design combinational logic circuits.
3. To design sequential logic circuits.
4. To impart student the concepts for analyzing digital systems in terms
of state machines.
Number Systems: Review of number systems, Complements of Numbers,
Codes - Binary Codes, Binary Coded Decimal Code and its Properties.
Boolean Algebra and Switching Functions: Basic Theorems and
Properties, Switching Functions, Canonical and Standard Form, Algebraic
Simplification of Digital Logic Gates, Universal Gates, Multilevel NAND/
NOR realizations.
Logic Families: Introduction, Characteristics of Digital ICs, Transistor-
Transistor Logic, Emitter Coupled Logic, MOS Logic, CMOS Logic,
Interfacing ECL and TTL, Interfacing CMOS and TTL, Interfacing CMOS
and ECL.
UNIT 3 : (~11 Lecture Hours)
Minimization of Combinational Circuits: Introduction, The
minimization of switching function using theorem, The Karnaugh Map
Method-Up to Six Variable Maps, Don’t Care Map Entries, Tabular Method.
Design of Combinational Logic: Adders, Subtractors, Serial and Parallel
Adders, BCD Adder, Carry Look Ahead Adder, Comparators, Multiplexers,
Demultiplexers, Decoders, Encoders and Code Converters, Decoders for
Display Drivers, PLD’s: PROM, PLA, PAL, Realization of circuits using
PLD’s.
Sequential Machines Fundamentals: Basic Architectural Distinctions
between Combinational and Sequential circuits, Latches: SR, JK, Race
Around Condition in JK, Flip Flops: JK Master Slave, D and T Type Flip
Flops, Excitation Table of all Flip Flops, Design of a Clocked Flip-Flop,
Timing and Triggering Consideration, Clock Skew, Conversion from one
type of Flip-Flop to another.
Registers and Counters: Shift Registers, Shift Register Configuration,
Bidirectional Shift Registers, Applications of Shift Registers, Design and
Operation of Ring and Twisted Ring Counter, Asynchronous and
Synchronous Counters, mod-n Counters.
Finite State Machines: State Diagrams, Mealy and Moore Models, Finite
State Machines-Capabilities, Limitations, Minimization, Serial Binary
Adder, Sequence Detector, Parity-bit Generator, and Pseudo Random
Sequence Generator.
Algorithmic State Machines: ASM Charts, Design of ASM Charts for
Binary Multiplier, Dice Game Controller.
Text Books:
1. Morris Mano, Digital Design, 5th Edition, Pearson, 2012.
2. R.P. Jain, Modern Digital Electronics, 4th Edition, Tata McGraw Hill,
2009.
3. Zvi Kohavi & Niraj K. Jha, Switching and Finite Automata Theory, 3rd
Edition, Cambridge University Press, 2009.
Reference Books:
1. Charles Roth, Digital System Design using VHDL, 2nd Edition, Tata
McGraw Hill, 2012.
2. W. H. Gothmann, Digital Electronics- An Introduction to Theory and
Practice, 2nd Edition, PHI, 2006.
3. A. Anand Kumar, Switching Theory and Logic Design, PHI, 3rd Edition,
2013.
Online Resources:
1. http://www.nesoacademy.org/
2. Lectures on Switching Circuits and Logic Design by Prof.Indranil
Senguptha IITK https://nptel.ac.in/courses/106105185/
Course Outcomes:
1. Explore fundamental concepts and techniques involved in the design
of digital circuits.
2. Comprehend the concepts to design basic combinational and sequential
circuits.
3. Demonstrate building of various designs using basic digital blocks.
4. Design complex digital systems using simpler digital subsystems.
5. Verify the digital designs for required functionality.
6. Provide solutions for various required specifications in the form of
digital designs.
2018-2019 81
II YEAR B.Tech, ECE I-Semester L T P C

Course Code: PC11322 - - 3 1.5
ELECTRONIC CIRCUITS LAB
Prerequisites:-Nil-
Course Objectives:
1. To familiarize with various circuit components, Display devices.
2. To understand the characteristics of various semiconductor devices.
3. To plot the frequency response of various Amplifiers.
4. To know the functionality of different oscillators.
Part A: Electronic Workshop Practice (in 3 lab sessions)
1. Identification, Specification, testing of R,L,C components (color
codes), Potentiometers (SPDT, DPDT, and DIP), Coils, Gang
Condensers, Relays, Bread Board, PCB’s.
2. Identification, Specification, testing of Active devices: Diodes, BJT,
Low power JFET’s, MOSFET’s, Power Transistors, LED’s, LCD’s, SCR,
UJT.
3. Study and operation of: i. Millimeters (Analog and Digital) ii. Function
Generator iii. Regulated Power Supplies iv. CRO.
Part B: (Minimum of 12 experiments to be conducted)
1. V-I characteristics of PN junction Diode under Forward and Reverse
Bias.
2. V-I characteristics of Zener diode and Zener diode as voltage regulator.
3. Input and output Characteristics of a BJT in CE configuration.
4. Input and output Characteristics of a BJT in CB configuration.
5. Drain and Transfer characteristics of JFET.
6. HWR without filter.
7. FWR without filter.
8. Transistor as a Switch.
9. Frequency response of CE Amplifier.
10.Frequency response of CC Amplifier.
11. Frequency response of JFET CS Amplifier.
12.RC phase shift and Hartley Oscillator.
13.Voltage Series Feedback Amplifier.
14.Current Shunt Feedback Amplifier.
Online Resources :
1. https://circuitdigest.com/electronic-circuits
2. https://www.elprocus.com/semiconductor-devices-types-and-
applications/
Course Outcomes:
1. Illustrate the utility of various semiconductor devices, passive
elements, circuit behavior and parameters to be estimated.
2. Identify specifications, choice of device and equipment required,
develop of the circuit and measurement of various diodes and transistor
circuit characteristics.
3. Set up different types of rectifier and oscillator circuits and estimate
of their performance characteristics.
4. Design, develop and test BJT and FET amplifier circuits with/without
feedback and estimate the Amplifier parameters.
5. Compare the experimental results with theoretical results, explain the
parameters involved and justify the results obtained.
6. Interpret the results for further development of circuit features and
subsequent applications.
2018-2019 83
II Year B.Tech. ECE I-Semester L T P C

BASIC SIMULATION LAB
Prerequisites:-Nil-
Course Objectives:
1. To introduce MATLAB simulation software.
2. To demonstrate the concepts learnt in Signals & Systems in MATLAB
software.
3. To enable students use graphical programming environment for modeling,
simulating and analyzing few concepts of signals & systems using MATLAB
Simulink software.
4. To prepare students on how to make use of MATLAB software for various
Engineering problems.
1. Basic operations on matrices.
2. Generation of various signals and sequences (Periodic and Aperiodic),
such as unit impulse, unit step, square, saw tooth, triangular, sinusoidal,
ramp, sinc.
3. Operations on signals and sequences such as addition, multiplication,
scaling, shifting, folding, computation of energy and average power.
4. Finding the even and odd parts of signal/sequence and real and imaginary
parts of signal.
5. Convolution for signals and sequences.
6. Verification of linearity and time invariance properties of a
given continuous/discrete system.
7. Computation of unit sample, unit step and sinusoidal responses of the
given LTI system and verifying its physical realizability and stability
properties.
8. Gibbs phenomenon simulation.
9. Finding the Fourier transform of a given signal and plotting its
magnitude and phase spectrum.
10. Computing discrete time Fourier series of given discrete signal.
11. Computing discrete time Fourier transform of given discrete signal.
12. Finding frequency response of LTI system given in difference equation/
transfer function form
13. Waveform synthesis using Laplace transforms.
14. Locating the zeros and poles and plotting the pole-zero maps in S-
plane for the given transfer function.
15. Sampling theorem verification.
Note:
1. Minimum 12 experiments should be conducted. All these experiments
are to be simulated using MATLAB.
2. Experiment numbers 3, 5, 6, 12, 14 are also to be simulated using Simulink.
Online Resources :
1. https://ocw.mit.edu/resources/res-6-007-signals-and-systems-spring-
2011/
2. https://www.edx.org/course/signals-and-systems-part-1-1
Course Outcomes:
1. Understand fundamental concepts & usage of MATLAB simulation
software using Communications & Signal processing toolboxes.
2. Identify the specifications, requirements & built in functions to
generate different kinds of signals & sequences and mathematical
operations involving them.
3. Develop MATLAB code for designing various filters and verifying the
properties of LTI system.
4. Develop MATLAB code for analyzing Fourier and Laplace transforms
and their utility.
5. Develop MATLAB code for Fourier analysis of Discrete sequences.
6. Generate relevant simulation codes, with and without usage of built in
functions & estimation of the numerical results with supporting plots.
2018-2019 85

DIGITAL SYSTEM DESIGN LAB
Prerequisites:-Nil-
Course Objectives:
1. To generate various frequencies and plot transfer characteristics of inverter
using NAND and NOR gates.
2. To construct higher order combinational circuits using smaller digital ICs.
3. To design higher order registers using smaller digital ICs.
4. To design and verify asynchronous and synchronous counter using digital
ICs.
1. Design a 450 KHz clock using NAND / NOR gates.
2. Realize and Design a 16 x 4 priority encoder using two 8 x 3 priority
encoder.
3. Realize and Design a 16 bit comparator using 4 bit comparators.
4. Realize and Design a 16 x 1 multiplexer using 8 x 1 multiplexer.
5. Realize and Design a 16 bit adder / subtractor using 4 bit adder /
subtractor IC’s
6. Realize and Design 4 bit gray to binary and binary to gray code
converters.
7. Plot the transfer characteristics of 74H, LS, HS series IC’s.
8. Realize and Design a modulo 53 counter using two decade counters.
9. Realize and Design a 4 bit pseudo random sequence generator using 4
bit ring counter.
10.Realize and Design a two digit 7 segment display unit. Display a Mod-
53 counter output on the 7 segment display.
11. Realize and Design an 8 bit parallel load and serial out shift register
using two 4 bit shift register.
12.Realize and Design an 8 bit serial in and serial out shift register using
two 4 bit shift register.
13.Realize and Design a ring counter and twisted ring counter using a 4
bit shift register
14.Realize and Design a 4 digit hex counter using synchronous one digit
hex counters.
15.Realize and Design a 4 digit hex counter using asynchronous one digit
hex counters.
16.Hobby project.
Note: Minimum of 12 experiments to be conducted.
Online Resources
1. http://www.nesoacademy.org/
2. Lectures on Switching Circuits and Logic Design by Prof.Indranil
Senguptha IITK https://nptel.ac.in/courses/106105185/
Course Outcomes:
1. Develop the concepts in combinational and sequential circuits.
2. Generate clock frequency and plot the transfer characterstics of inverter
using NAND and NOR gates.
3. Analyze the simple combinational circuits using different digital ICs.
4. Design the higher order sequential circuits using lower order digital
circuits.
5. Verify the output of the digital circuits with respect to truth tables.
6. Interpret and verify the digital circuits based on the fundamental properties
of logic circuits.
2018-2019 87
II Year B.Tech. ECE I-Semester L T P C
Course Code: MC11317 2 - - -
GENDER SENSITIZATION
(Mandatory Course)
Prerequisites:-Nil-
Course Objectives:
1. To develop students’ sensibility with regard to issues of gender in
contemporary India.
2. To provide a critical perspective on the socialization of men and
women.
3. To introduce students to information about some key biological
aspects of genders.
4. To expose the students to debates on the politics and economics of
work.
5. To help students reflect critically on gender violence.
6. To expose students to more egalitarian interactions between men and
women.
Understanding Gender:
Gender: Why Should We Study It? (Towards a World of Equals: Unit -1)
Socialization: Making Women, Making Men (Towards a World of Equals:
Unit-2) Introduction, Preparing for Womanhood, Growing up Male, First
lessons in Caste, Different Masculinities.
Gender and Biology:
Missing Women: Sex Selection and Its Consequences (Towards a World
of Equals: Unit -4) Declining Sex Ratio. Demographic Consequences.
Gender Spectrum : Beyond the Binary (Towards a World of Equals: Unit
-10) Two or Many? Struggles with Discrimination.
Gender And Labour:
Housework: The Invisible Labour (Towards a World of Equals: Unit -3)
“My Mother doesn’t Work.” “Share the Load.”
Women’s Work: Its Politics and Economics (Towards a World of Equals:
Unit -7) Fact and Fiction. Unrecognized and Unaccounted work. Additional
Reading: Wages and Conditions of Work.

Issues of Violence:
Sexual Harassment: Say No! (Towards a World of Equals: Unit -6) Sexual
Harassment, not Eve-teasing- Coping with Everyday Harassment- Further
Reading: “Chupulu”.
Domestic Violence: Speaking Out (Towards a World of Equals: Unit -8)
Is Home a Safe Place? -When Women Unite [Film]. Rebuilding Lives.
Additional Reading: New Forums for Justice - Thinking about Sexual
Violence (Towards a World of Equals: Unit -11) - Blaming the Victim- “I
Fought for my Life….” - Additional Reading: The Caste Face of Violence.
UNIT 5 : (~6 Lecture Hours)
Gender: Co - Existence
Just Relationships: Being Together as Equals (Towards a World of
Equals: Unit -12) Mary Kom and Onler, Love and Acid just do not Mix,
Love Letters, Mothers and Fathers, Additional Reading: Rosa Parks-The
Brave Heart.
Text Books:
All the five Units in the Textbook, Towards a World of Equals: A
Bilingual Textbook on Gender, written by A. Suneetha, Uma
Bhrugubanda, DuggiralaVasanta, Rama Melkote, Vasudha Nagaraj, Asma
Rasheed, GoguShyamala, DeepaSreenivas and Susie Tharu and published
by Telugu Akademi, Hyderabad, Telangana State in the year 2015.
Reference Books:
1. Menon and Nivedita, Seeing like a Feminist, Zubaan-Penguin Books,
New Delhi, 2012.
2. Abdulali Sohaila, I Fought For My Life and Won, Available online at:
http://www.thealternative.in/lifestyle/i-fought-for-my-lifeand-won-
sohaila-abdulal/
Online Resources:
NPTEL:http://textofvideo.nptel.ac.in/110105080/lec20.pdf
Course Outcomes:
Students will have developed a better understanding of important issues
related to gender in contemporary India.
1. Students will be sensitized to basic dimensions of the biological,
sociological, psychological and legal aspects of gender. This will be
achieved through discussion of materials derived from research, facts,
everyday life, literature and film.
2018-2019 89
2. Students will attain a finer grasp of how gender discrimination works

in our society and how to counter it.
3. Students will acquire insight into the gendered division of labour and
its relation to politics and economics.
4. Men and women students and professionals will be better equipped to
work and live together as equals.
5. Students will develop a sense of appreciation of women in all walks of
life.
6. Through providing accounts of studies and movements as well as the
new laws that provide protection and relief to women, the textbook
will empower students to understand and respond to gender violence.
II Year B.Tech. ECE II-Semester L T P C
Course Code: BS114BA 3 - - 3
PROBABILITY THEORY AND STOCHASTIC PROCESSES
Prerequisite:-Nil-
Course Objectives:
1. To introduce basic methodology of randomness in nature and a general
overview of statistical methods, probability theory and random variables
2. To deal with multiple random variables.
3. To analyse random process and obtain statistical characteristics of
response of LTI system.
4. To study spectral characteristics of the response of LTI system.
Probability: Probability introduced through sets and relative frequency
– experiments and sample spaces, discrete and continuous sample spaces,
events, probability definitions and axioms, mathematical model
of experiments, Probability as a relative frequency, joint and conditional
probabilities, independent events.
Random Variable: Definition of a random variable, conditions for a
function to be a random variable, discrete, continuous and mixed random
variables.
Distribution & Density Functions of Random Variable: Distribution
function, density function, The Gaussian random variable, other
distribution and density examples, conditional distribution and density
functions.
Operation on One Random Variable-Expectations: Introduction,
expectation-expected value of a random variable, expected value of
function of a random variable, moments, Chebychev’s inequality, Markov’s
inequality, Chernoff’s bound, functions that give moments – characteristic
function, moment generating function, Transformations of a random
variable.
Multiple Random Variables: Vector random variables, joint distribution
and its properties, joint density function and its properties, conditional
distribution and density -Point conditioning, conditional distribution and
density-Interval conditioning, statistical independence.
2018-2019 91
Operations on Multiple Random Variables: Expected value of a

function of random variables, joint characteristic functions, jointly
Gaussian random variables, transformations of multiple random variables,
linear transformations of Gaussian random variables, Law of large numbers
(statement), distribution and density of sum of random variables, Central
limit theorem, equal distributions (Proof required).unequal distribution
(Proof not expected)
Stochastic Processes-Temporal Characteristics: The stochastic
process concept, stationarity and independence-distribution and density
functions, statistical independence, first-order stationary processes,
second-order and wide-sense stationarity, Nth order and strict-sense
stationarity, time averages and ergodicity-mean-ergodic processes(Proof
not expected), correlation-ergodic processes (Proof not expected),
correlation functions, Gaussian random processes, Poisson random
process, random signal response of linear system.
Stochastic Processes-Spectral Characteristics: Power density
spectrum and its properties, relationship between power spectrum and
autocorrelation function, cross-power density spectrum and its properties,
relationship between cross-power density spectrum and cross-correlation
function, spectral characteristics of system response.
Text Books:
1. Peyton Z. Peebles, Probability, Random Variables & Random Signal
Principles, 4th Edition, TMH, 2010.
2. Athanasios Papoulis and S. Unnikrishna Pillai, Probability, Random
Variables and Stochastic Processes 4th Edition, TMH, 2011.
Reference Books:
1. Mallikarjuna Reddy, Probability Theory and Stochastic Processes, 4th
Edition, Cengage Learning, 2013.
2. Schaum’s outline of Theory and Problems of Analog and Digital
Communications-Schaum’s Outline Series, 2nd Edition, McGraw-Hill,
2004.
3. Henry Stark and John W. Woods, Probability and Random Processes
with Application to Signal Processing, 4th Edition, Pearson Education,
2012.
Online Resources :
1. https://www.edx.org/course/introduction-probability-part-1-mitx-6-
041-1x
2. Lectures on Probability and Random Processes (Video) Prof.
Mrityunjoy Chakraborty IIT Kharagpur http://nptel.ac.in/courses/
117105085/
Course Outcomes:
1. Comprehend the random variables, vectors and processes.
2. Analyze the use of multiple random variables and relate them to
communication engineering problems.
3. Evaluate and apply moments & characteristic functions, inequalities
and significance of Central Limit Theorem.
4. Present the concept of Correlation, Power Density Spectrum and
their properties.
5. Explore relation between the output, input and Impulse Response of
LTI system with respect to various statistical characteristics.
6. Create mathematical models for practical design problems and
determine theoretical solutions to the created models.
2018-2019 93
Course Code: ES114BC 3 - - 3
MATERIAL SCIENCE
(Common to EEE, ECE & ETE )
Prerequisites: Physics
Course objectives: The objective of this course will be to give the students
1. Basic introduction to the different classes of materials relevant to
Engineering in general.
2. The intent of this course is to relate the underlying molecular structure
of the materials to their physical and chemical properties
3. Classify the materials and their applications.
4. Know the environmental and social issues in material science.
Introduction: classification of engineering materials, levels of structure,
structure property relationships in materials, Atomic Bonding-Ionic,
Covalent, metallic Bonding, Hydrogen and Vander Waal’s bonding. Crystal
Structure: -Basic definitions, Space lattice, Crystal structures of metals-
Simple cubic structure, Body centered cubic structure, Face centered cubic
structure, Hexagonal closely packed structures, packing of atoms inside
solids. Classification of polymers, structure of long chain polymers,
structure of silica and silicates.
Types and applications of materials: Ferrous alloys, Non-ferrous alloys,
Glasses, Ceramics, Plastics, Fibres.
Mechanical properties of metals: Yield strength, tensile strength and
ductility of materials, tensile stress- strain curve. Plastic deformation-
Plastic deformation by slip, Deformation by twinning, types of twins,
Necking.
Creep: Mechanism of Creep and Creep resistant materials. Fatigue- Stress
cycle, Fatigue failure, mechanism of fatigue failure.
Thermal properties of metals: Heat capacity, thermal expansion, thermal
conductivity, thermal stress, thermal fatigue, thermal shock.
Electrical properties of metals: Electrical conductivity, electronics and
ionic conduction, energy band structures in solids, electrical resistivity
of metals, electrical characteristics of alloys used for commercial
purposes.
Magnetic materials: Terminology and classification, magnetic moments
due to electron spin, ferromagnetism and related phenomena, soft magnetic
materials and hard magnetic materials.
Dielectric materials: Polarization, temperature and frequency effects,
electric breakdown, ferroelectric materials.
Insulating materials: Types and Properties
SPV Materials, mono crystalline and poly crystalline materials, amorphous
materials
Nano materials:Classification of nano materials, processing of nano
materials and properties of nano materials-mechanical, electrical,
magnetic and other properties of materials.
Material selection: Economic consideration, Environmental and societal
considerations. Issues in material science - Recycling issues in material
science.
Text Books:
1. V. Raghavan Material Science and Engineering: A first course, 6th
Edition prentice Hall India, 2016.
2. S.L. Kakani, Amit kakani, Material science, New age international (p)
limited publishers, 2006.
3. William D.Callister, David G.Rethwisch, Material Science and
Engineering : An introduction, 7th Edition, Wiley publisher.
Reference books:
1. I.P.Sing, Subhash Chander, Rajesh K.Prasad, Material science &
Engineering, Jain brothers, 2014.
2. William F.Smith, Javad Hastami, Ravi Prakash, Material Science and
Engineering, McGraw Hill education, 5th Edition, 2014.
3. M. Armugam, Material Science, Anuradha publications.
Online course material:
https://freevideolectures.com
Online courses:
https://onlinecourses.nptel.ac.in
Course outcomes:
At the end of the course students should be able to
1. Indentify crystal structure for various materials
2. Understand the mechanical properties of metals
3. Classify the metals and their applications
4. Assess the thermal and electrical properties of metals
5. Classify the Nonmaterial and properties
6. Analyse the economic, environmental and social issues in material
science
2018-2019 95
Course Code: PC114BF 3 - - 3
ANALOG CIRCUITS
Prerequisite: 1.Electronic Devices and Circuits 2. Network Theory
Course Objectives:
1. To familiarize with different types of power amplifiers, Wave shaping
circuits and Multivibrators.
2. To understand working of Operational Amplifier and its applications.
3. To know the functionality of ADC and DAC circuits
4. To distinguish between various modes of 555 Timer.
Multistage Amplifiers: Different coupling schemes used in amplifiers,
Analysis of Cascaded RC Coupled amplifiers, Cascode amplifier,
Darlington pair.
Power amplifiers: Classification of Amplifiers-Distortion in amplifiers,
Various classes of operation (Class A,B), Class A Power Amplifier,
Maximum Efficiency of Class A Amplifier, Transformer Coupled Class A
Amplifier, Push- Pull and Complimentary Symmetry Class B, Concept of
Tuned amplifier and its application.
Linear Wave Shaping: High pass and low pass RC circuits and their
response for Sinusoidal, Step, Pulse, Square, & Ramp inputs, High pass
RC network as Differentiator, Low pass RC circuit as an Integrator.
Non-Linear Wave Shaping: Diode clippers, Clipping at two independent
levels, Concept of Clampers
Multivibrators: Analysis and Design of Bistable Multivibrator,
Commutating Capacitors, Types of Triggering, Direct Coupled Binary,
Collector coupled Monostable and Astable Multivibrators , Schmitt trigger
using Transistors.
Operational Amplifier: Ideal and Practical Op-Amp, Op-Amp
Characteristics, DC and AC Characteristics, Features of 741 Op-Amp,
Modes of Operation - Inverting, Non-Inverting, Applications of open loop
and closed loop Op-Amp-Differential Amplifier, Logarithmic amplifier,
Differentiator and Integrator, Summing Amplifier, Precision Rectifier.
IC 555Timer: Functional Diagram, Monostable and Astable Operations,
Applications, IC565 PLL - Block Schematic & Applications.
Digital-to-Analog converters (DAC): Weighted resistor, R-2R ladder.
Analog-to-Digital converters (ADC): Single slope, dual slope,
successive approximation, flash.
Text Books:
1. J. Millman, H. Taub and Mothiki S. Prakash Rao, Pulse, Digital and
Switching Waveforms, 2nd Edition, McGraw Hill, 2008.
2. J.Millman and Christos C Halkias, Integrated Electronics, TMH 2010.
3. Ramakanth A. Gayakwad, Op-Amps & Linear ICs, PHI, 2003.
Reference Books:
1. D. Roy Chowdhury, Linear Integrated Circuits, 2nd Edition, New Age
International (p) Ltd, 2003.
2. J. Millman and A. Grabel, Microelectronics, 2nd Edition, McGraw Hill,
1988.
Online Resources:
Lectures on Analog Circuits Prof. Jayanta Mukherjee IIT Bombay https:/
/nptel.ac.in/courses/108101094/
Course Outcomes:
At the end of this course students will be able to
1. Classify various power amplifier circuits in terms of their functionality.
2. Distinguish between Linear and Non-linear Wave shaping circuits.
3. Analyze the operation of OP-AMP, Multivibrator and 555 Timer
4. Design different types of Multivibrator circuits.
5. Demonstrate various applications of op-amps.
6. Illustrate the performance of ADC and DAC.
2018-2019 97
II YearB.Tech. ECE II-Semester L T P C
Course Code: PC114BG 3 1 - 4
ANALOG AND DIGITAL COMMUNICATIONS
Prerequisites: Signals and Systems
Course Objectives:
1. To develop the ability to analyze system requirements of Analog
Communication Systems.
2. To analyze the generation, detection of various Analog Modulation
Techniques with mathematical analysis.
3. To analyze different types of Digital Modulation Techniques and
information theory concepts.
4. To model digital communication system for bit error rate analysis.
Amplitude Modulation: Representation of band pass signals and signal
envelopes, Need for modulation, FDM, Amplitude Modulation-Time and
Frequency domain, single tone modulation, power relations , Generation
of AM wave with switching modulator, Detection of AM Waves using
Envelope detector, DSB-SC: Time and Frequency domain, Generation of
DSB-SC-Ring Modulator, Coherent detection, Hilbert transform and
properties, SSB-SC: Time and Frequency domain, Generation of SSB-
Frequency and Phase discrimination method, Demodulation of SSB.
Angle Modulation: Frequency Modulation: Single tone Frequency
Modulation, Spectrum Analysis of Sinusoidal FM Wave, Narrow band FM,
Wide band FM, Transmission bandwidth of FM Wave, Generation of FM
Waves-Direct and Indirect FM, Detection of FM Waves: Foster Seeley
Discriminator, Phase locked loop, Comparison of FM and AM.
Noise: Types of Noise, Modelling of noise and AWGN, Comparison of
Noise performance in AM, DSBSC, SSB & FM (without derivations), Pre-
emphasis and De-emphasis, Superheterodyne Receiver.
Pulse Analog Modulation: Bandpass sampling, Types of sampling
process, Types of Pulse Modulation, PAM- Generation and Demodulation,
PWM-Generation and Demodulation, PPM-Generation and Demodulation,
TDM.
Pulse Digital Modulation: PCM, Generation and Reconstruction,

Quantization Noise, DPCM, DM and Adaptive DM, Noise in PCM and
DM.
Digital Carrier Modulation Schemes: Optimum Receiver for Binary
Digital Modulation Schemes, Description of Binary ASK,FSK,PSK and
QPSK Schemes, Transfer Function of the matched filter, Bandwidth and
Probability of Error calculations of binary ASK, FSK, PSK and QPSK
(Coherent schemes), Comparison of Digital Modulation Schemes.
Introduction to QAM, Signal space representation of binary- ASK, PSK,
FSK, QPSK and QAM.
Concepts of Information theory: Discrete Messages and Information
Content-Entropy, Information Rate, Source Coding Theorem, Source
Coding-Shannon Fano Coding, Huffman Coding, Shannons Theorem,
Channel Capacity-Capacity of Gaussian Channel, Bandwidth-S/N Ratio
Trade off, Mutual Information and Channel Capacity.
Text Books:
1. Simon Haykin, Communication Systems, 4th Edition, John Wiley and
Sons.
2. K.Sam Shanmugam, Digital and Analog Communication Systems, John
Wiley and Sons, 2004.
3. Taub H and Schilling D.L., Principles of Communication Systems,
TMH, 2001.
Reference Books:
1. B.P. Lathi, Communication Systems, BS Publication, 2004.
2. R.P.Singh and S.D Sapre, Communication Systems Analog and Digital,
TMH, 2006.
3. Wayne Tomasi, Electronics Communications Systems: Fundamentals
Through Advanced, 5th Edition, Pearson, 2004.
4. Upamanyu Madhow, Introduction to Communication Systems,
Cambridge University Press, 2014.
Online Resources:
1. Analog communications by Prof.Goutam Das, IIT Kharagpur. https://
nptel.ac.in/courses/117105143/
2. Principles of Digital communications by Prof.S.N.Merchant,IITB,
https://nptel.ac.in/courses/108101113/
2018-2019 99
Course Outcomes:
1. Analyze different modulation and demodulation schemes for analog
& digital communications.
2. Evaluate fundamental communication system parameters such as
Bandwidth, Power, Signal to quantization noise ratio and Figure of
merit.
3. Design Analog & Digital communication systems to meet desired
needs.
4. Elucidate the design tradeoffs and performance of Analog and Digital
communication systems.
5. Calculate error rate, Spectral efficiency of Digtal Modulation
techniques.
6. Analyze the concept of source coding and channel coding techniques
Course Code: PC114BM 3 - - 3
MICROPROCESSORS AND MICROCONTROLLERS
Prerequisites: Digital System Design
Course Objectives:
1. Describe the architecture of Microprocessor and Microcontrollers.
2. Understand and apply the fundamentals of assembly language
programming of Microprocessors and Microcontrollers.
3. Experimenting with memory and I/O interfacing of Microcontroller.
4. Develop real time applications of Microprocessors as well as
Microcontrollers.
8086 Architecture: 8086 Architecture-Functional diagram, Register
Organization, Memory Segmentation, Programming Model, Memory
addresses, Physical Memory Organization, Architecture of 8086, Signal
descriptions of 8086, interrupts of 8086.
Instruction Set and Assembly Language Programming of 8086:
Instruction formats, Addressing modes, Instruction Set, Assembler
Directives, Macros, and simple Programs involving Logical, Branch and
Call Instructions, Sorting, String Manipulations.
Introduction to Microcontrollers: Overview of 8051 Microcontroller,
Architecture, I/O Ports, Memory Organization, Addressing Modes and
Instruction set of 8051.
8051 Real Time Control: Programming Timer Interrupts, Programming
External Hardware Interrupts, Programming the Serial Communication,
Interrupts, Programming 8051 Timers and Counters.
Serial Communication and Bus Interface: Serial Communication
Standards, Serial Data Transfer Scheme, On board Communication
Interfaces-I2C Bus, SPI Bus, UART; External Communication Interfaces-
RS232, USB.
I/O and Memory Interface: LCD, Keyboard, External Memory RAM,
ROM Interface, ADC, DAC Interface to 8051.
2018-2019 101
Text Books:
1. K. Ray and K.M. Bhurchandani, Advanced Microprocessors and
Peripherals, TMH, 2nd Edition, 2006.
2. Muhammad Ali Mazidi, Janice Gillispie Mazidi and Rolin D. McKinlay,
The 8051 Microcontroller ad Embedded. Systems. Using Assembly
and C. Pearson, 2nd Edition, 2008.
Reference Books:
1. D.V. Hall, Microprocessors and Interfacing, 2nd Edition, TMGH, 2006.
2. K.Uma Rao, Andhe Pallavi, The 8051 Microcontrollers, Architecture
and Programming and Applications, Pearson, 2009.
3. Kenneth. J. Ayala, The 8051 Microcontroller, 3rd Edition, Cengage
Learning, 2006.
Online Resources:
1. https://lecturenotes.in/subject/22/microprocessor-and-microco
ntroller-mpmc
2. NPTEL Material on Microprocessors by Dr. Pramod Agarwal,IIT
Roorkee http://nptel.ac.in/courses/108107029/
Course Outcomes:
1. Familiarize with the internal architecture and organization of 8086
and 8051.
2. Write assembly language programs using 8086 and 8051.
3. Design and develop micro controller based systems using 8051
interfacing.
4. Apply the knowledge of 8051 micro controller in real time
applications.
5. Relate the memory organization and memory interface to 8086/8051.
6. Discuss various serial communication interface standards.
ANALOG CIRCUITS LAB
Prerequisites:-Nil-
Course Objective:
1. To design, simulate various non-linear wave shaping circuits,
multivibrators.
2. To verify practically different applications of Op-Amp.
3. To familiarize with the operation of DACs.
4. To know the functionality of 555 timer in different modes.
Minimum Twelve experiments to be conducted:
1. Design, develop and Testing of a Two Stage RC Coupled Amplifier.
2. Design, develop and Testing of a Non-linear wave shaping
a) Clippers b) Clampers
3. Design, develop and Testing of a Bi-stable Multivibrator.
4. Design, develop and Testing of a Monostable Multivibrator.
5. Design, develop and Testing of a Astable Multivibrator.
6. Design, develop and Testing of a Schmitt Trigger.
7. Design an Adder, Subtractor using Op-amp 741.
8. Design an Integrator and Differentiator using Op-amp 741.
9. Design an Inverting Amplifier and Non-Inverting Amplifier using Op-
amp 741.
10.Design an R-2R ladder DAC.
11. Design aWeighted Resistor DAC.
12.Design a Monostable mutlivibrator using 555 Timer.
13.Design Astable mutlivibrator using 555 Timer.
Note:
1. Experiments 1 to 6 to be implemented using simulation (Multisim or
equivalent) and Hardware realization.
2. Experiments 7 to 13 to be implemented using Design and Hardware
realization.
Online Resources:
Lectures on Analog Circuits Prof. Jayanta Mukherjee IIT Bombay https:/
/nptel.ac.in/courses/108101094/
2018-2019 103
Course Outcomes:
1. Illustrate the utility of various modes of 555 timers, applications of
semiconductor devices and Op-Amps.
2. Identify different types of DACs.
3. Set up circuits to interpret the different applications of Op-Amps.
4. Design, develop and test nonlinear wave shaping, Multivibrators,
Amplifier circuits and estimate the relevant parameters.
5. Compare the experimental results with theoretical results, explain the
parameters involved and justify the results obtained.

ANALOG AND DIGITAL COMMUNICATIONS LAB
Prerequisites:-Nil-
Course Objectives:
1. To analyze analog modulation techniques and simulate them using
MATLAB software.
2. To implement and analyse sampling concepts and multiplexing
3. To implement and analyze the pulse digital modulation techniques.
4. To analyze Power Spectral Density of analog and digital modulation
techniques using spectrum analyzer.
1. Implement and simulate Amplitude modulation and demodulation process
using MATLAB software.
2. Implement and simulate DSB-SC Modulator & Detector using MATLAB
software.
3. Design and implement SSB-SC Modulator & Detector (Phase Shift
Method) using MATLAB software.
4. Design and implement Frequency modulation and demodulation using
MATLAB software.
5. Implement and simulate Time Division Multiplexing & Demultiplexing
6. Implement, analyze and Simulate Sampling Theorem using MATLAB
software.
7. Implement, analyze and simulate Pulse Position Modulation &
Demodulation using MATLAB software.
8. Analyze AM and FM modulation schemes using Spectrum analyzer.
9. Implement and analyze PCM Generation and Detection.
10. Implement and analyze Differential Pulse Code Modulation.
11. Implement and analyze Delta Modulation.
12. Implement Frequency Shift Keying: Generation and Detection and
Simulate using MATLAB software.
13. Implement Phase Shift Keying: Generation and Detection and Simulate
14.To implement Amplitude Shift Keying: Generation and Detection and
Simulate using MATLAB software.
2018-2019 105
15.To implement QAM, and analyze the Spectral characteristics of QAM

using Spectrum analyzer.
16.To implement QPSK: Generation and Detection and Simulate using
MATLAB software.
Online Resources:
1. http://onlinecources.nptel.ac.in/noc18_ee26 (Analog communications
by Prof.Goutam Das, IIT Kharagpur)
2. http://onlinecources.nptel.ac.in/noc18_ee27
(Principles of Digital communications by Prof.S.N.Merchant,IITB,)
Course Outcomes:
1. Understand fundamentals in implementation and Simulation of Analog
and Digital Communication concepts.
2. Comprehend the theoretical concepts and relate the same to the circuit
schematics used in AM, FM, Pulse modulation and TDM technique.
3. Develop code for simulation of Analog modulation and Pulse
modulation techniques, and analyse the performance of the system.
4. Analyse the implementation details of Digital Carrier modulation
techniques, and Simulate the same in MATLAB.
5. Generate the Simulation code, to implement the concepts/application
of Communications in MATLAB.
6. Develop the hardware for basic analog/digital communication concepts,
and comprehend the Numerical results from experimental
measurements.
MICROPROCESSORS AND MICROCONTROLLERS LAB
Prerequisites:-Nil-
Course Objectives:
1. Infer the basics of the microprocessor and its assembly language.
2. Extend the basics of assembly language to the microcontroller.
3. Provide foundation on interfacing the external devices to the micro
controller.
4. Develop solutions for the real time applications.
Implement the following experiments using TASM/MASM assembler for
8086 and Keil μ Vision IDE for 8051.
1. Write a program for 16 bit arithmetic operations for 8086 (using Various
Addressing Modes).
2. Write a program for sorting an array for 8086.
3. Write a program for searching for a number or character in a string for
8086.
4. Write a program for string manipulations using string instruction of 8086.
5. Write a program using arithmetic, logical and bit manipulation instructions
of 8051.
6. Write a program to verify Timer/Counter operation in 8051.
7. Write a program to verify Interrupt handling in 8051.
8. Write a program on UART Operation in 8051.
9. Write a program to interface stepper/DC motor with 8051.
10. Write a program to interface Matrix/Keyboard to 8051.
11. Write a program to interface Seven Segment Display to 8051.
12. Write a program to interface LEDs to 8051.
13. Write a program to interface LCD to 8051
14. Write a program for sequence generator using Serial Interface in 8051.
15. Write a program to interface 8bit ADC to 8051.
16. Write a program to interface DAC with 8051 to generate a analog signal.
Online Resources:
1. h t t p s : / / l e c t u r e n o t e s . i n / s u b j e c t / 2 2 / m i c r o p r o c e s s o r - a n d -
microcontroller-mpmc
2018-2019 107
2. NPTEL Material on Microprocessors by Dr. Pramod Agarwal,IIT
Roorkee http://nptel.ac.in/courses/108107029/
Course Outcomes:
1. Understand the architecture of 8086 microprocessor and 8051
microcontroller.
2. Comprehend the knowledge of instruction set of 8086 microprocessor
and 8051 microcontroller.
3. Develop algorithms to implement the given task using 8086
microprocessor.
4. Develop algorithms to implement the given task using 8051
microcontroller.
5. Design and build the 8086 microprocessor/8051 microcontroller
based systems.
6. Verification and analysis of the programs and their results.

Course Code: MC114BE 2 - - -
ENVIRONMENTAL SCIENCES
(Mandatory Course)
Prerequisites:-Nil-
Course Objectives:
1. Understanding the importance of ecological balance for sustainable
development.
2. Understanding the impacts of developmental activities and mitigation
measures.
3. Understanding the environmental policies and regulations.
4. Create awareness about environmental issues & identify the sustainable
solutions.
5. To sensitize the young minds to wildlife environment.
6. To develop the knowledge on various environmental components and
their interrelation with each other.
Ecosystems: Definition, Scope and Importance of ecosystem.
Classification, structure, and function of an ecosystem, food chains, food
webs, and ecological pyramids. Flow of energy, Biogeochemical cycles,
Bioaccumulation, Bio-magnification, ecosystem value, services and
carrying capacity, Field visits.
Natural Resources: Introduction, Classification of Resources, Living and
Non-Living resources, Water Resources: use and over utilization of surface
and ground water, floods and droughts, Dams: benefits and problems.
Mineral Resources: use and exploitation, environmental effects of
extracting and using mineral resources. Land Resources, Energy
Resources: growing energy needs, renewable and non-renewable energy
sources, use of alternate energy source, case studies.
Biodiversity and Biotic Resources: Introduction, Definition, genetic,
species and ecosystem diversity, value of biodiversity; consumptive use,
productive use, social, ethical, aesthetic and optional values. India as a
mega diversity nation, Hot spots of biodiversity. Field visit. Threats to
biodiversity: habitat loss, poaching of wildlife, man-wildlife conflicts;
Conservation of biodiversity: In-Situ and Ex-situ conservation.
2018-2019 109
Environmental Pollution and Control Technologies: Classification
of pollution, Air Pollution: Primary and secondary pollutants, Automobile
and Industrial pollution, Ambient air quality standards. Water pollution:
Sources and types of pollution, drinking water quality standards. Soil
Pollution: Sources and types, Impacts of modern agriculture, degradation
of soil. Noise Pollution: Sources and Health hazards, standards, Solid
waste: Municipal Solid Waste management, composition and
characteristics of e-Waste and its management.
Global Environmental Problems and Global Efforts: Climate change
and impacts on human environment. Ozone depletion and Ozone depleting
substances (ODS). Deforestation and desertification. International
conventions / Protocols: Earth summit, Kyoto protocol, and Montréal
Protocol.
Environmental Policy, Legislation & EIA: Environmental Protection
act, Legal aspects, Air Act- 1981, Water Act, Forest Act, Wild life Act,
Municipal solid waste management and handling rules, biomedical waste
management and handling rules, Hazardous Waste (Management and
Handling) Rules. EIA: EIA structure, methods of baseline data acquisition.
Overview on Impacts of air, water, biological and Socio-economical
aspects. Strategies for risk assessment, Concepts of Environmental
Management Plan (EMP).
Towards Sustainable Future: Concept of Sustainable Development,
Population and its explosion, Crazy Consumerism, Environmental
Education, Urban Sprawl, Human health, Environmental Ethics, Concept
of Green Building.
Text Books:
1. Erach Bharucha, Text book of Environmental Studies for Undergraduate
Courses, University Grants Commission.
2. R. Rajagopalan, Environmental Studies, Oxford University Press.
Reference Books:
1. Richard T. Wright, Environmental Science: Towards a sustainable
future, PHL Learning Private Ltd. New Delhi, 2008.
2. Gilbert M. Masters and Wendell P. Ela, Environmental Engineering
and science, PHI Learning Pvt. Ltd, 2008.
3. Daniel B. Botkin & Edward A. Keller, Environmental Science, Wiley
INDIA Edition.
4. Anubha Kaushik, Environmental Studies, 4 th Edition, New age
international publishers.
5. Dr. M. Anji Reddy, Text book of Environmental Science and Technology,
BS Publications, 2007.
Online Resources:
1. http://www.open.edu/openlearn/free-courses/full-catalogue
2. https://www.edx.org/course/subject/environmental-studies
3. https://www.mooc-list.com/tags/environmental-management
4. https://www.enviroblog.net
Course Outcomes:
1. Benefited by various ecological principles and environmental
regulations for sustainable development.
2. Able to identify/analyze/evaluate/demonstrate the consequences of
developmental activities and mitigation measures.
3. Develop the advanced technologies in protection/conservation of
resources in sustainable approach.
4. Improved in attitude & thinking of the students will be positively
towards earth & environment.
5. Benefited by knowing the concepts like Green Buildings, Low Carbon
Lifestyle, International conventions etc.
6. It helps the students to improve the quality of life.
2018-2019 111
III Year B.Tech. ECE I-Semester L T P C
Course Code: PC115CM 3 - - 3
VLSI DESIGN
Prerequisites:1. Electronic Devices & Circuits 2. Digital System Design
Course Objectives:
1. To know electrical properties of MOS and BiCMOS devices and to
analyze the behavior of inverters designed with various loads.
2. To draw the layout of any logic circuit with the specified design rules.
3. To provide concept to design different types of digital circuits using
CMOS logic.
4. To understand Sub system design, basic programmable logic devices
and testing of CMOS circuits.
UNIT 1: (~10 lecture hours)
Introduction: Introduction to MOS Technology – MOS, PMOS, NMOS,
CMOS and BiCMOS technologies.
Basic Electrical Properties: Basic Electrical Properties of MOS ,CMOS
and BiCMOS Circuits: IDS-VDS relationships, MOS transistor threshold
Voltage, gm, gds, figure of merit , Pass transistor, NMOS inverter, Various
pull - ups, Determination of pull-up to pull-down ratio( Zpu / Zpd ) , CMOS
Inverter analysis and design, Bi CMOS inverters, Latch-up in CMOS
circuits.
VLSI Circuit Design Processes : VLSI Design Flow, MOS Layers, Stick
Diagrams, Design Rules and Layouts, Lambda based design rules, Contact
cuts , CMOS Lambda based design rules, Layout Diagrams for logic gates,
Transistor structures, wires and vias, Scaling of MOS circuits- Scaling
models, scaling factors, scaling factors for device parameters, Limitations
of Scaling
Gate Level Design: Architectural issues, Switch logic networks: Gate
logic, Alternate gate circuit: Pseudo-NMOS, Dynamic CMOS logic. Basic
circuit concepts, Sheet Resistance RS and its concept to MOS, Area
capacitance Units, Calculations, The delay unit T, Inverter Delays, Driving
large Capacitive Loads, Wiring Capacitances, Fan-in and fan-out, Choice
of layers.
Data Path Subsystems: Subsystem Design, Shifters, Adders, ALUs,
Multipliers, Parity generators, Comparators, Zero/One Detectors,
Counters.
Array Subsystems: SRAM, DRAM, ROM, Serial Access Memories.
Programmable Logic Devices: PLAs, FPGAs, CPLDs, Standard Cells,
Programmable Array Logic, Design Approach, Parameters influencing low
power design.
CMOS Testing: CMOS Testing, Need for testing, Test Principles, Design
Strategies for test, Chip level Test Techniques.
Text Books :
1. Kamran Eshraghian, Eshraghian Dougles and A. Pucknell- Essentials
of VLSI Circuits and Systems, 1st Edition, PHI, 2005.
2. Neil H. E Weste, David Harris, Ayan Banerjee-CMOS VLSI Design –
A Circuits and Systems Perspective, 3rd Edition, Pearson, 2009.
Reference Books:
1. Ming-BO Lin -Introduction to VLSI Systems: A Logic, Circuit and
System Perspective, CRC Press, 2011.
2. John .P. Uyemura -CMOS Logic Circuit Design, Springer, 2007.
3. Wayne Wolf -Modern VLSI Design, 3rd Edition, Pearson Education,
1997.
4. M. Michael Vai -VLSI Design, CRC Press, 2001.
Online Resources:
1. NPTEL material on VLSI Design (Web) by Prof. A.N. Chandorkar, IIT
Bombay https://nptel.ac.in/courses/117101058/.
2. https://www.tutorialspoint.com/vlsi_design/index.htm
3. https://www.udemy.com/topic/vlsi/
4. http://www.vlsiguru.com/
5. http://www.vlsi-expert.com/p/vlsi-basic.html
Course Outcomes:
1. Acquire qualitative knowledge about the fabrication process of
integrated circuits using MOS transistors.
2. Analyze modes of operation of MOS transistor and its basic electrical
properties.
3. Design and develop various VLSI Data path subsystems.
4. Design and develop simple memories using MOS transistors.
5. Implementation of simple logic circuits using PLA, PAL, FPGA and
CPLD.
6. Understand different types of faults that can occur in a system and
learn the concept of testing and adding extra hardware to improve
testability of system.
2018-2019 113

Course Code:PC115BY 3 1 - 4
DIGITAL SIGNAL PROCESSING
Prerequisites: Signals and Systems
Course Objectives:
1. To provide basics of Discrete Time Signals and Systems
2. To analyse Discrete Time Signals and Systems using different
Transform Techniques
3. To design and implement FIR and IIR filters
4. To demonstrate Multirate Digital Signal Processing and analyse effects
of Finite word length effects in DSP
Z-Transforms: Review of Discrete time Signals, The Z-Transform - The
Direct Z-Transform, Inversion of Z-Transform – Power series expansion
method, Partial fraction expansion method, Contour integration (Residue)
method, Properties of Z-Transform, Analysis of Linear shift invariant (LSI
systems) - Solution of difference equations using Z-Transform, Causality
and stability.
UNIT 2:( ~10 lecture hours)
Discrete Fourier Transform (DFT) and Fast Fourier Transform
(FFT)
Discrete Fourier Transform (DFT): Frequency domain sampling and
Reconstruction of Discrete Time Signals, DFT, The DFT as a Linear
Transformation, Relationship of the DFT to Other Transforms, Properties
of DFT - Periodicity, Linearity, Symmetry, Circular Convolution, Time
reversal of a sequence, Circular time shift of a sequence, Circular frequency
shift, Complex-Conjugate properties, Circular correlation, Multiplication
of two sequences, Parseval’s Theorem.
Fast Fourier Transform (FFT): FFT Algorithms - Radix-2 Decimation
in time (DIT) and Decimation in frequency (DIF), Problems.
Design of Finite Impulse Response (FIR) Filters: Symmetric and
Antisymmetric FIR filters, Design of Optimum Equiripple Linear -phase
FIR filters, Design of Linear-phase FIR filters (Lowpass, Highpass,
Bandpass and Bandstop filters) - Fourier Series method, Windowing
method (Rectangular, Bartlett, Hanning, Hamming, Blackman
windows),Introduction to Kaiser window, Frequency-Sampling method,

Implementation of Discrete time systems (Structures for FIR systems) –
Direct form structures, Cascade-form structure.
UNIT 4:(~09 lecture hours)
Design of Infinite Impulse Response (IIR) Filters: Design of analog
low pass filter using Butterworth and Chebyshev type-1 filters. IIR filter
design (LPF only) by Impulse Invariance and Bilinear transformation
techniques, Comparison of FIR and IIR filters, Implementation of Discrete
time systems (Structures for IIR systems) – Direct form I and II structures,
Cascade form structures, Parallel form structures.
Effect of finite register length in FIR filter design: Representation of
Numbers: Fixed-Point Representation of Numbers, Binary Floating-Point
Representation of Number, Errors Resulting from Rounding and
Truncation, Quantization of Coefficients in FIR Filters.
Introduction to Multirate Signal Processing: Introduction, Decimation
by a Factor Interpolation by a Factor I, Sampling Rate Conversion by a
Rational Factor I/D.
Applications of DSP: Linear Filtering Methods based on the DFT: Use
of the DFT in Linear Filtering, Filtering of Long Data Sequences.
Text Books:
1. John G. Proakis and D.G. Manolakis, Digital Signal Processing:
Principles, Algorithms and Applications, 4th Edition, Pearson, 2007.
2. A.V. Oppenheim and Schafer, Discrete Time Signal Processing, 3rd
Reference Books:
1. S.K.Mitra, Digital Signal Processing: A computer based approach, 4th
Edition, TMH, 2013.
2. L.R. Rabiner and B. Gold, Theory and Application of Digital Signal
Processing, 1st Edition, Prentice Hall, 1975.
Online Resources:
1. Lecture Series on Digital Signal Processing by Prof.S. C Dutta Roy,
Department of Electrical Engineering, IIT Delhi
2. Lecture Series on Digital Signal Processing by Prof.Alan V. Oppenheim
https://ocw.mit.edu/resources/res-6-008-digital-signal-processing-
spring-2011/
2018-2019 115
Course Outcomes:
1. Apply ZT to analyze discrete signals and systems.
2. Analyze the spectral characteristics of discrete-time signals using DFT.
Implement FFT algorithms for efficient computation of DFT.
3. Design of different types of digital filters.
4. Distinguish between different Multi-rate signal processing techniques
and identify finite word length effects.
5. Illustrate the applications of DSP.

Course Code: PC115CD 3 - - 3
ELECTROMAGNETIC THEORY AND TRANSMISSION LINES
Prerequisites: -Nil-
Course Objectives:
This is a structured foundation course, dealing with concepts,
formulations and applications of Electromagnetic Theory and
Transmission Lines, and is the basic primer for all electronic
communication engineering subjects. The main objectives of the course
are
1. To learn the Basic Laws, Concepts and proofs related to
Electrostatic Fields and Magnetostatic Fields, and apply them to solve
physics and engineering problems.
2. To distinguish between static and time-varying fields, and understand
the significance and utility of Maxwell’s Equations and Boundary
Conditions, and gain ability to provide solutions to communication
engineering problems.
3. To analyze the characteristics of Uniform Plane Waves (UPW),
determine their propagation parameters and estimate the same for
dielectric and dissipative media.
4. To conceptually understand the UPW Polarization features and
Poynting theorem, and apply them for practical problems.
5. To determine the basic Transmission Line Equations and telephone line
parameters and estimate the distortions present.
6. To understand the concepts of RF Lines and their characteristics,
Smith Chart and its applications, acquire knowledge to configure
circuit elements, QWTs and HWTs, and to apply the same for practical
problems.
Electrostatics: Review of Co-ordinate systems & Vector Algebra,
Coulomb’s Law, Electric Field Intensity -Fields due to Different Charge
Distributions, Electric Flux Density, Gauss Law and Applications, Electric
Potential, Relations Between E and V, Maxwell’s Two Equations for
Electrostatic Fields, Energy Density, Illustrative Problems. Convection
and Conduction Currents, Dielectric Constant, Isotropic and Homogeneous
Dielectrics, Continuity Equation, Relaxation Time, Poisson’s and
Laplace’s Equations; Capacitance -Parallel Plate, Coaxial, Spherical
Capacitors, Illustrative Problems.
2018-2019 117
Magnetostatics: Biot-Savart’s Law, Ampere’s Circuital Law and
Applications, Magnetic Flux Density, Maxwell’s Two Equations for
Magnetostatic Fields, Magnetic Scalar and Vector Potentials, Forces
due to Magnetic Fields, Ampere’s Force Law, Illustrative Problems.
Maxwell’s Equations (Time Varying Fields): Faraday’s Law and
Transformer EMF, Inconsistency of Ampere’s Law and Displacement
Current Density, Maxwell’s Equations in Different Final Forms and Word
Statements, Conditions at a Boundary Surface : Dielectric- Dielectric and
Dielectric-Conductor Interfaces, Illustrative Problems.
EM Wave Characteristics-I: Wave Equations for Conducting and
Perfect Dielectric Media, Uniform Plane Waves-Definition, All Relations
Between E &H, Sinusoidal Variations, Wave Propagation in Lossless and
Conducting Media, Conductors & Dielectrics-Characterization, Wave
Propagation in Good Conductors and Good Dielectrics, Polarization,
Illustrative Problems.
EM Wave Characteristics-II: Reflection and Refraction of Plane Waves
– Normal and Oblique Incidences for both Perfect Conductor and Perfect
Dielectrics, Brewster Angle, Critical Angle and Total Internal Reflection,
Surface Impedance, Poynting Vector and Poynting Theorem – Applications,
Illustrative Problems.
UNIT4: (~7 lecture hours)
Transmission Lines-I: Types, Parameters, Transmission Line Equations,
Primary & Secondary Constants, Expressions for Characteristic
Impedance, Propagation Constant, Phase and Group Velocities, Infinite
Line Concepts, Losslessness /Low Loss Characterization, Distortion –
Condition for Distortionlessness and Minimum Attenuation, Illustrative
Problems.
Transmission Lines-II: Input Impedance Relations, SC and OC Lines,
Reflection Coefficient, VSWR. UHF Lines as Circuit Elements; λ/4, λ/2,
λ/8 Lines-Impedance Transformations, Significance of Zmin and Zmax, Smith
Chart-Configuration and Applications, Single Stub Matching, Illustrative
Problems.
Text Books:
1. Matthew N.O. sadikuand, S.V. Kulkarni-Principles of Electromagnetics,
Oxford University Press, 6th Edition, Aisan Edition, 2015.
2. E.C. Jordan and K.G. Balmain, Electromagnetic Waves and Radiating
Systems, 2nd Edition, PHI, 2000.
Reference Books:
1. William H. Hayt Jr. and John A. Buck -Engineering Electromagnetics,
7th Edition, McGraw Hill Education, 2006.
2. Nathan Ida, Engineering Electromagnetics, 2nd Edition, Springer (India)
Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi, 2005.
Online Resources:
Introduction to Electromagnetic Theory by Dr. Manoj Kumar Harbola
(IITK) https://onlinecourses.nptel.ac.in/noc16_ph03
Course Outcomes:
Having gone through this foundation course, the students would be able to
1. Distinguish between the static and time-varying fields, establish the
corresponding sets of Maxwell’s Equations and Boundary Conditions,
and use them for solving engineering problems.
2. Analyze the Wave Equations for good conductors and good dielectrics,
and evaluate the UPW Characteristics for several practical media of
interest.
3. Establish the proof and estimate the polarization features, reflection
and transmission coefficients for UPW propagation, distinguish
between Brewster and Critical Angles, and acquire knowledge of their
applications.
4. Determine the Transmission Line parameters for different lines,
characterize the distortions and estimate the characteristics for different
lines.
5. Analyze the RF Line features and configure them as SC, OC Lines,
QWTs and HWTs, and design the same for effective impedance
transformation.
6. Study the Smith Chart profile and stub matching features, and gain ability
to practically use the same for solving practical problems.
2018-2019 119
Course Code: PE115BS 3 - - 3
COMPUTER ORGANIZATION
(Professional Elective-1)
Prerequisites:-Nil-
Course Objectives:
1. To understand the basic structure and operation of a digital computer.
2. To realize the CPU design for a given instruction set.
3. To design functional units for floating point and fixed point operations.
4. To visualize the hierarchical memory system.
5. To understand the requirements of IO interfacing with the computer.
6. To comprehend the advantage of instruction level parallelism and
pipelining for high performance Processor design.
UNIT 1: (~11 Lecture hours)
Basic Structure of Computers: Computer Types, Functional Units, Basic
Operational Concepts, Bus Structures, Software, Performance,
Multiprocessors and Multi Computers, Data Representation: Fixed Point
Representation, Floating Point Representation.
Register Transfer Language and Microoperations: Register Transfer
Language, Register Transfer, Bus and Memory Transfer, Arithmetic Micro
Operations, Logic Micro Operations, Shift Micro Operations, Arithmetic
Logic Shift Unit, Instruction Codes, Computer Registers, Computer
Instructions – Instruction cycle, Memory – Reference Instructions, Input
– Output and Interrupt.
UNIT 2: (~8 Lecture hours )
Micro Programmed Control: Control Memory, Address Sequencing,
Micro Program Example, Design of Control Unit - Hard Wired Control,
Micro Programmed Control.
Central Processing Unit - Stack organization. Instruction Formats,
Addressing Modes, Data Transfer and Manipulation, Program Control,
Reduced Instruction Set Computer.
Computer Arithmetic: Addition and Subtraction, Multiplication
Algorithms, Division Algorithms, Floating Point Arithmetic Operations,
Decimal Arithmetic Unit, Decimal Arithmetic Operations.
The Memory System: Basic Concepts of Semiconductor RAM
Memories, Read-Only Memories, Cache Memories, Performance
Considerations, Virtual Memories, Secondary Storage.
Input-output Organization : Peripheral Devices, Input-Output Interface,
Asynchronous Data Transfer, Modes of Transfer, Priority Interrupt, Direct
Memory Access, Input-Output Processor (IOP), Serial Communication.
Pipeline and Vector Processing: Parallel Processing, Pipelining,
Arithmetic Pipeline, Instruction Pipeline, RISC Pipeline Vector
Processing, Array Processors.
Multi Processors: Characteristics of Multiprocessors, Interconnection
Structures, Interprocessor Arbitration. Interprocessor Communication and
Synchronization.
Text Books:
1. M.Moris Mano -Computer System Architecture, 3rd Edition, PHI/
Pearson, 2008.
2. Car Hamacher, Zvonks Vranesic, Safwat Zaky -Computer Organization,
5th Edition, McGraw Hill Education, 2011.
Reference Books:
1. William Stallings, Computer Organization and Architecture, 8th Edition,
PHI/Pearson, 2006.
2. John P. Hayes-Computer Architecture and Organization, 3rd Edition,
McGraw Hill International, 2012.
Online Resources:
1. NPTEL Course on Computer Organization and Architecture by Prof.
S. Raman -IITM https://www.youtube.com/
watch?v=leWKvuZVUE8&list=PLQObLunIEgaQ7Drxp8yCmsJqidgSsTqlw
2. Web Course for N|PTEL on Computer Organization and Architecture
– https://nptel.ac.in/courses/106103068/pdf/coa.pdf
Course Outcomes:
1. Recognize the basic building blocks and functional details of a CPU.
2. Discuss the features of a general purpose computer.
3. Demonstrate the construction and operation of individual building
blocks of a CPU
4. Illustrate the generation of control and timing signals for the CPU
design.
5. Employ advanced architectural features for performance improvement
of the CPU
6. Understand the parallelism both in terms of single and multiple
processors.
2018-2019 121
Course Code: PE115CC 3 - - 3
ELECTRONIC MEASUREMENTS AND INSTRUMENTATION
Prerequisites:-Nil-
Course Objectives:
1. To provide an understanding of various measuring systems functioning
and metrics for performance analysis.
2. To impart the knowledge of principles of operation, working of
different electronic instruments viz. signal generators, signal analyzers,
recorders and measuring equipment.
3. To expose the students to many varieties of transducers, measuring
instruments, their operating principles and construction.
4. To explain the use of various measuring techniques for measurement
of different physical parameters using different classes of transducers.
Block Schematics of Measuring Systems: Performance Characteristics,
Static Characteristics, Accuracy, Precision, Resolution, Types of Errors,
Gaussian Error, Root Sum Squares formula, Dynamic Characteristics,
Repeatability, Reproducibility, Fidelity, Lag; Measuring Instruments: DC
Voltmeters, D’ Arsonval Movement, DC Current Meters, AC Voltmeters
and Current Meters, Ohmmeters, Multimeters, Meter Protection,
Extension of Range, True RMS Responding Voltmeters, Specifications of
Instruments.
Signal Analyzers: AF, HF Wave Analyzers, Harmonic Distortion,
Heterodyne wave Analyzers, Spectrum Analyzers, Power Analyzers,
Capacitance-Voltage Meters, Oscillators. Signal Generators: AF, RF Signal
Generators, Sweep Frequency Generators, Pulse and Square wave
Generators, Function Generators, Arbitrary Waveform Generator, Video
Signal Generators, and Specifications.
Oscilloscopes: CRT, Block Schematic of CRO, Time Base Circuits,
Lissajous Figures, CRO Probes, High Frequency CRO Considerations,
Delay lines, Applications: Measurement of Time, Period and Frequency
Specifications.
Special Purpose Oscilloscopes: Dual Trace, Dual Beam Oscilloscope,
Sampling Oscilloscopes, Storage Oscilloscopes, Digital Storage
Oscilloscope.
Transducers: Classification, Strain Gauges, Bounded, unbounded; Force
and Displacement Transducers, Resistance Thermometers, Hotwire
Anemometers, LVDT, Thermocouples, Synchros, Special Resistance
Thermometers, Digital Temperature sensing system, Piezoelectric
Transducers, Variable Capacitance Transducers, Magnetostrictive
Transducers.
Bridges: Wheat Stone Bridge, Kelvin Bridge, and Maxwell Bridge.
Measurement of Physical Parameters: Flow Measurement,
Displacement Meters, Liquid level Measurement, Measurement of
Humidity and Moisture, Velocity, Force, Pressure-High Pressure, Vacuum
level, Temperature -Measurements, Data Acquisition Systems.
Text Books:
1. H.S.Kalsi, Electronic Instrumentation: 3 rd Edition, McGraw Hill
Education, 2010.
2. K. Lal Kishore, Electronic Measurements and Instrumentation, Pearson
Education, 2010.
Reference Books:
1. David A. Bell, Electronic Instrumentation and Measurements, 3rd
Edition, Oxford Univ. Press, 2013.
2. A.D.Helbincs, W.D. Cooper Modern Electronic Instrumentation and
Measurement Techniques 5th Edition, PHI, 2003.
Online Resources: Nil
Course Outcomes:
1. Identify the various electronic instruments based on their specifications
for carrying out a particular task of measurement.
2. Evaluate and perform accurate measurements for any engineering
system with clear idea of the potential errors.
3. Understand the working principles of various transducers.
4. Select an appropriate transducer for given application.
5. Use instruments like spectrum analyser, DSO and other virtual
instrumentation techniques for appropriate measurements.
6. Use various types of signal generators, signal analyzers for generating
and analyzing various real-time signals.
2018-2019 123

Course Code: PE115CF 3 - - 3
INFORMATION THEORY AND CODING
Prerequisites: Analog and Digital Communications
Course Objectives:
1. To enhance knowledge on Entropy and Mutual Information, apply
Source coding for better information rate.
2. To analyze Channel Capacity of various channel models.
3. To study the Channel coding and decoding methods of Linear Block
Codes and Cyclic Codes.
4. To understand coding and decoding of Convolution Codes.
Basics of Information Theory: Entropy, Joint Entropy and Conditional
Entropy, Relative Entropy and Mutual Information, Relationship between
Entropy and Mutual Information, Chain rules for Entropy, Relative Entropy
and Mutual Information, Statements of Jensen’s Inequality, Log Sum
Inequality, Asymptotic Equipartition Property - Asymptotic Equipartition
Property Theorem, Consequences of the AEP: Data Compression, High-
Probability Sets and the Typical Set.
Source coding and Channel Capacity: Kraft Inequality, Optimal Codes,
Bounds on the Optimal Code Length, Huffman Codes, Optimality of
Huffman Codes, The Lempel-Ziv (LZ) Algorithm, Channel Capacity -
Examples of Channel Capacity, Symmetric Channels, Properties of
Channel Capacity, Preview of the Channel Coding Theorem, Definitions
of Discrete Channel, Discrete Memoryless Channel (DMC), (M, N) Code,
Conditional Probability of Error, Maximal Probability of Error, Average
Probability of Error, Rate R of an (M, N) Code, Capacity, Jointly Typical
Sequences, Channel Coding Theorem,
Linear Block Codes: Introduction to Error Correction Codes, Error
probability with repetition in Binary Symmetric Channel, Parity Check
bit coding for error detection, Block coding for error detection and
correction, The Hamming distance, Upper bound of probability of error
with coding, Matrix description of Linear Block Codes, Equivalent Codes,
Parity Check Matrix, Decoding of Linear Block Code, Syndrome

Decoding, Error Probability after Coding, Perfect Codes, Hamming Codes,
Extended codes, Optimal Linear Codes, Maximum Distance Separable
Codes.
Cyclic Codes: Introduction to Cyclic Codes, The Division algorithm for
polynomials, Generation of Cyclic Codes, Matrix description of Cyclic
Codes, Burst Error Correction, Cyclic Redundancy Check (CRC) Codes,
Circuit implementation of Cyclic Codes, Introduction to BCH Codes.
Convolutional Codes: Introduction to Convolutional Codes, Tree Codes
and Trellis Codes, Polynomial description of Convolutional codes,
Distance notions for Convolutional codes, The Generating function, Matrix
description of Convolutional Codes, Viterbi decoding of Convolutional
Codes, Comparison of Error rates in coded and uncoded transmission.
Text Books:
1. Thomas M Cover, Joy A Thomas, Elements of Information Theory, 2nd
Edition, Wiley, 2006.
2. Ranjan Bose, Information Theory Coding and Cryptography, 1st Edition,
TMH, 2002.
3. Herbert Taub, Donald L Schilling, Goutam Saha, Principles of
Communication Systems, 4th Edition, McGraw-Hill Education, 2013.
Reference Books:
1. Simon Haykin, Communication systems, 4th Edition, John Wiley &
sons, INC.
2. Shu lin, Daniel J.Costello, Error Control Coding, 2nd Edition, Pearson.
Online Resources:
1. Lectures on Information Theory and Coding Prof. S.N. Merchant,
IIT Bombay https://nptel.ac.in/courses/117101053/
2. Lectures on Error control coding: An introduction to linear block
code (Video) Dr. Adrish Banerjee , IIT K https://nptel.ac.in/courses/
117104121/
3. Lectures on Error Control Coding: An Introduction to
Convolutional Codes (Video) by Dr. Adrish Banerjee , IITK https://
nptel.ac.in/courses/117104120/
2018-2019 125
Course Outcomes:
1. Understand the applicability of Information concepts and various
methods of error detection and correction.
2. Define the performance of different channel capacities, bounds.
3. Understand the capabilities of block codes and cyclic codes in terms
of optimal encoding and decoding.
4. Analyze the performance of various data compression techniques.
5. Design codes for error detection and correction of sequential data
with low error probability.
6. Compare error handling capabilities and circuit complexities.
DIGITAL SIGNAL PROCESSING LAB
Prerequisites:-Nil-
Course Objectives:
1. To use relevant simulation software tools.
2. To demonstrate the concepts learnt in Digital Signal Processing using
supporting software tools.
3. To enable students use graphical programming environment for modeling,
simulating and analyzing few concepts of Digital Signal Processing using
MATLAB Simulink software.
4. To prepare students on how to make use of relevant simulation software
tools for various Engineering problems.
1. To find Z-Transform of given discrete time signal, locating the
Zeros and Poles and plotting the Pole-Zero maps in Z-Plane for the
given transfer function.
2. To find DFT / IDFT of given discrete time signal.
3. To find response of LTI system using graphical approach of Linear
Convolution.
4. Determination of Power Spectrum of a given Signal using Wiener-
Kintchine relation.
5. To Verify Parseval’s theorem of Discrete Fourier Transform.
6. To find Frequency Response of a given System given in Transfer
Function/ Difference equation form.
7. Implementation of FFT of given Sequence.
8. Implementation of Low Pass and High Pass FIR Filters using
Windowing technique.
9. Implementation of Band Pass and Band Reject FIR Filters using
Windowing technique.
10. Implementation of Low Pass Analog and Digital Butterworth IIR
Filters.
11. Implementation of Low Pass Analog and Digital Chebyshev-Type 1
IIR Filters.
12. Implementation of Decimation Process.
13. Implementation of Interpolation Process.
14. Implementation of I/D Sampling Rate Converters.
2018-2019 127
15. Generation of DTMF Signals.
16. Filtering of long data sequences using DFT/IDFT.
Note:
l. Minimum 12 experiments should be conducted. All these experiments
are to be implemented using software (MATLAB) / Hardware (DSP
processor).
2. At least Two Experiments are to be simulated using Simulink.
3. Implement mini project based on the obtained knowledge.
Course Outcomes:
1. Recognize fundamental concepts & usage of simulation software in
the field of Digital Signal Processing
2. Identify the specifications, requirements & built in functions to
perform mathematical operations involving discrete sequences.
3. Implementation of various filters.
4. Develop code for analyzing Fourier and Z transforms and their utility.
5. Implement sampling rate converters.
6. Generate relevant simulation codes, with and without usage of built in
functions & estimation of the numerical results with supporting plots.
e-CAD AND VLSI LAB
Prerequisites: 1. Electronic Devices & Circuits 2. Digital System Design
Course Objectives:
1. To verify the functionality of basic logic gates, combinational circuits,
using Verilog/VHDL programming language.
2. To verify the functionality of sequential circuits, using Verilog/VHDL
programming language.
3. To implement various combinational and Sequential circuits using
FPGA kits.
4. To perform the circuit simulation for various combinational and
Sequential circuits.
Design and implementation of the following CMOS digital/analog circuits
using Cadence / Mentor Graphics/ Synopsys /Equivalent CAD tools.
The design shall include Gate-level design, Transistor-level design,
Hierarchical design, Verilog HDL/VHDL design, Logic synthesis,
Simulation and verification, Scaling of CMOS Inverter for different
technologies, study of secondary effects ( temperature, power supply and
process corners), Circuit optimization with respect to area, performance
and power, Layout, Extraction of parasitics and back annotation,
modifications in circuit parameters and layout consumption, DC/transient
analysis, Verification of layouts (DRC, LVS)
Part A: e-CAD programs: Programming can be done using any complier.
Down load the programs on FPGA/CPLD boards and performance testing
may be done using pattern generator (32 channels) and logic analyzer apart
from verification by simulation with any of the front end tools.
1. HDL code to realize all the logic gates
2. Design of 2-to-4 decoder
3. Design of 8-to-3 encoder (without and with priority)
4. Design of 8-to-1 multiplexer and 1-to-8 demultiplexer
5. Design of 4 bit binary to gray code converter
6. Design of 4 bit comparator
7. Design of Full adder using 3 modeling styles
8. Design of flip flops: SR, D, JK, T
2018-2019 129
9. Design of 4-bit binary, BCD counters (synchronous/ asynchronous
reset) or any sequence counter
10. Finite State Machine Design of sequence detector.
Part B: VLSI circuit design experiments:
Introduction to layout design rules. Layout, physical verification,
placement & route for complex design, static timing analysis, IR drop
analysis and crosstalk analysis of the following:
1. Basic logic gates
2. CMOS inverter
3. CMOS NOR/ NAND gates
4. CMOS XOR and MUX gates
5. Static / Dynamic logic circuit (register cell)
6. Latch
7. Implementation of 2x1 MUX using Pass transistor
8. Layout of any combinational circuit (complex CMOS logic gate).
9. Analog Circuit simulation (AC analysis) – CS & CD amplifier
Note: Any SIX of the above experiments from each part are to be
conducted (Total 12)
Course Outcomes:
1. Develop the concepts of digital design and VLSI Design.
2. Simulate, synthesize and implement various combinational and
sequential logic circuits.
3. Analyze the static and dynamic characteristics of CMOS inverter.
4. Perform circuit simulation, physical verification, DC/Transient
analysis, static timing analysis, layout verification of various digital
CMOS circuits and pass transistor logic circuits.
5. Design and analyze Analog circuits.
6. Interpret and verify the results of various combinational and sequential
circuit designs.
Course Code: HS11542 - - 2 1
EMPLOYABILITY AND SOFT SKILLS LAB
Pre-requisite:-Nil-
Course Objectives:
1. To address various challenges of communication as well as behavioural
traits faced by individuals at workplace and organizations through case
studies and interactions.
2. To help the students engage with other members confidently through
various discussions and presentations.
3. To help the students write business documents and generate content
effectively.
4. To enhance soft skills among the students and to enable them to
understand its impact on employability.
5. To equip the students with career planning and employability.
UNIT 1: (~2 lecture hours and 4 practical sessions)
Interpersonal and Intrapersonal Communication Skills
1. Factors impacting Communication Skills: Self awareness-Self analysis
-Self appraisal-Self esteem.
2. Barriers and Factors impacting Interpersonal and Intrapersonal
communication, both verbal and non –verbal communication.
3. Student presentations through SWOT Analysis.
Team Building and Group Dynamics:
1. Factors influencing group behavior – Process of group development:
Forming, Storming, Norming, Performing, Adjourning – Group
Members individual roles and responsibilities.
2. Critical thinking and logical reasoning through SPELT Analysis – Six
Thinking Hats and Mind Maps.
3. Student presentations and performance through group activities.
Written Communication Skills:
1. Processes in writing: Brainstorming – Drafting – Revising – Editing -
Proof Reading - Final draft.
2. Prerequisites for Effective Writing: Lexical Resource: Vocabulary in
context-Grammatical function in use: Syntax and accuracy -
2018-2019 131
Researching-Note-making-Support visuals-Procedures and processes-
Structuring and Formatting-IT skills.
3. Writing tasks assigned in the written format of E-mail correspondence
– Covering letter and Resume building-Technical Report Writing –
Developing a Portfolio.
Presentation Skills:
1. Processes in presentation: Analysing the audience - Selecting a topic
- Defining the objective - Preparing the structure - Practicing and
Delivering.
2. Prerequisites for Effective Presentation: Content development –
Researching – Note-taking – Drafting – Organizing – Formatting –
Structuring – Visual support – IT Skills
3. Presentations are done through Image description – Poster
Presentation – Pecha kucha.
Group Discussions and Interview Skills:
1. Prerequisites for Group Discussion – Definition, Rules, Types – Topical
issues, Case studies, Abstract topics – Evaluation criteria – Content,
Analytical and Reasoning skills, Creativity, Organisation skills,
Communication skills, Listening skills, Leadership skills, Body
language, Group behavior.
2. Prerequisites for Interview Skills – Researching companies, Reading
job descriptions, Using appropriate language, Using STAR method to
answer interview questions – S - Situation, background setting and
context T- Task or Target, specifics of what’s required, when, where,
who A- Action, what you did, skills used, behaviours, characteristics
R- Result – outcome, what happened? How valuable the learning was?
3. Student presentations and performance through Group Discussions and
Mock Interviews.
Reference Books:
1. T.M.Farhathullah, Communication Skills for Technical Students, Orient
BlackSwan Pvt. Ltd., 2002.
2. Sangeetha Sharma and Binod Mishra, Communication Skills for
Engineers and Scientists, PHI Learning Pvt.Ltd., 2011.
3. Sanjay Kumar and Pushp Lata, Communication Skills, Oxford Higher
Education, 2nd Education, 2015.
Online Resources:
1. https://onlinecourses.nptel.ac.in/noc19_hs22/preview
Course Outcomes:
1. Apply basic communication skills (LSRW) in work-related situations.
2. Acquire, organize, interpret and evaluate information for effective
communications within a group.
3. Demonstrate the ability to combine ideas or information in new ways
and present information on guided and structured format.
4. Make decisions and solve problems by specifying goals, identifying
resources and constraints and evaluating results.
5. Display personal qualities such as responsibility, self-management,
self-confidence, ethical behaviour and respect for self and others.
6. Learn to work cooperatively with people of diverse backgrounds and
abilities, identify group’s goals and values and contribute to a group
process with ideas, suggestions and efforts.
2018-2019 133
III Year B.Tech. ECE II-Semester L T P C
Course Code: HS116DE 3 - - 3
MANAGERIAL ECONOMICS AND FINANCIAL ANALYSIS
Prerequisites:-Nil-
Course Objectives:
1. To provide the basic concepts of economics.
2. To interlink the concepts of economics for effective business decision
making.
3. To provide fundamental knowledge of accounting, process of preparing
accounting statements and interpret them thereby.
Managerial Economics and Demand Analysis:
Managerial Economics: Introduction to Economics, Definition of
Managerial Economics, Nature and Scope of Managerial Economics,
Multidisciplinary nature of Managerial Economics, Role of Managerial
Economist.
Demand Analysis: Introduction to Demand, Determinants of demand, Law
of demand and its Exceptions, Nature of demand, Movement and Shift of
demand curve.
Elasticity of Demand, Demand Forecasting and Production Analysis:
Elasticity of demand: Concept of Elasticity of demand, Types of
Elasticity- Price, Income, Cross and Advertising. Factors affecting and
Significance of Elasticity of demand.
Demand Forecasting: Need for Demand Forecasting - Factors governing
Demand Forecasting, Methods of Demand Forecasting (Survey methods
and Statistical methods).
Production Analysis: Factors of Production, Production Function.
Production function with one variable input, Two variable inputs using
Isoquant and Isocosts. Optimal combination of Resources using Isoquants
and Isocosts. Laws of returns, Economies and Diseconomies of Scale.
Cost Analysis, Market Structure and Pricing:
Cost Analysis: Cost concepts, Short run and Long run Cost analysis.
Market Structures: Classification of Markets, Features of Perfect
Competition, Monopoly, Monopolistic, Oligopoly and Duopoly.
Pricing: Pricing Objectives, Methods of Pricing and Pricing Strategies.
Introduction to Financial Accounting:
Financial Accounting: Introduction to Accounting, Double Entry Book-
Keeping, Accounting Principles, Accounting Terminology. Journal, Ledger,
Trial Balance, Final Accounts with Adjustments (Simple Problems).
Financial Analysis and Interpretation:
Ratio Analysis: Need, importance and significance of Ratio Analysis,
Liquidity Ratios, Profitability Ratios, Activity Ratios, Solvency Ratios,
Interpretation of Ratios for decision making (Simple problems).
Reference Books:
1. P L Mehta, Managerial Economics, Analysis, Problems & Cases, 8th
Edition, Sultan Chand & Sons, 2001.
2. S.N. Maheshwari, Suneel K Maheshwari and Sharad K. Maheshwari,
Financial Accounting, 5th Edition, Vikas Publishing House Pvt. Ltd,
2015.
3. D.N.Dwivedi, Managerial Economics, 9th Edition, Vikas Publishing
House Pvt. Ltd, 2016.
4. R.L.Varshney and K.L Maheshwari, Managerial Economics, 14th
Edition, Sultan Chand & Sons, 2005.
5. T.S.Grewal, Double Entry Book Keeping, Sultan Chand & Sons, Reprint
2006.
Online Resources:
1. Managerial Economics http://nptel.ac.in/courses/110101005/162.
2. Financial Accounting http://nptel.ac.in/courses/110107073.
Course Outcomes:
1. Cognize the Basic Concepts of Economics.
2. Analyze the economic concepts for using discretion in business
problem solving.
3. Comprehend the concepts of Accounting for business decision making.
4. Assimilate the basic Accounting Procedure and interpret the
statements.
5. Analogize the external business environment for attainment of business
goals.
6. Enable forecasting and analyzing the external business environment.
2018-2019 135
III Year B. Tech. ECE II-Semester L T P C

Course Code: PC116DJ 3 - - 3
PRINCIPLES OF COMPUTER NETWORKS
Prerequisites:-Nil-
Course Objectives:
1. To develop an understanding of modern network architectures from a
design and performance perspective.
2. To introduce the student to the major concepts involved in wide-area
networks (WANs), local area networks (LANs) and Wireless LANs
(WLANs).
3. To clarify network terminology.
4. To expose students to emerging technologies and their potential impact.
Introduction: Uses of Computer Networks, Network Hardware, Network
Software, Reference models OSI, TCP/IP, Example networks.
Physical Layer: Bandwidth-Limited Signals, channel data rate, Guided
Transmission Media: Magnetic Media, Twisted Pair, Coaxial Cable, Fiber
Optics, Wireless transmission, Digital Modulation and Multiplexing.
Data Link Layer: Design issues, services provided to the network layer,
Framing, Error Control, Flow Control, Error detection and correction,
Elementary Protocols: stop and wait, Sliding Window, Go Back N,
Selective Repeat, Data Link Layer in HDLC and Internet.
Medium Access Sub Layer: Channel Allocation, Multiple Access
Protocols, Ethernet, Wireless LAN’s, Data Link Layer Switching.
Network Layer : Design issues, Routing algorithms - the Optimality
Principle, Shortest Path routing, flooding, Distance Vector Routing, Link
State Routing, Hierarchical Routing, Broadcast & Multicast Routing,
Routing for Mobile hosts.
Internetworking: How Networks Differ, How Networks can be
Connected, Tunneling, Internetwork Routing, Packet Fragmentation.
Network Layer in the Internet : IP Version 4 protocol, IP Addresses, IP
Version 6, Internet Control Protocols, OSPF, BGP, Internet multicasting,
Mobile IP.
Transport Layer : The Transport service, Elements of Transport
Protocols, The Internet Transport Protocols: UDP, The Internet Transport
Protocols: TCP, SCTP.
Quality Of Service : Application Requirements, Traffic Shaping, Packet
Scheduling, Admission Control, Integrated Services, Diffrentiated
Services, Approaches to congestion control algorithms, Congestion
control algorithms.
Application Layer : Domain Name System: DNS Name Space, Resource
Records, Name Servers.
Electronic mail: Architecture and services, User Agent, Message
Formats, Message, Transfer and Final delivery. Streaming Audio and Video
Digital Audio, Digital Video, Streaming Stored Media, Streaming Live
Media, Real-Time Conferencing, Introduction to network security.
Text Books:
1. Andrew S Tanenbaum, Computer Networks, 5th Edition, Pearson
Education/PHI.
Reference Books:
1. Behrouz A. Forouzan, Data Communications and Networking, 3rd
Edition, TMH.
2. James F Kurose, Keith W Ross, Computer Networking A Top-Down
Approach, 5th Edition, Pearson Education Inc.
Online References:
1. https://onlinecourses.nptel.ac.in/
2. https://www.coursera.org/
Course Outcomes:
1. Independently understand basic computer network technology, different
types of network topologies and protocols.
2. Enumerate the layers of the OSI model and TCP/IP. Explain the
function(s) of each layer.
3. Identify the different types of network devices and their functions
within a network.
4. Understand and building the skills of subnetting and routing
mechanisms.
5. Acquaint with the knowledge of various routing protocols.
6. Familiarity with various types of messages being exchanged at different
layers of an Internet.
2018-2019 137
III Year B.Tech. ECE II -Semester L T P C
Course Code: PC116DC 3 - - 3
LINEAR CONTROL SYSTEMS
Prerequisites: Ordinary Differential Equations & Laplace Transform,
Linear Algebra, Mathematics I
Course Objectives:
1. To understand the different ways of system representations such as
Transfer function representation and state space representations and
to assess the system dynamic response.
2. To assess the system performance using time domain analysis and methods
for improving it.
3. To assess the system performance using frequency domain analysis
and techniques for improving the performance.
4. To design various compensators to improve system performance.
Introduction: Introduction, time variant, time invariant open loop and
closed loop Control System. Development of Block diagrams and Transfer
Function of physical/Mechanical and Electrical systems. Feedback
elements of closed loop Control Systems: DC and AC Servo motors,
Synchro’s, Tachometer. Block diagram reduction, signal flow graphs,
Mason’s gain formula, numerical problems.
Time Domain Analysis: Unit step ,ramp and impulse signals, Steady state
error using error constants, step and ramp response of first order and
second order systems, time domain specifications, derivations, problems,
P, PD, PI, PID controllers with derivations.
Stability Analysis: Concept of stability, Absolute stability, Conditional
stability, Relative stability, Limited stability, Routh Hurwitz criterion,
Problems.
Root Locus: Construction of Root locus, Effect of addition of poles and
zeros in transfer function on stability.
Nyquist, Bode plots and compensators: Frequency domain
specifications, Bode plot, finding frequency domain specifications from
plot, Effect of gain K, frequency domain specifications with the help of
Bode plot. Nyquist plot of different systems including systems with dead
time, Performance specifications like ωc, ωg Gain margin, Phase margin.

Compensators: Lead, Lag compensators, Lead-Lag compensators. Design
of system using compensators.
State Variable Analysis: Concept of state, State Equations, State
Transition matrix, State Transition Equation, Transfer Function from
differential equations and state equations, State equations from differential
equations, State models, Controllability, Observability
Text Books :
1. B.C. Kuo, Automatic Control Systems, 8th Edition, John wiley and sons,
2003.
2. I.J. Nagrath and M. Gopal, Control Systems Engineering, 5th Edition,
New Age International (P) Limited, Publishers, 2009.
Reference Books :
1. Katsuhiko Ogata, Modern Control Engineering, 3rd Edition, Prentice
Hall of India Pvt.Ltd., 1998.
2. M. Gopal, Control Systems Principles and Design, 2nd Edition, Tata
McGraw-Hill.
3. A.Nagoorkani, Control Systems, 1st Edition, RBA Publications.
4. A K. Jairath, Solutions and Problems of Control Systems, CBS
publications and distributors.
Online Resources:
Lecture Series on Control Engineering by Dr. Rama Krishna Pasumarthy,
Associate Professor, Department of Electrical Engineering, IIT Madras.
Course Outcomes:
1. Differentiate open-loop & closed-loop systems and discuss RH and
Root locus techniques to determine the stability
2. Formulate Transfer function of Mechanical and Electrical systems.
3. Analyze first and second order systems with different inputs and design
in time domain for a given specifications
4. Investigate the stability of given system using appropriate techniques
such as Nyquist and Bode plot in frequency domain.
5. Design different types of compensators for feedback control systems
to improve system performance
6. Apply state space analysis to solve problems on continuous control
systems.
2018-2019 139
III Year B.Tech ECE II-Semester L T P C
Course Code: PE116CQ 3 - - 3
ANTENNAS AND WAVE PROPAGATION
Prerequisites:-Nil-
Course Objectives:
This can be termed a middle level course in the electronic communication
engineering domain. The course deals with antenna basics, different
types of antennas, some design features, antenna measurements and wave
propagation, and has the following main objectives:
1. To study the concept of radiation, antenna definitions and significance
of antenna parameters, to derive and analyze the radiation
characteristics of thin wire dipole antennas and solve numerical
problems.
2. To distinguish between UHF, VHF and Microwave Antennas, their
requirements, specifications, characteristics and design relations.
3. To analyze the characteristics of yagi-uda antennas, helical antennas,
pyramidal horns, microstrip patch antennas and parabolic reflectors
and identify the requirements to facilitate their design.
4. To identify the antenna array requirements, to determine the
characteristics of ULAs and estimate the patterns of BSA, EFA, and
Binomial Arrays.
5. To understand the concepts and set-up requirements for microwave
measurements, and familiarize with the procedure to enable antenna
measurements.
6. To distinguish between different phenomenon of wave propagation
(ground wave, space wave and sky wave), their frequency dependence,
and estimate their characteristics, identifying their profiles and
parameters involved.
Antenna Basics: Introduction, Basic Radiation Equation, Patterns, Beam
Area, Radiation Intensity, Beam Efficiency, Directivity-Gain-Resolution,
Antenna Apertures, Effective Height, Antenna Theorems, Fields from
Oscillating Dipole, Field Zones, Radiation – Maxwell’s Equations Approach,
Retarded Potentials.
Thin Linear Wire Antennas-Radiation from Small Electric Dipole,
Quarter Wave Monopole and Half Wave Dipole – Current Distributions,
Field Components, Radiated Power, Radiation Resistance, Beam Width,
Directivity, Effective Area and Effective Height, Natural Current
Distributions, Far Fields and Patterns of Linear Antennas of Different
Lengths, Illustrative Problems. Loop Antennas - Introduction, Small Loop,
Comparison of Radiation Characteristics of Small Loop and Short Dipole
(Qualitative Treatment).
VHF, UHF and Microwave Antennas-I : Arrays with Parasitic Elements,
Yagi-Uda Array, Folded Dipoles and their Characteristics, Helical Antennas
-Helical Geometry, Helix Modes, Practical Design Considerations for
Mono filar Helical Antenna in Axial and Normal Modes, Horn Antennas –
Types, Fermat’s Principle, Optimum Horns, Design Considerations of
Pyramidal Horns, Illustrative Problems.
VHF, UHF and Microwave Antennas-II: Microstrip Antennas –
Introduction, Features, Advantages and Limitations, Rectangular Patch
Antennas-Geometry and Parameters, Feeds, Characteristics of Microstrip
Antennas. Reflector Antennas-Introduction, Flar Sheet and Corner
Reflectors, Paraboloidal Reflectors-Geometry, Pattern Characteristics,
Feed Methods, Reflector Types-Related Features, Illustrative Problems.
Antenna Arrays: Point Sources-Definition, Patterns, arrays of 2 Isotropic
Sources - Different Cases, Principle of Pattern Multiplication, Uniform
Linear Arrays-Broadside Arrays, End fire Arrays,, Derivation of their
Characteristics and Comparison, BSAs with Non-uniform Amplitude
Distributions-General Considerations and Binomial Arrays, Illustrative
Problems.
Antenna Measurements: Introduction, Concepts - Reciprocity, Near and
Far Fields, Coordinate System, Sources of Errors. Patterns to be
Measured, Directivity Measurement, Gain Measurements (by Comparison,
Absolute and 3-AntennaMethods)
Wave Propagation-I: Introduction, Definitions, Categorizations and
General Classifications, Different Modes of Wave Propagation, Ray/Mode
Concepts, Ground Wave Propagation (Qualitative Treatment) –
Introduction, Plane Earth Reflections, Space and Surface Waves, Wave
Tilt, Curved Earth Reflections. Space Wave Propagation-Introduction, Field
Strength Variation with Distance and Height, Effect of Earth’s Curvature,
Absorption, Super Refraction, M-Curves and Duct Propagation, Scattering
Phenomena, Tropospheric Propagation.
Wave Propagation-II: Sky Wave Propagation – Introduction, Structure
of Ionosphere, Refraction and Reflection of Sky Waves by Ionosphere,
Ray Path, Critical Frequency, MUF, LUF, OF, Virtual Height and Skip
Distance, Relation between MUF and Skip Distance, Multi-hop
Propagation.
2018-2019 141
Text Books:
1. J.D. Kraus, R.J. Marhefka and Ahmad S. Khan-Antennas and Wave
Propagation, 4 th Edition (Special Indian Edition), McGraw Hill
Education, New Delhi, 2010.
2. E.C. Jordan and K.G. Balmain- Electromagnetic Waves and Radiating
Systems, 2nd Edition, PHI, 2000.
Reference Books:
1. C.A. Balanis-Antenna Theory, 3rd Edition, John Wiley & Sons, 2005.
2. K.D. Prasad, Satya Prakashan- Antennas and Wave Propagation, Tech
India Publications, New Delhi, 2009.
3. Sisir K.Das, Annapurna Das-Antenna and Wave Propagation , Tata
McGraw Hill Education Private Limited, New Delhi, 2016 Reprint.
Online resources:
Antennas Prof. BY Girish Kumar (IIT Bombay )
Course Outcomes:
Having gone through this course on Antenna Theory and Techniques,
and Wave Propagation, the students would be able to
1. Explain the mechanism of radiation, distinguish between different
antenna characteristic parameters, establish their mathematical
relations, and estimate them for different practical cases. Distinguish
between short dipoles, half-wave dipoles, quarter-wave monopoles and
small loops, configure their current distributions, derive their far fields
and radiation characteristics and sketch their patterns.
2. Characterize the antennas based on frequency, configure the
geometry and establish the radiation patterns of folded dipole, Yagi-
Uda Antenna, Helical Antennas, Horn Antennas, and to acquire the
knowledge of their analysis, design and development.
3. Analyze a microstrip rectangular patch antenna and a parabolic reflector
antenna, identify the requirements and relevant feed structure, carry
out the design and establish their patterns.
4. Specify the requirements for microwave measurements and arrange a
setup to carry out the antenna far zone pattern and gain measurements
in the laboratory.
5. Carry out the Linear Array Analysis, estimate the array factor and
characteristics and sketch the pattern for 2-element array, N-element
BSA, EFA, Binomial Arrays.
6. Classify the different wave propagation mechanisms, identify their
frequency ranges, determine the characteristic features of ground
wave, ionospheric wave, space wave, duct and tropospheric
propagations, and estimate the parameters involved.
Course Code: PE116DK 3 - - 3
SPEECH AND AUDIO SIGNAL PROCESSING
Prerequisites:1.Signals and Systems, 2. Probability Theory and Stochastic
Processes, 3. Advanced Digital Signal Processing.
Course Objectives:
1. To understand the anatomy and physiology of Speech Production
system and perception model and to design an electrical equivalent of
Acoustic model for Speech Production.
2. To understand the articulatory and acoustic interpretation of various
phonemes and their allophones.
3. To analyze the speech in time domain and extract various time domain
parameters which can be used for various applications like pitch
extraction, end point detection, Speech Compression etc.,
4. To study the concept of Homomorphic system and its use in extracting
the vocal tract information from speech using Cepstrum this is a bye
product of Homomorphic processing of Speech.
5. To study various Speech Signal Processing applications Ex: Speech
Enhancement.
6. To study various Audio coding techniques based on perceptual
modelling of the human ear.
Fundamentals of Digital Speech Processing: Anatomy & Physiology
of Speech Organs, The Process of Speech Production, The Acoustic theory
of speech production- Uniform lossless tube model, effect of losses in
vocal tract, effect of radiation at lips, Digital models for speech signals.
Perception: Anatomical pathways from the Ear to the Perception of
Sound, The Peripheral Auditory system, Hair Cell and Auditory Nerve
Functions, Properties of the Auditory Nerve. Block schematics of the
Peripheral Auditory system.
Time Domain models for Speech Processing: Introduction-Window
considerations, Short time energy, average magnitude, average zero
crossing rate, Speech vs Silence discrimination using energy and zero
crossing, pitch period estimation using a parallel processing approach,
the short time autocorrelation function, average magnitude difference
function, pitch period estimation using the autocorrelation function.
2018-2019 143
Linear Predictive Coding (LPC) Analysis: Basic principles of Linear

Predictive Analysis : The Autocorrelation Method, The Covariance method,
Solution of LPC Equations : Cholesky Decomposition Solution for
Covariance Method, Durbin’s Recursive Solution for the Autocorrelation
Equations, comparison between the methods of solution of the LPC
Analysis Equations, Applications of LPC Parameters : Pitch Detection
using LPC Parameters, Formant Analysis using LPC Parameters.
Homomorphic Speech Processing: Introduction, Homomorphic
Systems for Convolution: Properties of the Complex Cepstrum,
Computational Considerations, The Complex Cepstrum of Speech, Pitch
Detection, Formant Estimation, The Homomorphic Vocoder.
Speech Enhancement : Speech enhancement techniques: Single
Microphone Approach, Spectral Subtraction, Enhancement by re-synthesis,
Comb filter, Wiener filter, Multi Microphone Approach.
Audio Coding: Lossless Audio Coding, Lossy Audio coding,
Psychoacoustics, ISO-MPEG-1 Audio coding , MPEG - 2 Audio coding,
MPEG - 2 Advanced Audio Coding, MPEG - 4 Audio Coding.
Text Books :
1. L.R. Rabiner and S. W. Schafer- Digital Processing of Speech Signals,
1st Edition, Pearson Education, 1979.
2. Udo Zolzer -Digital Audio Signal Processing, 2nd Edition, Wiley, 2008.
Reference Books :
1. Thomas F. Quateri-Discrete Time Speech Signal Processing: Principles
and Practice, 1st Edition, PE, 2001.
2. L.R Rabinar and R W Jhaung -Digital Processing of Speech Signals,
1st Edition, PHI, 1978.
3. Douglas O’Shaughnessy -Speech Communications: Human & Machine,
2nd Edition, EEE Press, 2000.
4. Ben Gold & Nelson Morgan -Speech & Audio Signal Processing, 1st
Edition, Wiley, 1999.
Online Resources:
1. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/117105145/ ,Digital speech processing,
Prof S K Das Mandal.
2. https://onlinecourses.nptel.ac.in/noc17_ec13/preview, Digital speech

processing, Prof S K Das Mandal.
3. https://freevideolectures.com/course/2504/elec9344-speech-and-
audio-processing, Speech and Audio Processing, Professor E.
Ambikairajah.
Course Outcomes:
1. Model an Electrical Equivalent of Speech Production System.
2. Feature extraction of the LPC coefficients to Synthesize or Compress
the Speech.
3. Analyze the speech signal in Cepstrum domain for extraction of Pitch
and d Formants etc.
4. Design a Homomorphic Vocoder for coding and decoding of Speech.
5. Enhance the speech using various Filters
6. Design basic audio coding methods for coding the audio signal.
2018-2019 145
III Year B. Tech. ECE II-Semester L T P C
Course Code: PE116CS 3 - - 3
BIO-MEDICAL ELECTRONICS
Prerequisites :-Nil-
Course Objectives:
1. To acquire knowledge on basics of human physiology and cardiovascular
systems.
2. To study different bioelectrodes, biomedical transducers and
measurements of physiological parameters.
3. To deal with ECG, EEG &EMG machines, recordings and their
interpretations.
4. To learn how electronic instruments works in various departments and
laboratories of a hospital and solve engineering problems related to
medical field.
Human physiological Systems: Brief introduction to human physiology,
cells and their structure, transport of ions through the cell membrane,
Resting and action potentials, Bioelectric potentials, Nerve tissues and
organs, Different systems of human body.
Biomedical Transducers: The transducer and transduction principles,
active transducers, passive transducers, transducers for biomedical
applications.
Bio-electrodes: Electrode theory, Biopotential Electrodes, Biochemical
transducers.
Bioelectric potentials and Measurements: Resting and action
potentials, propagation of action potentials, Bioelectric potentials for ECG,
EMG and EEG machines.
Cardiovascular System and Measurements:The heart and Cardiovascular
System, measurement of blood pressure, measurement of blood flow,
Impedance plethysmography, temperature measurements, ultrasonic
measurement, X-ray and nuclear imaging.
Prosthetic Devices: Pacemakers, Defibrillators, heart-lung machine,
kidney machine.
Safety aids: Introduction, radiation safety instrumentation, Microshock
and macroshock hazards, aids for the handicapped, devices to protect against
electric hazards.
Text Books:
1. Leslie Cromwell, F.J.Weibell, E.A.Pfeiffer, Biomedical Instrumen-
tation and Measurements, 2nd Edition, PHI, 2004.
2. John G. Webster, Medical Instrumentation, Application and Design,
3rd Edition, John Wiley, 2001.
3. Dr. M. Arumugam, Biomedical Instrumentation, 2nd Edition, Anuradha
Publications, 2007.
4. J.J. Karr & J.M. Brown, Introduction to Biomedical Technology, 4th
Edition, Pearson Publications, 2001.
Reference Books:
1. L.A. Geoddes and L.E. Baker, Principles of Applied Biomedical
Instrumentation, 3rd Edition, John Wiley and Sons, 1991.
2. R.S. Khandpur, Hand-book of Biomedical Instrumentation, 2nd Edition,
McGraw-Hill, 2003.
3. A. M. Cook and J.G. Webster(eds.), Therapeutic Medical Devices:
Application and Design, Prentice-Hall, 1982.
4. Arun Ghosh, Introduction to measurements and instrumentation, 3rd
Edition, PHI learning, 2010.
5. W. F. Ganong, Review of Medical Physiology, 8th Asian Ed, Medical,
Publishers, 1977.
Online Resources:
Lectures on Biomedical Signal Processing by Prof. Sudipta
Mukhopadhyay, IIT KGP. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/108105101/
Course Outcomes:
1. Describe the functioning of human physiological systems.
2. Understand the origin of Bioelectric Potential and their measurements
using electrodes and transducers.
3. Explore the applications of the electronic systems in biological and
medical applications namely the ECG, EMG and EEG machines.
4. Analyse the biological processes like other electronic processes and
measure non-electrical parameters of human system.
5. Examine the various medical imaging techniques and discuss about
therapeutic and assist devices.
6. Evaluate the practical limitations on the electronic components while
handling bio-substances.
2018-2019 147

COMPUTER NETWORKS LAB
Prerequisites:Principles of Computer Networks
Course Objectives:
1. To develop an understanding of modern network architectures from a
design and performance perspective.
2. To introduce the student to the major concepts involved in wide-area
networks (WANs), local area networks (LANs) and Wireless LANs
(WLANs).
3. To clarify network terminology.
4. To expose students to emerging technologies and their potential impact
List of Experiments
1. Understand working of ARP, and IP forwarding within a LAN and across
a router.
2. Understand VLAN operation in L2 and L3 switches
3. Understand the public IP addresses and NAT
4. Understand the working of basic networking commands (Ping,
Route Add/ Delete/ Print, ACL)
5. Understand the working of “connection establishment” in TCP.
6. Mathematical modelling of TCP and understand the fundamental
relationship between packet loss probability and TCP performance.
7. Observe how throughput and error of a wireless LAN network changes
as the distance between the access point and the wireless nodes is
varied
8. Understand the working of slow start and congestion avoidance, fast
retransmit and fast recovery congestion control algorithms in TCP.
9. Generate routing table of interior routing protocols, i.e. RIP and OSPF.
10. Observe how queuing delay of M/D/1 Queuing varies
11. OSPF: Open Shortest Path First: A Routing Protocol based on the
Link State Algorithm
12. Analyze the performance of FIFO, priority and WFQ Queuing
techniques.
13. Observe how the throughput of LTE network varies as the distance
between the ENB and UE (User Equipment) is increased.
14. Observe how the throughput of LTE network varies as the channel
bandwidth changes in the ENB ( Evolved node)
15. Configure network with a secure router and verify their connectivity
between two PCs
16. Establish a static routing between two routers.
Note:
1. The Experiments can be performed using software’s like NETSIM,
OPNET, NS2, QUALNET, Packet Tracer or Equivalent Software.
2. Minimum of 12 Experiments are to be performed.
Course Outcomes:
1. Understand working of different TCP/IP protocols.
2. Simulate simple LAN, WAN network models with multiple scenarios,
collect statistics on network performance.
3. Apply mathematical foundation to understand the fundamental
relationship between packet loss probability and TCP performance.
4. Analyze the performance of different switching techniques, routing
protocols.
5. Compare different switching schemes.
6. Acquaint with the concepts of LTE.
2018-2019 149
III Year B.Tech. ECE II-Semester L T P C

ELECTRONIC DESIGN LAB
Prerequisites: 1.VLSI Design 2.Analog and digital communication
3. Microprocessors and Microcontrollers
Course Objectives:
1. To practically interface sensors/output devices using Arduino.
2. To perform functional verification, synthesize, implementation and
Analysis of various combinational and sequential circuits.
3. To understand the concepts of Communication by simulating in SDR/
MATLAB/Lab View.
4. Design, simulate and fabricate different types of Antennas.
Part A
List of Experiments
Arduino Based Experiments
1. Control LED intensity by varying Potentiometer
2. Push Button interface to control LED
3. Light sensor using LDR to control LED
4. Temperature measurement using LM35
5. Humidity and Temperature Measurement using DHT11
e-CAD VLSI Experiments
1. 4-bit adder Designing in verilog
Xilinx : Simulation And Synthesis and Implementing on FPGA Board
and Performance testing using Pattern generator.
2. 4-bit adder designing using Mentor Graphics tool:
(a) Simulation (b) Netlist, Area, Power, Timing Reports Generation
(c) Layout Generation (d) Post Layout Simulation And Analysis
3. 4 bit Counter Designing in Verilog
Xilinx : Simulation And Synthesis and Implementing on FPGA Board
and Performance testing using Pattern generator.
4. 4 bit counter Designing using Mentor Graphics tool:
(a) Simulation (b) Netlist, Area, Power, Timing Reports Generation
(c) Layout Generation (d) Post Layout Simulation and Analysis
Communication Experiments:
1. Simulation of Analog communication concepts i.e., AM, FM transmitter
and receiver using SDR/MATLAB/Lab View.
2. Study of SNR Vs BER for different digital carrier modulation schemes
i.e., BPSK, BFSK, QPSK, QAM using SDR/MATLAB/Lab View .
3. Design and implementation of RF Transmitter and Receiver.
4. OFDM simulation in MATLAB/SIMULINK.
5. Simulate and Study of Antenna diversity concepts in SDR
HFSS Experiments
1. Design and fabrication of Rectangular Microstrip patch Antenna
2. Design and fabrication of Microstrip Dipole Antenna.
Course Outcomes:
1. Connect and control the data from or to Sensors/Output devices using
Aurdino.
2. Simulate, synthesize, implement and analyse combinational and
sequential logic circuits.
4. Simulate the different modulation schemes in SDR/MATLAB/Lab View
5. Analyse and understand Analog/digital modulation concepts in study
of SNR Vs BER.
6. Analyse, design and simulate Antennas for various applications
2018-2019 151
IV Year ECE B.Tech I-Semester L T P C

Course Code:HS117EC 3 - - 3
FUNDAMENTALS OF MANAGEMENT
Prerequisites: Managerial Economics and Financial Analysis
Course Objectives:
1. To educate the importance of Management in Business Decision Making.
2. To implant the conceptual aspects required for Managerial Decision
Making.
3. To elicit the practical application of Management in Engineering Decision
Making.
UNIT 1: (~10 lectures)
Introduction to Management:
Management: Definition - Nature and Scope – Functions - Managerial Roles
- Levels of Management - Managerial Skills - Challenges of Management -
Evolution of Management - Classical Approach- Scientific Management and
Administrative Theory - The Behavioural approach - The Quantitative approach
- The Systems Approach - Contingency Approach – Corporate Social
Responsibility for Businesses.
Planning and Decision Making
Planning: General Framework for Planning - Planning Process - Types of
Plans and Types of Planning - Management by Objectives - Development of
Business Strategy - Strategic Planning Process – Environmental Scanning.
Decision Making - Characteristics of Decision Making - Types of Decisions
- Steps in Decision Making - Approaches to Decision Making - Individual
Decision Making and Group Decision Making.
Organization and HRM
Organization: Principles of Organization - Organizational Design -
Departmentation-Delegation-Empowerment-Centralization - Decentralization
- Recentralization-Organizational Structures-Organizational Culture-
Organizational Climate and Organizational Change.
Human Resource Management: Talent Management – Importance - Human
Resource Planning - Recruitment and Selection - Training and Development -
Performance Appraisal - Transitioning.

Leading and Motivation
Leading: Leadership - Characteristics of a Leader - Power and Authority -
Leadership Styles - Leadership Theories – Traditional Leadership Theories -
Behavioral Leadership Theories - Situational Leadership Theories - Leader
as Mentor and Coach – Team Leadership.
Motivation - Types of Motivation - Relationship between Motivation and
Performance - Content Motivational Theories – Abraham Maslow’s Need
Hierarchy Theory - Fredrick Herzberg’s Two Factor Theory – Mc. Gregor
Theory -X and Y.
Controlling
Control-Types and Strategies for Control - Steps in Control Process -
Methods of Budgetary and Non- Budgetary Controls - Characteristics of
Effective Controls - Establishing control systems.
Text Books:
1. Stephen P. Robbins, Fundamentals of Management, Pearson Education,
2009.
2. Dr. M. Sakthivel Murugan, Management Principles and Practices, 1st
Edition, New Age International (P) Ltd., 2010.
3. Y. K Bhushan, Fundamentals of Business organization and Management,
16th Edition, Sultan Chand and Sons, 2004.
Reference Books:
1. Andrew Du Brin, Management Essentials, 9 th Edition, Cengage
Learning, 2012.
2. VSP Rao, Management (Text & cases), 2nd Edition, Excel Books, 2012.
3. James A.F. Stoner, R.Edward Freeman and Danial R. Gilbert,
Management, 6th Edition, Prentice-Hall of India Pvt. Ltd.,
4. NVS Raju, Industrial Engineering & Management, Cengage Learning,
2013.
Online Resources:
Concept of Management and Evolution of Management Thought
http://nptel.ac.in/courses/122108038/9
Course Outcomes:
After learning the contents of this course, the student must be able to
1. Associate the concept of Management in practical scenario for effective
decision making.
2018-2019 153
2. Synthesize the preparation of effective plans in strategizing the decision

making process.
3. Circumscribe the authority responsibility conduct in an organization.
4. Intuit the human resource management in an organization towards
achievement of effectiveness.
5. Cognize the role of leader and motivation in the attainment of
objectives of an organization.
6. Understand articulating techniques of controlling in the process of an
organization.
IV Year B.Tech ECE I-Semester L T P C
Course Code:PC117EJ 3 - - 3
MICROWAVE ENGINEERING
Prerequisites:-Nil-
Course Objectives:
This course comes under Microwave Communications domain covering
contents related to Microwave Theory and Techniques. The main objectives
of the course are:
1. To get used to the Frequency band designation based on wavelength
size, uses with Applications of microwaves and limitations and the
losses that encounter with conventional tubes at these frequencies.
2. To understand the concepts and characteristics of Microwave
transmission lines like rectangular waveguides, microstrip lines and
familiarise various waveguide components and ferrite devices.
3. To differentiate various microwave tubes and solid-state devices, know
their structures, principle of power generation, performance
characteristics and applications.
4. To develop basic microwave circuit theory with analysis of microwave
junctions using scattering parameters by knowing the properties of S
matrix
5. To establish microwave bench set up for precision measurements with
microwave meters and familiarise various methods of measurements
like VSWR, frequency, phase shift, Impedance, Power, etc.
Microwave Transmission Lines-I: Introduction, Microwave Spectrum
and Bands, Applications of Microwaves. Rectangular Waveguides – Solution
of Wave Equations in Rectangular Coordinates, TE/TM mode analysis,
Expressions for Fields, Characteristic Equation and Cut-off Frequencies,
Filter Characteristics, Dominant and Degenerate Modes, Sketches of TE
and TM mode fields in the cross-section, Mode Characteristics – Phase
and Group Velocities, Wavelengths and Impedance Relations, Impossibility
of TEM Mode. Illustrative Problems, Micro strip Lines– Introduction,
Zo Relations, Effective Dielectric Constant.
Cavity Resonators– Introduction, Rectangular Cavities, Dominant Modes
and Resonant Frequencies, Q Factor and Coupling Coefficients, Illustrative
Problems Waveguide Components and Applications: Coupling Mechanisms
-Probe, Loop, Aperture types. Waveguide Discontinuities, Waveguide
Windows, Tuning Screws and Posts, Matched Loads. Waveguide
2018-2019 155
Attenuators, Different Types, Resistive Card and Rotary Vane Attenuators,
Waveguide Phase Shifters: Types, Dielectric and Rotary Vane Phase
Shifters, Waveguide Multiport Junctions: E plane and H plane Tees, Magic
Tee. Directional Couplers: Two Hole, Bethe Hole types, Illustrative
Problems
Ferrites–Composition and Characteristics, Faraday Rotation, Ferrite
Components: Gyrator, Isolator, Circulator.
Microwave Tubes: Limitations and Losses of conventional Tubes at
Microwave Frequencies, Microwave Tubes: O Type and M Type
Classifications, O-type Tubes : Two Cavity Klystrons: Structure, Reentrant
Cavities, Velocity Modulation Process and Applegate Diagram, Bunching
Process and Small Signal Theory, Expressions for output Power and
Efficiency. Reflex Klystrons: Structure, Velocity Modulation and
Applegate Diagram, Mathematical Theory of Bunching, Power Output,
Efficiency, Oscillating Modes and output Characteristics, Illustrative
Problems. Helix TWTs: Significance, Types and Characteristics of Slow
Wave Structures; Structure of TWT and Amplification Process (qualitative
treatment), Suppression of Oscillations, Gain Considerations.
M-Type Tubes: Introduction, Cross-field Effects, Magnetrons: Different
Types, Cylindrical Traveling Wave Magnetron, Hull Cut-off and Hartree
Conditions, Modes of Resonance and PI-Mode Operation, Separation of
PI-Mode, o/p characteristics, Illustrative Problems
Microwave Solid State Devices: Introduction, Classification,
Applications. TEDs: Introduction, Gunn Diodes: Principle, RWH Theory,
Characteristics, Modes of Operation -Gunn Oscillation Modes,
Introduction to Avalanche Transit Time Devices.
Scattering Matrix– Significance, Formulation and Properties, S Matrix
Calculations for two port Junctions, E plane and H plane Tees, Magic Tee,
Circulator and Isolator, Illustrative Problems.
Microwave Measurements: Description of Microwave Bench: Different
Blocks and their Features, Errors and Precautions, Microwave Power
Measurement, Bolometers. Measurement of Attenuation, Frequency.
Standing Wave Measurements: Measurement of Low and High VSWR,
Cavity Q, Impedance Measurements.
Text Books:
1. Samuel Y. Liao- Microwave Devices and Circuits, 3rd Edition, Pearson,
2003.
2. Herbert J. Reich, J.G. Skalnik,P.F. Ordung andH.L. Krauss- Microwave
Principles, CBS Publishers and Distributors, New Delhi, 2004.
Reference Books:
1. R.E. Collin,-Foundations for Microwave Engineering, 2nd Edition, IEEE
Press, John Wiley, 2002.
2. David M. Pozar- Microwave Engineering, 4th Edition, John Wiley Inc,
2019 Reprint.
3. Peter A. Rizzi-Microwave Engineering Passive Circuits, PHI, 1999.
4. G.S.Raghuvanshi- Microwave Engineering, Cengage Learning India Pvt.
Ltd., 2012.
Online Resources
1. Lectures on Basic Tools of Microwave Engineering(Video) by Prof.
Amitabha Bhattacharya IIT KGP https://nptel.ac.in/courses/117105122/
2. Lectures on Basic Building Blocks of Microwave Engineering (Video)
by Dr.Amitabha Bhattacharya, IIT Kharagpur https://nptel.ac.in/
syllabus/11710513
3. Lectures on Microwave Theory and Techniques (Video) by Prof. Girish
Kumar, IITB https://nptel.ac.in/courses/108101112/
4. Lecture Videos on Microwave integrated circuits (Video) by Prof.
Jayanta Mukherjee IIT Bombay https://nptel.ac.in/syllabus/117101119.
Course Outcomes:
Having gone through this course covering different aspects of microwave
theory and techniques, the students would be able to
1. To analyze completely the rectangular waveguides and their mode
characteristics and apply them for solving practical microwave
transmission line problems.
2. To distinguish between the different types of waveguide and ferrite
components, explain their functioning and select proper components
for engineering applications.
3. To distinguish between the methods of power generation at microwave
frequencies, establish the performance characteristics of 2-Cavity and
Reflex Klystrons, Magnetrons, TWTs and estimate their efficiency
levels, and solve related numerical problems
4. To realize the need for solid state microwave sources, understand the
concepts of TEDs, RWH Theory and explain the salient features of
Gunn Diodes and ATT Devices.
5. To establish the properties of Scattering Matrix, formulate the S-Matrix
for various microwave junctions, and understand the utility of S-
parameters in microwave component design.
6. To set up a microwave bench, establish the measurement procedure
and conduct the experiments in microwave lab for measurement of
various microwave parameters identifying the possible errors.
2018-2019 157

Course Code: PE117DS 3 - - 3
DIGITAL IMAGE AND VIDEO PROCESSING
Prerequisites: Digital Signal Processing
Course Objectives:
1. Provide the student with fundamentals of Digital Image Processing.
2. Give the student idea of general applications for the theories taught in
the subject.
3. Have the notion of practical approach to image processing operations.
4. Give the students a useful skill base in the area of Image & Video
processing that creates interest in doing projects.
Fundamentals of Image Processing and Image Transforms :
Fundamentals steps in Digital Image Processing, Image Sampling &
Quantization, Basic relationships between Pixels. Introduction to DFT and
its properties, DCT, Walsh Transform, Hadamard Transform, Haar
Transform, Hotelling Transform.
Image Enhancement: Basic intensity level transformations, Histogram
processing, Basics of Spatial filtering, Smoothening Spatial filters,
Sharpening Spatial filters, Filtering in frequency domain, Smoothening
frequency domain filters, Sharpening frequency domain filters,
Homomorphic filtering.
Image Segmentation: Point, Line and Edge detection, Thresholding- Basic
Global, Optimum global thresholding, Region –based Segmentation
Image Restoration & Color Image Processing : Model of Image
degradation/ restoration process, Periodic noise reduction by Frequency
domain filtering, Linear, position Invariant degradations, Estimating the
Degradation function, Inverse filtering, Minimum mean square error
filtering, Constrained Least Squares Filtering, Geometric mean filter.
Color fundamentals, Color models, Pseudocolor image processing, Basics
of full color image processing.
UNIT4: (~8 lecture hours)
Image Compression : Redundancies and their Removal Methods, Fidelity
Criteria, Image Compression Models, Arithmetic Coding, LZW Coding,
Predictive Coding, Block Transform Coding, JPEG 2000 Standards.
Introduction to Video Processing: Digital Video signal and standards,
Optical flow, General methodologies, Block matching Algorithm-EBMA,
Fractional Accuracy Search, Fast Algorithms, Phase Correlation Method,
Multiresolution motion Estimation.
Text Books:
1. Rafael C Gonzalez and Richard E Woods, Digital Image Processing,
3rd Edition, PHI, 2006.
2. Yao Wang, Joem Ostermann and Ya–quin Zhang, Video Processing and
Communications, 1st Edition, PHI, 2002.
Reference Books:
1. A K Jain -Fundamentals of Digital Image Processing, PHI, 1989.
2. S Jayaraman, S Esakkirajan, T Veerakumar, Digital Image Processing, TMH,
2010.
3. Rafael C Gonzalez and Richard E Woods, Digital Image Processing
using MATLAB, 2nd Edition, McGraw Hill Education, 2010.
4. Murat Tekalp. Digital Video Processing 2nd Edition, Prentice Hall Press,
Upper Saddle River, NJ, USA. 2015.
5. Alan C. Bovik.. Handbook of Image and Video Processing. Academic Press
Series in Communications, Networking and Multimedia, Orlando, FL, USA
2005.
Online Resources
1. Lecture on Digital Image Processing(Video) by Prof. P. K. Biswas IITK
2. Web material on Digital Video Signal Processing (Web ) by Prof. Sumana
Gupta. IITK https://nptel.ac.in/downloads/117104020/
Course Outcomes:
1. Analyze the need for various advanced image transforms, types and
their properties.
2. Apply different techniques used for enhancement of images both in
spatial, frequency domain and also use basic segmentation algorithms.
3. Explore image degradation function, model few basic degradation
functions to obtain restored image.
4. Comprehend the different Color models and basics of Color Image
processing.
5. Study and Compare the various image coding techniques used for image
compression
6. Understand the basic concepts of Motion Estimation in Video
processing.
2018-2019 159
Course Code:PE117EH 3 - - 3
LOW POWER VLSI DESIGN
Prerequisites: VLSI Design
Course Objectives:
1. To know the various power dissipations in digital circuits.
2. To identify different sources of power dissipation in CMOS devices.
3. To understand the circuit techniques for dynamic and static reduction.
4. To analyze the power dissipation in combinational and sequential
circuits.
Physics of Power dissipation in MOSFET devices: MIS Structure,
Need for Low Power Circuit Design, Threshold Voltage, Body Effects,
Short Channel Effects-Surface Scattering, Punch Through, Velocity
Saturation, Impact Ionization, Hot Electron Effects, Drain Induced Barrier
Lowering, Narrow Width Effects.
Sources Of Power Dissipation in CMOS: Switching Power Dissipation,
Short Circuit Power Dissipation, Glitching Power Dissipation, Leakage
Power Dissipation, Transistor Leakage Mechanisms of Deep Submicron
Transistors.
Circuit Techniques for Dynamic Power Reduction: Dynamic Power
Consumption Components, Circuit Parallelization, Memory Paralleli-
zation, Voltage Scaling-Based Circuit Techniques: Multiple Voltages
Techniques, Low Voltage Swing, Precomputation, Retiming, Synthesis
of FSM with Gated Clocks, Circuit Technology-Dependent Power
Reduction, Path Balancing.
Circuit Techniques for Leakage Reduction: Leakage Components,
Subthreshold Leakage Gate Leakage , Source/Substrate and Drain/Substrate
P-N Junction Leakage, Circuit Techniques to Reduce Leakage in Logic,
Dual Threshold CMOS, Multiple Supply Voltage, Runtime Standby
Leakage Reduction Techniques , Leakage Control Using Transistor Stacks
(Self-Reverse Bias), Sleep Transistor, Variable Threshold CMOS
(VTCMOS), Dynamic Vdd Scaling (DVS), Dynamic VTH Scaling (DVTS).
Low-Power Arithmetic Circuits: Introduction, Addition, 1-bit Addition
Cells, Sequential Adder, Propagate and Generate Mechanisms, Carry Select
Adder, Carry Skip Adder, Logarithmic Adders, Power-Delay Comparison.
Low Power Very Fast Dynamic Logic circuits: Single-clock Latches
and Flip-Flops, TSPC Latches and Flip-Flops, Differential Single-Clock
Latches and Flip-Flops, Power- delay Comparison.
Text Books :
1. Kaushik Roy, Sharat Prasad, Low power CMOS VLSI circuit design,
John Wiley sons Inc., 2000.
2. Christian Piguet, Low power CMOS VLSI circuits, Taylor & Francis.,
Inc., 2010.
Reference Books :
1. J.B.Kulo and J.H Lou, Low voltage CMOS VLSI Circuits, Wiley, 1999.
2. A.P.Chandrasekaran and R.W.Broadersen, Low power digital CMOS
design, Kluwer, 1995.
3. Gary Yeap, Practical low power digital VLSI design, Kluwer, 1998
Online resources:
1. http://studyvlsidesign.blogspot.com/2014/10/low-power-vlsi-
design.html.
2. https://www.scribd.com/doc/95548112/Low-Power-CMOS-VLSI-
Circuit-Design-by- Kaushik-Roy.
Course Outcomes:
1. Identify the types of power dissipation in MOSFET devices and
understand its impact on system performance and reliability.
2. Understand various sources of power dissipation in CMOS devices.
3. Analyze different circuit techniques for dynamic power reduction.
4. Categorize different circuit techniques for static power reduction.
5. Analyze the power dissipation in low-power arithmetic circuits.
6. Examine the power dissipation in very fast dynamic logic circuits such
as latches and flip-flops.
2018-2019 161
Course Code:PE117GH 3 - - 3
PRINCIPLES OF WIRELESS COMMUNICATIONS
Prerequisites:-Nil-
Course Objectives:
1. To enable the student to analyze wireless communication systems over
a stochastic fading channel
2. To provide the student with an understanding of radio propagation and
diversity reception techniques
3. To provide the student with an understanding of different equalization
techniques
4. To provide the student with an understanding of advanced multiple
access techniques
Cellular Communication Fundamentals: Introduction, Frequency
Reuse, Channel Assignment Strategies, Handoff Strategies, Interference
and system capacity, Trunking and Grade of Service, Improving Coverage
& Capacity in Cellular Systems–cell splitting, sectoring, Illustrative
problems, Evolution of Wireless communication system 1G to 5G.
Mobile Radio Propagation: Large-Scale Path Loss: Introduction to
Radio Wave Propagation, Free Space Propagation Model, Relating Power
to Electric Field, Reflection, Ground Reflection (Two-Ray) Model,
Diffraction, Fresnel Zone Geometry, Knife-edge Diffraction Model, Link
budget analysis, Scattering, Log normal shadowing, Outdoor Propagation
Models- Okumura Model, Hata Model, PCS Extension to Hata Model,
Indoor Propagation Models-introduction, Attenuation Factor Model,
outage probability under path loss and shadowing.
Mobile Radio Propagation: Small –Scale Fading and Multipath:
Small Scale Multipath propagation, Impulse Response Model of a
multipath channel, Small-Scale Multipath Measurements, Parameters of
Mobile Multipath Channels, Types of Small-Scale Fading-Fading effects
Due to Multipath Time Delay Spread-Flat fading, Frequency selective
fading, Fading effects Due to Doppler Spread-Fast fading, slow fading,
Illustrative problems Statistical Models for multipath Fading Channels-
Clarke’s model for flat fading, Simulation of Clarke and Gans Fading Model.
Equalization, Diversity: Fundamentals of Equalization, Training a Generic
Adaptive Equalizer, Equalizers in a communications receiver, classification
of equalization techniques, Linear Equalizers, Diversity techniques, Space
diversity, Receiver diversity-Selection combining, Threshold combining,
Equal gain combining, Maximal Ratio combining, Transmitter diversity-
Channel known at the transmitter, Channel unknown at the transmitter,
frequency diversity, polarization diversity, Time diversity.
Multiple Access Techniques: Introduction to Multiple Access, FDMA,
TDMA and Space Division Multiple Access, and their comparison,
Multicarrier Modulation-OFDM, Discrete Implementation of OFDM.
Spread Spectrum: Spread-Spectrum Principles, Direct-Sequence Spread
Spectrum (DSSS)- DSSS System Model, Spreading Codes for ISI
Rejection: Random, Pseudorandom, and m-Sequences, Synchronization,
RAKE Receivers, Frequency-Hopping Spread Spectrum (FHSS)
Text Books:
1. T.S.Rappaport- Wireless Communications, Principles and Practice,
2nd Edition, PHI, 2002.
2. Andrea Goldsmith, Wireless Communications, Cambridge University
Press, 2005.
References Books:
1. William C.Y.Lee,- Mobile Cellular Telecommunications Analog and
Digital Systems, TMH, 2nd Edition, 1995.
2. Kaveh Pah Laven and P. Krishna Murthy-Principles of Wireless
Networks, PE, 2002.
Online Resources:
1. Lectures on Wireless Communication (Video) by Prof. Rajan Bose,
IIT Delhi https://nptel.ac.in/courses/117102062/
2. Resource for Evolution of Wireless communication system 1G to 5G
https://nptel.ac.in/courses/117105132/ by Prof. Suvra Sekhar Das IIT
Kharagpur.
Course Outcomes:
1. Apply frequency-reuse concept in Mobile Communications and
analyze effects of Interference, System Capacity, Handoff Techniques
2. Develop appropriate wireless channel path loss model for outdoor
and indoor propagations
3. Distinguish different types of fading
4. Design methods to combat fading
5. Apply appropriate equalization technique for the given channel
6. Distinguish various multiple-access techniques for mobile communi-
cations.
2018-2019 163
Course Code: PE117DN 3 - - 3
ARTIFICIAL INTELLIGENCE
Prerequisites: Basic Knowledge of Mathematics and Data Structures
Course Objectives
1. To learn the difference between optimal reasoning vs human like
reasoning.
2. To understand the notions of state space representation, uninformed
search, informed (heuristic) search.
3. To learn different knowledge representation techniques.
4. To understand the applications of Al: namely Game Playing, Expert
Systems, Machine Learning and Natural Language Processing.
Introduction, History, Foundations of AI, Sub areas of AI, Objectives and
Applications of AI.
Intelligent Agent: Agents and Environments and the Structure of Agents.
Solving Problem by Searching: Introduction, General Problem Solving,
Uninformed Search Strategies: Breadth First Search and Depth First
Search. Informed (Heuristic) Search Strategies: Heuristic Function, A*
Algorithm and Hill Climbing.
Game Playing:Optimal Decisions in Games, the Minimax Algorithm,
Alpha-Beta Pruning, Constraint Satisfaction Algorithm.
Logic Concepts: Introduction, Propositional Logic, Predicate Logic,
Unification Algorithm, Natural Deduction System, Semantic Tableau
System in Propositional Logic, Resolution Refutation in Propositional
Logic.
Knowledge Representation: Introduction, Approaches to Knowledge
Representation, Knowledge Representation using Semantic Networks and
Extended Semantic Networks, Knowledge Representation using Frames.
Expert System and Applications: Introduction, Phases in Building Expert
Systems, Expert System Architecture, Expert Systems Vs Traditional
Systems, Application of Expert Systems, List of Shells and Tools.
Uncertainty Measure – Probability Theory: Introduction, Probability
Theory, Bayesian Belief Networks, Dempster-Shafer Theory.
Machine Learning: Introduction. Machine Learning Systems. Supervised,
Unsupervised Learning and Reinforcement Learning. Learning Decision
Trees, Clustering, Support Vector Machines.
Artificial Neural Networks: Introduction, Artificial Neural Networks,
Single- Layer Feed-Forward Networks, Multi-Layer Feed-Forward
Networks, Recurrent Networks, Design Issues of Artificial Neural
Networks.
Advanced Knowledge Representation Techniques: Case Grammars,
Semantic Web.
Natural Language Processing: Introduction, Sentence Analysis Phases,
Grammars and Parsers, Types of Parsers.
Text Books:
1. Russell, Norvig, Artificial intelligence, A Modern Approach, 3rd Edition,
Pearson Education, 2014.
2. Rich, Knight, Nair: Artificial intelligence, 3rd Edition, Tata McGraw
Hill, 2009.
Reference Books:
1. Deepak Khemani: A First Course in Artificial Intelligence, McGraw-
Hill Education, 2013.
2. SarojKaushik. Artificial Intelligence. Cengage Learning, 2011.
Online websites / Materials
1. https://faculty.psau.edu.sa/filedownload/doc-7-pdf-a154ffbcec
538a4161a406abf62f5b76-original.pdf
2. http://www.vssut.ac.in/lecture_notes/lecture1428643004.pdf
3. Lectures on Artifical Intelligence by Prof. S. Sarkar IIT Kharagpur
and Prof.Anupam Basu IIT Kharagpur http://nptel.ac.in/courses/
106105077/
4. https://www.edx.org/course/artificial-intelligence-ai-columbiax-
csmm-101x-4
Online Courses
● NPTEL ● Coursera ● edX
Course outcomes:
1. To Understand the basics of AI and knowledge representation using
appropriate technique.
2. Apply AI techniques for problem solving using various search and game
playing algorithms.
3. To interpret architectures of different intelligent agents and Expert
Systems.
4. Able to interpret probabilistic and logical reasoning for knowledge
5. To analyze different Machine Learning approaches for problem solving.
6. Ability to recognize basics of Natural Language Processing.
2018-2019 165
Course Code: PE117EA 3 - - 3
FIBER OPTIC COMMUNICATIONS
Prerequisites:-Nil-
Course Objectives:
1. To understand the principles of fiber-optic communication, the
components and different types of fiber materials.
2. To analyze the channel impairments (like losses and dispersion), power
launching and performance metrics.
3. To analyze and understand the operation principles of lasers, LEDs,
and detectors
4. To know about multiplexing techniques and measurements in optical
communications
UNIT 1: (~ 8 lecture hours)
Overview of optical fiber communication: Historical development, The
general system, advantages of optical fiber communications. Optical fiber
wave guides- Introduction, Ray theory transmission, Total Internal
Reflection, Acceptance angle, Numerical Aperture. Cylindrical fibers-
Modes, V-number, Mode coupling, Step Index fibers, Graded Index fibers.
Single mode fibers- Cut off wavelength, Mode Field Diameter, Effective
Refractive Index. Fiber materials- Glass, Halide, Active glass, Chalgenide
glass, Plastic optical fibers.
Signal distortion in optical fibers : Attenuation, Absorption, Scattering
and Bending losses, Core and Cladding losses. Information capacity
determination, Group delay, Types of Dispersion - Material dispersion,
Wave-guide dispersion, Polarization mode dispersion, Intermodal
dispersion, Pulse broadening. Optical fiber Connectors- Connector types,
Single mode fiber connectors, Connector return loss. Fiber Splicing-
Splicing techniques, splicing single mode fibers. Fiber alignment and joint
loss- Multimode fiber joints, single mode fiber joints.
Optical sources: LEDs, Structures, Materials, Quantum efficiency,
Power, Modulation, Power bandwidth product. Injection Laser Diodes-
Modes, Threshold conditions, External quantum efficiency, Laser diode
rate equations, Resonant frequencies. Reliability of LED & ILD. Source
to fiber power launching - Output patterns, Power coupling, Power
launching, Equilibrium Numerical Aperture.
Optical detectors: Physical principles of PIN and APD, Detector
response time, Temperature effect on Avalanche gain, Comparison of Photo
detectors. Optical receiver operation- Fundamental receiver operation,
Digital signal transmission, error sources, Receiver configuration, Digital
receiver performance, Probability of error, Quantum limit.
Optical system design: Considerations, Component choice, Multiplex-
ing. Point-to- point links, System considerations, Link power budget with
examples, Rise time budget with examples Transmission distance, Line
coding in Optical links, WDM, Principles, types of WDM, Measurement
of Attenuation and Dispersion, Eye pattern.
Text Books:
1. J. Keiser, Fibre Optic communication, 3rd Edition, McGraw-Hill, 2000.
2. John M. Senior-Optical Fiber Communications, 3rd Edition, PHI, 2009.
Reference Books
1. D.K.Mynbaev, S.C.Gupta and Lowell L.Scheiner-Fiber Optic
Communications, Pearson Education, 2005.
2. Govind P. Agrawal, Fiber optic Communication Systems, 3rd Edition,
John Wiley and sons, New York, 2004.
3. F.C. Allard, Fiber Optics Handbook for engineers and scientists,
McGraw Hill, NewYork,1990.
Online Resources
Lectures on Fiber-Optic Communication Systems and Techniques by Prof.
Pradeep Kumar K, IITK https://nptel.ac.in/courses/108104113/
Course Outcomes:
1. Demonstrate an understanding of optical fiber communication link,
structure, propagation and transmission properties of an optical fiber.
2. Estimate the signal degradations and of an optical signal in different
types of fibers.
3. Understand the concept of pulse broadening effects, connectors,
different types of splicing techniques.
4. Analyze various types of optical sources and swiches and their
functionalities.
5. Discriminate the characteristics of optical detectors, power budget
analysis
6. Analyze multplexing techniques and measurements.
2018-2019 167

Course Code: PE117DX 3 - - 3
EMBEDDED SYSTEM DESIGN
Prerequisites:1. Microprocessors and Microcontrollers, 2. Computer
Organization.
Course Objectives:
1. Discuss the major components that constitute an embedded system.
2. Implement small programs to solve well-defined problems on an
embedded platform.
3. Develop familiarity with tools used to develop in an embedded
environment.
4 Design, describe, validate and optimize embedded electronic systems
in different industrial application areas.
Introduction to Embedded Systems: Definition of Embedded System,
Embedded Systems Vs General Computing Systems, History of Embedded
Systems, Classification, Major Application Areas, Purpose of Embedded
Systems, Characteristics and Quality Attributes of Embedded Systems.
UNIT 2 : (~12 lecture hours)
Typical Embedded System: Core of the Embedded System: General
Purpose and Domain Specific Processors, ASICs, PLDs, Commercial
Off-The-Shelf Components (COTS), Memory: ROM, RAM, Memory
according to the type of Interface, Memory Shadowing, Memory selection
for Embedded Systems, Sensors and Actuators, Communication Interface:
Onboard and External Communication Interfaces.
Embedded Firmware: Reset Circuit, Brown-out Protection Circuit,
Oscillator Unit, Real Time Clock, Watchdog Timer, Embedded Firmware
Design Approaches and Development Languages.
RTOS Based Embedded System Design: Operating System Basics, Types
of Operating Systems, Tasks, Process and Threads, Multiprocessing and
Multitasking, Task Scheduling.

Task Communication: Shared Memory, Message Passing, Remote
Procedure Call and Sockets, Task Synchronization: Task Communication/
Synchronization Issues, Task Synchronization Techniques, Device Drivers,
Choice of RTOS.
Text Books :
1. Shibu K.V, Introduction to Embedded Systems, 2nd Edition, McGraw
Hill, 2016.
2. Dr. K.V. K. K. Prasad, Embedded Real Time Systems programming,
1stEdition, Dreamtech Press, 2003.
Reference Books :
1. Frank Vahid, Tony Givargis, Embedded System Design A Unified
Hardware Software Introduction, 3rd Edition, John Wiley India, 2014.
2. David E.Simon, An Embedded Software Primer, 2nd Edition, Addison-
Wesley, 2006.
Online Resources
1 https://www.tutorialspoint.com/embedded_systems/
2 Lectures on Embedded Systems Design (Video) by Prof. Anupam Basu
IIT KGP, https://nptel.ac.in/syllabus/106105159/
3 https://openlabpro.com/guide/embedded-systems-design/
4 https://www.elprocus.com/embedded-systems-real-time-applications/
Course Outcomes:
1. Explain the basic characteristics of general computing systems and
embedded systems..
2. Describe the Core of the Embedded System with peripherals.
3. Compare and distinguish memories, general purpose processors and
domain specific purpose processors.
4. Learn the method of designing an Embedded System for any type of
applications.
5. Introduce concepts of Real-Time Operating Systems.
6. Design and implement an embedded system using RTOS.
2018-2019 169
Course Code: PC11757 - - 2 1
MICROWAVE ENGINEERING LAB
Prerequisites:-Nil-
Course Objectives:
1. The lab course will give a practical exposure to students to learn the
characteristics of Microwave components.
2. To gain the practical hands on experience by exposing the students to
various microwave components.
List of Experiments
1. Study of Microwave Bench
2. Reflex Klystron Characteristics
3. Gunn Diode Characteristics
4. Directional Coupler Characteristics
5. VSWR Measurement of Matched load, Horn Antenna
6. Measurement of Waveguide Parameters
7. Measurements on Inductive and Capacitive Diaphragms
7. Measurement of Impedance of a given load
8. Scattering Parameters of an E plane Tee
9. Scattering Parameters of a H plane Tee
10. Scattering Parameters of a Magic Tee
11. Scattering Parameters of Circulator and Isolator
12. Attenuation Measurement
13. Antenna Pattern Measurements
Content beyond syllabus
14. Study of HFSS tool and its Applications
15. Design and development of a Microstrip Patch Antenna
Note: Minimum of 12 experiments to be conducted
Course outcomes:
1. Relate the functionality of each microwave component and distinguish
between different microwave sources.
2. Classify and specify microwave components needed for each
experiment.
3. Distinguish and overcome the errors associated with microwave
measurements taking necessary precautions.
4. Model a microwave bench set up for any type of microwave lab
measurement in X band.
5. Design a set output for antenna pattern measurement and compare the
experimental results with theoretical ones and justify the results
obtained.
6. Interpret the results for further development of applications.
IV Year B.Tech ECE II-Semester L T P C

Course Code:HS118FK 3 - - 3
ENTREPRENEURSHIP AND PROJECT MANAGEMENT
Prerequisites: Managerial Economics and Financial Analysis (MEFA),
Fundamentals of Management (FM)
Course Objectives:
1. To inculcate the entrepreneurial knowledge required to start and/or to
run a business.
2. To hone the entrepreneurial skills and creating sensibility in
entrepreneurial establishment.
3. To develop strategic skills in the project planning and implementation.
Introduction to Entrepreneurship
Entrepreneurship: Introduction to Entrepreneurship and Entrepreneur -
Characteristic and skills of an Entrepreneur - Factors affecting
Entrepreneurship development - Types of Entrepreneurs - Entrepreneur
Vs Intrapreneur, Entrepreneur Vs Entrepreneurship - Women Entrepreneurs
- Growth and Problems - Incubation Centers.
Entrepreneurial business selection and Entrepreneurial Finance
Entrepreneurial business selection: Criteria for selection of Business
Structure-Types of Business Structures - Sole Proprietorship-Partnership
- Limited Liability Partnership - One-person company - Joint stock company
– Features - Merits & Demerits.
Entrepreneurial Finance: Factors affecting Fixed Capital and Working
Capital requirements - Sources of raising Finance - Financial Institutions
in India.
Profit Planning Techniques
Capital Budgeting: Introduction-Need and Importance of Capital
Budgeting -Traditional methods - Payback Period Method - ARR Method.
Discounted Cash Flow Method-NPV-PI and IRR (simple problems).
Break-Even Analysis: Need, Scope and Significance - Assumptions -
Advantages and Limitations - Practical Applications (with simple problems)
2018-2019 171

Project Management
Network Analysis: Introduction to Network analysis – PERT & CPM
Analysis. Identification of Critical Path - Probability of Completing the
Project within a given time - Calculation of Float/Slack - Importance of
PERT & CPM in Decision Making.
Entrepreneurial Marketing
Marketing: Need for a New Product development process - Essentials of
Marketing Management - Key success factors in Marketing - Marketing
mix - Market Segmentation and Marketing Strategies based on PLC.
Text Books:
1. Dr. S. S.Khanka, Entrepreneurial Development, 1st Edition, S. Chand &
Company, 2018.
2. L.S.Srinath, PERT & CPM-Principles & Applications, 3rd Edition, EWP,
2012.
3. Khan and Jain, Financial Management, 6th Edition, TMH, 2012.
Reference Books:
1. Philip Kotler, Marketing Management, 14th Edition, Pearson, 2013.
2. Robert. D. Hisirch, Mathew. J. Manimal, Michael. P. Peter, Dean A.
Shepherd, Entrepreneurship, Mc. Graw Hill, 9th Edition, 2017.
3. S. D. Sharma, Operations Research, 1st Edition, Macmillan, 2007.
4. Tulsian, Business organization & Management, 1st Edition, Pearson,
2008.
Online Resources:
Management Science-II: http://nptel.ac.in/courses/122106032/
Course Outcomes:
After completion of the course, student will be able to
1. Possess sensibleness and skills required for establishment of business.
2. Construe the entrepreneurial ingenuity required for business
functioning.
3. Give perception on the probable business structures for entrepreneurial
decisions
4. Scrutinize the probable financial propositions in investment process.
5. Evaluate the entrepreneurial project feasibility of implementation and
its profitability.
6. Delve the market for the product developed through entrepreneurial
establishment.

Course Code:PE118FL 3 - - 3
GLOBAL NAVIGATION SATELLITE SYSTEM
Prerequisites:-Nil-
Course Objectives:
1. To explain the basic satellite communication operation.
2. To classify the various constellations under GNSS and make the students
understand the GNSS segments and signal structure
3. To distinguish between the coordinates systems likely to be
encountered by GPS users
4. To demonstrate an understanding of error sources in GPS observations,
and explain the uses and critical factors of Differential GPS techniques.
5. To make the students interpret the GPS navigation and observation files
and determine the position.
6. To demonstrate the necessity of augmentation systems and help the
students understand their operation.
Satellite Communication Fundamentals: Orbit and Description,
Satellite Frequency Bands, Applications, Orbital Period and Velocity,
Coverage angle and slant Range, Eclipse.
Satellite Subsystems: Communication Subsystem, Telemetry Command
and Ranging Subsystem, Attitude Control Subsystem, Electrical Power
Subsystem, Placement of a Satellite in a Geo-Stationary orbit.
GNSS Basics: Overview of GNSS segments, Space Segment, Ground
Segment and Control Segment.
Overview of GNSS Constellations: GPS, GLONASS, GALILEO, IRNSS
(NAVIC), Beidou, Concept of Ranging Using TOA Measurements, Orbital
mechanics and Satellite position determination, Time references. Dilution
of precision: HDOP, VDOP and GDOP, GNSS applications.
Coordinate systems and Sources of Error:
Coordinate Systems: Geodetic reference systems: Earth-Centered
Inertial Coordinate System, Earth-Centered Earth-Fixed Coordinate
System, World Geodetic System, Indian Geodetic System (IGS),
Sources of error in GNSS: Satellite and Receiver clock errors,
ephemeris error, Multipath error, atmospheric errors, Hardware bias error,
2018-2019 173
and Pseudorange error budget. Effects of Satellite Outages on GPS
Availability.
GNSS Segments and Signal Structure:Overview of Space Segment,
Control Segment and User Segment, GPS Signal Structure, SPS and PPS
services, GPS Receivers, Pseudorange Measurements, Carrier Phase
Measurements, Cycle Slips, Signal Acquisition, GPS Observables, GPS
navigation and observation data formats (RINEX).
Differential GPS (DGPS), Local Area DGPS (LADGPS), Wide Area DGPS
(WADGPS).
GPS Augmentation systems: Need for augmentation, Types of
augmentation systems: Space Based Augmentation system (SBAS), GPS
Aided GEO Augmented Navigation (GAGAN). Ground Based
Augmentation System (GBAS).
Text Books:
1. Tri T.Ha, Digital Satellite Communications, 2nd Edition, Tata McGraw-
Hill, 2009.
2. Ahmed El-Rabbany, Introduction to GPS, 2nd Edition, Artech House
Publishers, Boston, 2006.
3. Elliot D Kaplan and Christopher J Hegarty, Understanding GPS
Principles and Applications, 2nd Edition, Artech House Publishers,
Boston & London, 2005.
Reference Books:
1. B.Hofmann-Wellenhof, H.Lichtenegger, and J.Collins, GPS Theory and
Practice, 5th Edition, Springer Verlog, 2008.
2. Bradford W.Parkinson and James J.Spilker, Global Positioning system:
Theory and Application, Vol.II, American Institution of Aeronautices
and Astronautics Inc., Washington, 1996.
Online Resources:
Weblinks for IGS, IRNSS and GAGAN:
1. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/105104100/lectureB_8/
B_8_10Indiandatum.htm
2. https://deeppradhan.heliohost.org/gis/indian-grid/
3. https://www.sac.gov.in/SACSITE/GAGAN%20&%20IRNSS.pdf
4. https://www.insidegnss.com/auto/julyaug17-IRNSS.pdf
5. http://insidegnss.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/01/janfeb16-
GAGAN.pdf
Course Outcomes:
1. Explain the operation of basic satellite communication.
2. Differentiate between various GNSS constellations and describe the
three GNSS segments and explain the signal structure of GNSS.
3. Frame various coordinate systems for estimating position.
4. Estimate the various errors and their effect on position estimation.
5. Determine user position from Navigation and Observation data formats.
6. Apply DGPS principle and can also analyze various augmentation
systems.
2018-2019 175

Course Code: PE118EY 3 - - 3
ADAPTIVE SIGNAL PROCESSING
Prerequisites:1.Probability Theory and Stochastic Process, 2. Digital
Signal Processing
Course Objectives:
1. To introduce some practical aspects of signal processing, and in
particular adaptive systems.
2. Differentiate random variables and random processes, covariance
matrices; Z transforms of stationary random processes.
3. Describe error surfaces and minimum mean square error, principle of
orthogonality.
4. Formulate discrete time Wiener filter as constrained optimization
problem.
5. Analyze steepest descent - convergence issues; Stochastic gradient
descent LMS and RLS, its convergence case study.
6. Formulate the Kalman filter.
Introduction to Adaptive Systems: Definitions, Characteristics,
Applications, Example of an Adaptive System. The Adaptive Linear
Combiner-Description, Weight Vectors, Desired Response Performance
function -Gradient & Mean Square Error.
Development of Adaptive Filter Theory: Introduction to Filtering –
Smoothing and Prediction-Linear Optimum Filtering, Problem statement,
Principle of Orthogonality-Minimum Mean Square Error, Wiener-Hopf
equations, Wiener filter, Error Performance-Cost function, Minimum
Mean Square Error. Applications in estimation theory.
Steepest Descent Algorithms: Searching the performance surface –
Methods & Ideas of Gradient Search methods – Gradient Searching
Algorithm & its Solution – Stability & Rate of convergence – Learning
Curves Gradient Search by Newton’s Method, Method of Steepest
Descent, Comparison of Learning Curves.

LMS Algorithm & Applications: Overview -LMS Adaptation algorithms,
Stability & Performance analysis of LMS Algorithms -LMS Gradient &
Stochastic algorithms-Convergence of LMS algorithm. LMS Applications.
Design and Implementation of Kalman Filter: Introduction to RLS
Algorithm, Statement of Kalman filtering problem, The Innovation Process,
Estimation of State using the Innovation Process- Expression of Kalman
Gain, Filtering Example-Estimation of State from observations of Noisy
observed Narrow Band Signals.
Text Books :
1. Bernard Widrow, Samuel D.Strearns, Adaptive Signal Processing, 1st
Edition, PE, 2005.
2. Simon Haykin, Adaptive Filter Theory, 4th Edition, PE Asia, 2002.
Reference Books:
1. S.Thomas Alexander, Adaptive signal processing-Theory and
Applications, Springer-Verlag, 1986.
2. James V.Candy, Signal Processing: A Modern Approach, McGraw-Hill,
International Edition, 1988.
3. L.Sibul, Adaptive Signal Processing, IEEE Press, 1987.
4. Ali H. Sayed, Fundamentals of Adaptive Filtering, John Wiley, 2003.
Online Resources :
1 Lectures on Adaptive Signal Processing by Prof. Mrityunjoy
Chakraborty, IIT KGP https://nptel.ac.in/courses/117105075/
2 http://www.ee.iitm.ac.in/~skrishna/ee5040/
Course Outcomes:
1. Apply the basic probability theory to model random signals in terms
of second order statics of Random Processes.
2. Evaluate the covariance matrices to describe the Wiener filter for
signals with known second order statistics.
3. Design and implement discrete time Wiener filter.
4. Determine suitable LMS step size to trade off convergence time and
misadjustment.
5. Derive and apply the RLS algorithm for iteratively estimating the
Wiener filter weights.
6. Design and implement the Kalman filter.
2018-2019 177

Course Code: PE118FW 3 - - 3
RADAR SYSTEMS
Prerequisites: 1.Signals and System, 2.Electromagnetic and Transmission
Lines, 3. Antennas and Wave Propagation, 4. Microwave Engineering,
5.Analog and Digital Communications
Course Objectives:
1. To understand the working principle of a radar, identify the
frequency bands, and formulate the complete radar range equation,
listing out all the losses to be accounted for.
2. To identify the need for modulation and Doppler effect; to get
acquainted with the working principles of CW radar, FM-CW radar.
3. To impart the knowledge of functioning of MTI radar and its variants;
to establish the DLC features and to bring out the MTI radar
performance limitations.
4. To establish the principle of Tracking Radar and differentiate between
different types of tracking radars, identifying their principle of
operation with necessary schematics.
5. To explain the concept of a Matched Filter in radar receiver, and to
configure its response characteristics; to impart the working
knowledge of different receiver blocks-duplexers, displays, phased
array antennas, their requirements and utilities.
Basics of Radar: Introduction, Maximum Unambiguous Range, Simple
form of Radar Equation, Radar Block Diagram and Operation, Radar
Frequencies and Applications. Prediction of Range Performance,
Minimum Detectable Signal, Receiver Noise, Modified Radar Range
Equation, Illustrative Problems.
Radar Equation: SNR, Envelope Detector – False Alarm Time and
Probability, Integration of Radar Pulses, Radar Cross Section of Targets ,
Transmitter Power, PRF and Range Ambiguities, System Losses
(qualitative treatment), Illustrative Problems.
CW and Frequency Modulated Radar: Doppler Effect, CW Radar –
Block Diagram, Isolation between Transmitter and Receiver, Non-zero IF
Receiver, Receiver Bandwidth Requirements, Applications of CW radar.

Illustrative Problems
FM-CW Radar: Range and Doppler Measurement, Block Diagram and
Characteristics, FM- CW altimeter.
MTI and Pulse Doppler radar: Introduction, Principle, MTI Radar with
- Power Amplifier Transmitter and Power Oscillator Transmitter, Delay
Line Cancellers-Filter Characteristics, Blind Speeds, Double Cancellation,
Staggered PRFs. Range Gated Doppler Filters. MTI Radar Parameters,
Limitations to MTI Performance, MTI versus Pulse Doppler Radar.
Tracking Radar: Tracking with Radar, Sequential Lobing, Conical Scan,
Mono pulse Tracking Radar - Amplitude Comparison Mono pulse (one-
and two- coordinates), Phase Comparison Mono pulse, Tracking in Range,
Acquisition and Scanning Patterns, Comparison of Trackers.
Detection of Radar Signals in Noise : Introduction, Matched Filter
Receiver-Response Characteristics and Derivation, Correlation Function
and Cross-correlation Receiver, Efficiency of Non-matched Filters,
Matched Filter with Non-white Noise.
Radar Receivers – Noise Figure and Noise Temperature, Displays – types.
Duplexers-Branch type and Balanced type, Circulators as Duplexers.
Introduction to Phased Array Antennas-Basic Concepts, Radiation Pattern,
Beam Steering and Beam Width changes, Applications, Advantages and
Limitations.
Text Books:
1. Merrill I.Skolnik-Introduction to Radar Systems, 2nd Edition, McGraw-
Hill Education, Special Indian Edition, 2007.
Reference Books:
1. Merrill I. Skolnik -Introduction to Radar Systems, 3rd Edition, McGraw-
Hill Education, 2005.
2. Mark A.Richards,James A.Scheer, William A.Holm,Yesdee- Principles
of Modern Radar:Basic Principles, 2013.
Online resource:
1. http://ieee-aess.org/first-course-radar-systems-dr-robert-odonnell
http://aess.cs.unh.edu/radar%20se1.html.
2018-2019 179
2. NPTEL Web material on Navigation, Guidance and Control by Debasish

Ghose, IISc https://nptel.ac.in/courses/101108056/
Course Outcomes:
1. Explain the working principle of a pulse radar and establish the
complete radar range equation, identifying the significance and choice
of all parameters involved, and solve numerical problems to establish
the radar characteristics.
2. Account for the need and functioning of CW, FM-CW and MTI radars,
identifying the complete block diagrams and establishing their
characteristics.
3. Illustrate the DLC characteristics, account for the range gated Doppler
filter bank, and estimate the MTI radar performance characteristics
and limitations.
4. Distinguish between Sequential Lobbing, Conical Scan, Mono-pulse
type of Tracking Radars, specify their requirements and compare their
characteristic features.
5. Derive the matched filter response characteristics for radar
applications and account for correlation receivers; to distinguish
between different radar displays and duplexers.
6. Account for the electronic scanning principle, and implement the same
through phased array antennas, knowing their requirements and utilities.
Course Code: PE118FS 3 - - 3
INTERNET OF THINGS
Prerequisites:1.Programming for Problem Solving 2. Digital Electronics.
3. Embedded Systems.
Course Objectives:
1. To introduce the terminology, technology and its applications.
2. To introduce the concept of M2M (machine to machine) with
necessary protocols.
3. To introduce the Python Scripting Language which is used in many IoT
devices.
4. To introduce the Raspberry Pi platform, that is widely used in IoT
applications.
5. To introduce the implementation of web based services on IoT devices.
Introduction to Internet of Things: Definition and Characteristics of
IoT, Physical Design of IoT-IoT Protocols, IoT Communication Models,
IoT Communication APIs.
IoT enabled Technologies: Wireless Sensor Networks, Cloud Computing,
Big data analytics, Communication protocols, Embedded Systems, IoT
Levels and Templates.
Domain Specific IoTs: Home, City, Environment, Energy, Retail,
Logistics, Agriculture, Industry, Health and Lifestyle.
IoT and M2M: Software defined networks, network function virtualization,
difference between SDN and NFV for IoT Basics of IoT System
Management with NETCONF, YANG-NETCONF, YANG, and SNMP
NETOPEER.
Introduction to Python: Language features of Python, Data types, data
structures, Control of flow, functions, modules, packaging, file handling,
data/time operations, classes, Exception handling Python packages - JSON,
XML, HTTPLib, URLLib, SMTPLib.
IoT Physical Devices and Endpoints: Introduction to Raspberry Pi-
Interfaces (serial, SPI, I2C) Programming – Python program with Raspberry
2018-2019 181
Pi with focus of interfacing external gadgets, controlling output, and
reading input from pins.
IoT Physical Servers and Cloud Offerings: Introduction to Cloud
Storage models and communication APIs Webserver-Web server for IoT,
Cloud for IoT, Python web application framework, designing a RESTful
web API.
Text Books:
1. Arshdeep Bahga and Vijay Madisetti, Internet of Things - A Hands-on
Approach, Universities Press, 2015, ISBN: 9788173719547.
2. Matt Richardson and Shawn Wallace, Getting Started with Raspberry
Pi, O’Reilly (SPD), 2014, ISBN: 9789350239759.
Reference Books:
1. David, Hanes and Salgueiro Gonzalo, IoT Fundamentals: Networking
Technologies, Protocols and Use Cases for the Internet of Things,
Pearson 2017.
2. Dirk Slama and Frank Puhlmann, Enterprise IoT: Strategies and Best
Practices for Connected Products and Services by 2015.
Online Resources:
1. https://www.tutorialspoint.com.
2. https://www.edureka.co.
3. https://www.pnlinecourses.nptel.ac.in
Course Outcomes:
1. Understand the IoT Systems.
2. Understand the concept of M2M (machine to machine) with necessary
protocols.
3. Create programs using python scripting language in IoT devices.
4. Create programs for Raspberry Pi interfaces.
5. Understand to communicate with IoT Systems through web-interface.
6. Apply IoT principles for domain specific applications.
Course Code: PE118EZ 3 - - 3
ADHOC WIRELESS NETWORKS
Prerequisites: Principles of Computer Networks.
Course Objectives:
1. To provide the knowledge on various concepts related to WLANS and
wireless adhoc networks.
2. To give an overview of the designing issues of MAC, Routing and
Transport protocols of Adhoc Networks
3. To provide in depth analysis of various MAC, Routing and Transport
protocols and their performance evaluation.
4. To inculcate regarding the security issues in Adhoc networks.
5. To provide analysis of energy management in Adhoc networks.
Wireless Local Area Networks: Introduction, wireless LAN Topologies,
Wireless LAN Requirements, Physical Layer- Infrared Physical Layer,
Microwave based Physical Layer Alternatives, Medium Access Control
Layer- HIPERLAN 1 Sublayer, IEEE 802.11 MAC Sublayer and Latest
Developments-802.11a, 802.11b, 802.11g.
Ad-Hoc Wireless Networks: Introduction; Cellular and Ad-Hoc Wireless
Networks; Issues in Ad-Hoc Wireless Networks.
Medium Access Control Protocols: Introduction; Issues in Designing
a MAC protocol: Design goals of a MAC protocol; Classification of MAC
protocols; Contention-based protocols: Contention-based protocols with
reservation mechanisms; Contention-based MAC protocols with
scheduling mechanisms; MAC protocols that use directional antennas.
Routing Protocols: Introduction, Issues in designing a routing protocol
for adhoc wireless networks, Classification of routing protocols, Table-
driven protocols, On-demand routing protocols, Hybrid routing protocols,
Routing protocols with efficient flooding mechanisms, Hierarchical
routing protocols, Power-aware routing protocols.
Transport Layer and security protocols : Introduction to transport layer
protocols, Issues in designing a transport layer protocol for adhoc wireless
networks, Design goals of transport layer protocol for adhoc wireless
networks, Classification of transport layer solutions, TCP over adhoc
wireless networks, other transport layer protocols for adhoc wireless
2018-2019 183
networks. Security in adhoc wireless networks, network security
requirements, Issues and challenges in security provisioning, network
security attacks.
Energy Management: Introduction, need for energy management in adhoc
wireless networks, Classification of energy management schemes, Battery
management schemes, Transmission power management schemes, System
power management schemes.
Text Books:
1. C. Siva Ram Murthy, Ad Hoc Wireless Networks, Pearson Education,
2004.
2. P Nicopolitidis and M. S. Obaidat, Wireless Networks, Wiley India
Edition, 2003.
3. Waltenegus Dargie, Christian Poellabauer, Fundamentals of Wireless
Sensor Networks: Theory and Practice, Wiley, 2010.
Reference Books:
1. C.K.Toh, Ad-Hoc Mobile Wireless Networks: Protocols and Systems,
1st Edition, Pearson Education.
2. Carlos de Morais Cordeiro and Dharma Prakash Agrawal, Ad Hoc and
Sensor Networks, World Scientific, 2011.
3. Kazen Sohraby, Daniel Minoli, Taieb Znati, Wireless Sensor Networks,
Wiley Student Edition, 1991.
4. C.S. Raghavendra, Krishna M.Siva Lingam, Wireless Sensor Networks,
Springer, 2004.
5. Jagannathan Sarangapani, Wireless Ad- hoc and Sensor Networks:
Protocols, Performance and Control, CRC Press.
Online Resources:
1. http://nptel.ac.in/syllabus/106105160/
2. http://www.cse.wustl.edu/~jain/
Course Outcomes:
1. Demonstrate knowledge on various concepts related to WLANs and
adhoc wireless networks.
2. Understand the designing issues of MAC, Routing and Transport
protocols of Adhoc Networks.
3. Apply different MAC, Routing and Transport protocols, security issues
and Energy management schemes for real time scenarios.
4. Analyze various MAC, Routing and Transport protocols, security issues
and Energy management schemes
5. Evaluate the performance of adhoc wireless network protocols in all
the layers.
6. Design protocols for adhoc wireless networks for better performance.
Course Code: PE118FE 3 - - 3
ARTIFICIAL NEURAL NETWORKS
Prerequisites:-Nil-
Course Objectives:
1. To study the biological neural network and to model equivalent neuron
models. Solve problems by acquiring knowledge of machine language
programming.
2. To understand the architecture, learning algorithms.
3. To know the issues of various feed forward and feedback neural
networks.
4. To explore the Neuro dynamic models for various problems.
Introduction: A Neural Network, Human Brain, Models of a Neuron,
Neural Networks viewed as Directed Graphs, Network Architectures,
Knowledge Representation, Artificial Intelligence and Neural Networks
Learning Process: Error Correction Learning, Memory Based Learning,
Hebbian Learning, Competitive, Boltzmann Learning, Credit Assignment
Problem, Memory, Adaption, Statistical Nature of the Learning Process.
Single Layer Perceptrons: Adaptive Filtering Problem, Unconstrained
Organization Techniques, Linear Least Square Filters, Least Mean Square
Algorithm, Learning Curves, Learning Rate Annealing Techniques,
Perceptron –Convergence Theorem, Relation Between Perceptron and
Bayes Classifier for a Gaussian Environment.
Multilayer Perceptrons: Back Propagation Algorithm XOR Problem,
Heuristics, Output Representation and Decision Rule, Computer
Experiment, Feature Detection.
Back Propagation: Back Propagation and Differentiation, Hessian
Matrix, Generalization, Cross Validation, Network Pruning Techniques,
Virtues and Limitations of Back Propagation Learning, Accelerated
Convergence, Supervised Learning.
Self-Organization Maps (SOM): Two Basic Feature Mapping Models,
Self-Organization Map, SOM Algorithm, Properties of Feature Map,
2018-2019 185
Computer Simulations, Learning Vector Quantization, Adaptive Pattern
Classification.
Neuro Dynamics: Dynamical Systems, Stability of Equilibrium States,
Attractors, Neuro Dynamical Models, Manipulation of Attractors as a
Recurrent Network Paradigm.
Hopfield Models: Hopfield Models, restricted Boltzmann machine.
Text Books :
1. Simon S Haykin, Neural Networks a Comprehensive Foundations, 2nd
Edition, PHI, 2005.
Reference Books :
1. B. Yegnanarayana , Artificial Neural Networks, Prentice Hall of India
Pvt Ltd, 2005.
2. Jacek M.Zurada , Introduction to Artificial Neural Systems, 1st Edition,
JAICO Publishing House, 2006.
3. Li Min Fu , Neural Networks in Computer Intelligence, TMH, 2003.
4. James A Freeman David M S Kapura, Neural Networks, 1st Edition,
Online Resources:
1. Lectures on Neural networks and applications, by Prof.S.Sengupta
IITKGP. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/117105084/
2. Lectures on Artificial neural networks by Dr. Nandan Sudarsanam and
Dr. Balaraman Ravindran IITM https://nptel.ac.in/courses/110106072/
34
3. https://www.edutechlearners.com/neural-networks-fuzzy-logic-notes,
Neural Networks & Fuzzy Logic Notes
Course Outcomes:
1. Recall and infer the similarity of Biological networks and Neural
networks.
2. Observe the training of neural networks using various learning rules.
3. Interpret the concepts of forward propagation in Neural networks.
4. Analyze the learning mechanism of backward propagation in Neural
networks for classification.
5. Illustrate the concepts of Self-Organization Maps.
6. Analyze and build the Hopfield models.
III Year B.Tech. I-Semester L T P C
Course Code: OE115KA 3 - - 3
DEPARTMENT OF COMPUTER SCIENCE AND ENGINEERING/
DEPARTMENT OF INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY
FUNDAMENTALS OF DATA STRUCTURES
(Open Elective-1)
Prerequisites:-Nil-
Course Objectives:
1. Understand the basic concepts such as Linear and Non Linear Data
structures.
2. Understand the notations used to analyze the performance of
algorithms.
3. Understand the behavior of data structures such as stacks, queues, trees,
search trees, graphs and their representations.
4. Choose the appropriate data structure for a specified application.
5. Understand and analyze various searching and sorting algorithms.
Basic concepts- Algorithm Specification, Performance Analysis- Time
Complexity and Space Complexity, Asymptotic Notation-Big O, Omega
and Theta notations, Introduction to Linear and Non Linear data structures.
Stacks, Queues, Circular queues, Dequeue working and representation
using arrays, Applications of stacks: infix to post fix conversion, postfix
expression evaluation.
Linked list: Singly Linked List, Doubly Linked List, Circular linked list
working and representation. Implementation of stacks and queues using
linked list.
Trees: Terminology, Sequential and Linked representation, Tree traversals,
Binary trees, Binary search trees, operations - insertion and Searching,
m-way search trees (Definition only), B-trees-(Definition only).
Searching: Linear and binary Search methods.
Sorting: Bubble sort, Selection sort, Insertion sort, Quick sort, Merge
sort, Heap sort, Time complexities.
Graphs: Terminology, sequential and linked representation.
2018-2019 187
Graph traversals: Depth First Search & Breadth First Search, Spanning
trees, Prims and Kruskals method.
Text Books:
1. Horowitz, Sahni, and Anderson-Freed, Fundamentals of Data Structures
in C, 2nd Edition, Universities Press.
2. Mark Allen Weiss, Data Structures and Algorithms in C, 2nd Edition,
Addison-Wesley.
Reference Books:
1. R.F. Gilberg and B.A. Forouzan, Data structures: A Pseudocode
Approach with C, 2nd Edition, Cengage Learning.
2. E. Balaguru Swami, C Programming & Data structures, TMH, 2013.
3. A.M. Tanenbaum, Y. Langsam and M.J. Augensrein, Data Structures
using C, 2004, Pearson Education Asia.
4. S. Lipscutz and Schaum’s Outline Data Structures, TMH, July 2017.
5. R. Thareja, Data Structures using C, Oxford University Press, October
2015.
Online Resources:
1. www.cise.ufl.edu/~sahni/dsaac.
2. www.geeksforgeeks.org/data-structures
3. https://www.tutorialspoint.com
Course Outcomes:
1. Analyse the time and space complexities of algorithms.
2. Differentiate between linear and non-linear data structures.
3. Use basic data structures such as linked list, stack and queue for data
representation.
4. Understand advanced data structures like binary trees, search trees and
graphs.
5. Choose appropriate data structures to represent data items in real world
problems.
6. Analyse various kinds of searching and sorting techniques.
Course Code: OE115KB 3 - - 3
DEPARTMENT OFCOMPUTER SCIENCEAND ENGINEERING/
DEPARTMENT OFINFORMATION TECHNOLOGY
JAVA PROGRAMMING
(Open Elective-1)
Prerequisites:-Nil-
Course Objectives:
1. Learn the concepts of object oriented programming.
2. Introduce the implementation of inheritance, packages and interfaces.
3. Understand the concepts of exception handling and multithreading.
4. Introduce the java collection framework and I/O classes.
5. Gain knowledge in designing Graphical User Interface using applets
and swing controls.
OOP concepts: Data Abstraction, Encapsulation, Inheritance, Polymor-
phism, Classes and Objects, Procedural and Object oriented programming
paradigms.
Java Basics: History of Java, Java buzzwords, Data types, Variables, Arrays,
operators, expressions, control statements, Introducing classes, Methods,
Constructors, Inner classes, Anonymous Inner classes, String handling.
Inheritance: Inheritance concepts, Member access, Creating Multilevel
hierarchy, using super, using final with inheritance, forms of inheritance,
benefits of inheritance, costs of inheritance, Polymorphism, method
overriding, abstract classes, Object class.
Packages: Defining a Package, CLASSPATH, Access Protection, Importing
packages.
Interfaces: Defining an Interface, implementing Interfaces, Nested
interfaces, Variables in interfaces and Extending Interfaces.
Exception handling: Fundamentals of Exception Handling, Exception
Types, Using try and Catch, multiple Catch Clauses, Nested Try statements,
Throw, Throws and finally, built-in exceptions, creating own exception
sub classes.
Multithreading: Differences between thread-based multitasking and
process-based multitasking, Java thread model, creating threads, thread
priorities, synchronizing threads, inter thread communication.
2018-2019 189
Stream based I/O (java.io): The Stream classes - Byte streams and
Character streams, Reading console Input and Writing Console Output, File
class, Reading and writing files, Random access file operations, Generics,
Enumerations.
The Collections Framework (java.util): Collections overview,
Collection Interfaces, The Collection classes- Array List, Linked List,
Iterator, Stack, Vector, String Tokenizer, Scanner.
Event Handling: The Delegation Event Model - Events, Event sources,
Event Listeners, Event classes, Handling mouse and keyboard events,
Adapter classes.
GUI Programming with Swing: Introduction, limitations of AWT, MVC
architecture, Swing components, Swing containers, Swing Controls -
JLabel, JTextField, JButton, JToggleButton, JCheckBox, JRadioButton,
JTabbedPane, JScrollPane, JList, JComboBox, Swing Menus, Dialogs.
Layout Managers- FlowLayout, BorderLayout, GridLayout, CardLayout,
GridBagLayout.
Applets: The Applet class, Difference between Applets and Applications,
Life Cycle of an Applet, passing parameters to applets.
Text Books:
1. Herbert Schildt, Java- The Complete Reference, 9th Edition, McGraw
Hill Education (India) Pvt. Ltd.
2. Herbert Schildt and Dale Skrien, Java Fundamentals - A comprehensive
Introduction, McGraw Hill Education (India) Pvt. Ltd., 2013.
Reference Books:
1. Jaime Nino and Frederick. A. Hosch, An Introduction to Programming
and Object Oriented Design using Java, John Wiley & sons, 2013.
2. Timothy Budd, Understanding Object-Oriented Programming with Java,
updated Edition, Pearson Education.
3. Y. Daniel Liang, Introduction to Java Programming, Comprehensive
Version, 7th Edition, Pearson Education.
4. P. Radha Krishna, Object Oriented Programming through Java,
Universities Press 2008.
Online Resources:
1. https://docs.oracle.com/javase/tutorial/java/TOC.html
2. www.javatpoint.com/java-tutorial
Course Outcomes:
1. Understand the object oriented programming concepts and solve real
world problems.
2. Demonstrate the use of inheritance and packages.
3. Understand and implement the concepts of exception handling.
4. Develop multithreaded applications with synchronization.
5. Solve problems using java collection framework and I/O classes.
6. Design Graphical User Interface using applets and swing controls.
2018-2019 191
Course Code: OE115KC 3 - - 3
DEPARTMENT OF ELECTRONICSAND COMMUNICATION ENGINEERING/
DEPARTMENT OF ELECTRONICS AND TELEMATICS ENGINEERING
BASIC ELECTRONICS
(Open Elective-1)
Prerequisites:-Nil-
Course Objectives:
1. To review the basic concepts of semiconductor physics.
2. To understand the concept of electronic devices, circuits and their
applications.
3. To explore the construction, operation and characteristics of various
electronic devices like diodes, transistors (BJTs and FETs).
4. To distinguish between various special purpose diodes.
P-N Junction Diode: Volt-Ampere characteristics, Ideal versus practical,
Static and dynamic resistances, Equivalent circuits, Load line analysis,
Applications of pn Diode.
Break down Mechanisms-Avalanche breakdown, Zener breakdown and its
applications.
Rectifiers: P-N junction as a rectifier - Half Wave Rectifier, Full Wave
Rectifier: performance parameters.
Bipolar Junction Transistor (BJT):Construction, Principle of
Operation, Symbol, Amplifying Action, Common Emitter, Common Base
and Common Collector configurations.
Transistor Biasing And Stabilization: Operating point, DC & AC load
lines, Biasing Voltage divider bias.
Field Effect Transistors: JFET Construction and Principle of operation,
Symbol, Pinch-Off Voltage, Volt-Ampere Characteristic, MOSFET
characteristics (Enhancement and depletion mode), Symbols of MOSFET,
Comparison of BJT and FET, Introduction to CMOS circuits.
Small Signal Low Frequency Model of BJT: BJT modeling, Hybrid
model, Determination of h-parameters from transistor characteristics,
Analysis of CE, CB and CC configurations using h-parameters, low
frequency response of BJT Amplifiers, effect of coupling and bypass
capacitors, Comparison of CE, CB and CC configurations.
Special purpose Diodes: Opto-Electronic Devices – LEDs, Photo Diode
and Applications, Silicon Controlled Rectifier (SCR) – Operation,
Construction, Characteristics, Ratings, Applications.
Text Books:
1. J.Millman, C.C.Halkias, and Satyabratha Jit, “Electronic Devices and
Circuits”, 2nd Edition, Tata McGraw Hill, 2007.
2. R.L. Boylestad and Louis Nashelsky, “Electronic Devices and Circuits”,
9th Edition, Pearson/Prentice Hall, 2006
3. T.F. Bogart Jr., J.S.Beasley and G.Rico,” Electronic Devices and
Circuits”, 6th Edition, Pearson Education, 2004.
Reference Books:
1. S.G.Burns and P.R.Bond, Principles of Electronic Circuits, 2nd Edition,
Galgotia Publications, 1998.
2. Millman and Grabel, Microelectronics, Tata McGraw Hill, 1988.
3. G. Streetman and S. K. Banerjee, Solid State Electronic Devices, 7th
Edition Pearson, 2014.
4. C.T. Sah, “Fundamentals of Solid State Electronics”, World Scientific
Publishing Co. Inc, 1991.
Online Resources:
1. http://www.radio-electronics.com
2. https://users.encs.concordia.ca/~rabinr
3. https://circuitdigest.com/electronic-circuits
4. -NPTEL
5. -edX
Course Outcomes:
At the end of this course students will demonstrate the ability to
1. Illustrate the fundamental behaviour of various diodes, transistors.
2. Explain the construction, operation and characteristics of BJT, JFET
and MOSFET.
3. Analyse the various amplifier circuits using small signal hybrid model.
4. Identify the necessity for biasing.
5. To know the operation of various special purpose devices like LED,
Photo diode and SCR.
6. Apply the knowledge of Diodes in designing circuits like rectifiers.
2018-2019 193
Course Code: OE115KD 3 - - 3
DEPARTMENT OF ELECTRICAL AND ELECTRONICS ENGINEERING
ELECTRICAL MATERIALS
(Open Elective-1)
Prerequisite:-Nil-
Course Objectives:
1. To impart knowledge on the concepts of Dielectric electric materials
in comparison with magnetic materials.
2. To introduce special purpose materials.
3. To make students familiar with the concepts of different materials for
electrical applications.
4. To familiarize students with the internal concepts of electrical materials.
Dielectric and Semiconductor Materials: Dielectric as Electric Field
Medium, leakage currents, dielectric loss, dielectric strength, breakdown
voltage, breakdown in solid dielectrics, flashover, liquid dielectrics, electric
conductivity in solid, liquid and gaseous dielectrics, Ferromagnetic
materials, in static fields, spontaneous, polarization, curie point, anti-
ferromagnetic materials.
Semiconductors: Intrinsic, Extrinsic types, Current carriers in
semiconductor, Thermistors, Photoconductors, P-N junction Diode,
Evolution of transistor.
Magnetic Materials: Classification of magnetic materials, properties of
ferromagnetic materials, curie point, spontaneous magnetization in
ferromagnetic materials, magnetic Anisotropy, Magnetostriction,
diamagnetism, magnetically soft and hard materials.
Special Purpose Materials - feebly magnetic materials, Ferrites, cast and
cermet permanent magnets, Ageing of magnets. Factors effecting
permeability and hysteresis.
Special Purpose Materials: Refractory Materials, Structural Materials,
Radioactive Materials, Galvanization and Impregnation of materials,
Processing of electronic materials, Insulating varnishes and coolants,
Properties and applications of mineral oils, Testing of Transformer oil as
per ISI.
Materials for Electrical Applications: Materials used for Resistors,
rheostats, heaters, transmission line structures, stranded conductors,
bimetals fuses, soft and hard solders, electric contact materials, electric
carbon materials, thermocouple materials. Solid, Liquid and Gaseous
insulating materials, Effect of moisture on insulation. Piezoelectric
materials, Pyroelectric materials.
Materials for Specific Applications :Materials for solar cells, fuel cells
and battery. Materials for coatings for enhanced solar thermal energy
collection and solar selective coatings, Cold mirror coatings, heat mirror
coatings, antireflection coatings.
Sintered alloys for breaker and switch contacts.
Text Books:
1. R K Rajput, A course in Electrical Engineering Materials, Laxmi
Publications, 2009.
2. C S Indulkar and S Thiruvengadam, An introduction to Electrical
Engineering Materials, Revised Edition, S. Chand & Company, 2013.
3. T K Basak, A course in Electrical Engineering Materials, New Age
Science Publications, 2009.
Reference Books:
1. A.J. Dekker, Electrical Engineering Materials, PHI Publication, 2006.
2. TTTI Madras, Electrical Engineering Materials, McGraw Hill Education,
2004.
Course Outcomes:
At the end of the course the students will be able to
1. Distinguish between magnetic and non-magnetic materials by acquiring
the knowledge of their atomic structures.
2. Analyse Dielectric and semiconductor materials.
3. Analyse the magnetic materials using their properties.
4. Identify special purpose materials for different applications.
5. Analyse the working of different materials from the point of view of
their applications in electrical industry.
6. Analyse the working of special purpose materials from the point of
view of their possible applications electrical & other fields.
2018-2019 195
III Year B.Tech. I-Semester / II-Semester L T P C
Course Code: OE115KE / OE116KE 3 - - 3
DEPARTMENT OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERING
OPERATIONS RESEARCH
(Open Elective-1 / Open Elective-2)
Prerequisites:-Nil-
Course objectives:
1. Study the linear programming and dynamic programming techniques
used for business and engineering applications.
2. Know about the inventory, Game theory and replacement theory
applications in real world.
Introduction to Operations Research: Basics definition, scope,
objectives, phases, models and limitations of Operations Research. Linear
Programming Problem-Formulation of LPP, Graphical solution of LPP.
Simplex Method, Artificial variables, big-M methods, Special cases in
LP-Degeneracy, unbounded, infeasibility & alternative optima
Transportation Problem: Formulation, solution, unbalanced Transpor-
tation problem. Finding basic feasible solutions-Northwest corner rule,
Least cost method and Vogel’s approximation method. Optimality test by
MODI method & stepping stone method.
Assignment Model: Formulation, Hungarian method for optimal solution.
Solving unbalanced Assignment problem.
Sequencing Models. Solution of sequencing Problem-Processing n jobs
through 2 Machines-Processing n jobs through 3 Machines-Processing n
jobs through m Machines. Processing 2 jobs through m-machines.
Dynamic Programming: Characteristics of Dynamic programming.
Dynamic Programming approach for Coach/Shortest Path and cargo
loading problems.
Inventory Models: Inventory costs. Models with deterministic demand-
Model (a) Demand rate uniform and production rate infinite, Model (b)
Demand rate uniform and production rate finite.

Games Theory: Competitive games, rectangular game, saddle point,
minimax (maximin) method of optimal strategies, and value of the game.
Solution of games with saddle points, dominance principle. Rectangular
games without saddle point-mixed strategy for 2*2 games.
Replacement Models: Replacement of items that deteriorate whose
maintenance costs increase with time without change in the money value,
Replacement of items that fail suddenly: Individual Replacement policy,
Group Replacement policy.
Text Books:
1. P.SankaraIyer, Operations Research, Tata Mcgraw-Hill, 2008.
2. A.M. Natarajan, P. Balasubramani and A.Tamilarasi, Operations
Research, Pearson Education, India, 2012.
3. Hamdy A Taha, Operations Research an Introduction, Pearson
Education, 2010.
Reference Books:
1. S.D. Sharma, Operations Research Theory Methods and Applications,
Kedarnath Ramnath Publishers, 2015.
2. P. K. Gupta and D. S. Hira, Operations Research, S. Chand & Co., 2014.
3. J K Sharma, Operations Research Problems and Solutions, 3rd Edition,
Macmillan India Ltd, 2008.
Online Resources:
1. IOR Tutorials(Interactive Operations Research Tutorial)
2. http://www.nptel.ac.in
Course Outcomes:
1. Apply linear programming models to several Engineering Applications.
2. Use several other techniques like Transportation, Assignment and
Sequencing Models in the real world applications.
3. Study selected Dynamic Programming models for real world situations.
4. Apply simple mathematical models in Inventory into the real
Engineering Applications.
5. Solve Game theory problems related to business applications.
6. Develop optimum replacement policy.
2018-2019 197
Course Code: OE115KF 3 - - 3
DEPARTMENT OF HUMANITIES & MATHEMATICS
INTRODUCTION TO DATA ANALYTICS
(Open Elective -1)
Prerequisites:-Nil-
Course Objectives:
1. To learn the importance of Probability and Statistics
2. To know about the Regression
3. To gain a basic knowledge on Supervised and Unsupervised Learning
4. To study the concepts of Time Series Analysis
Descriptive Statistics: Role of data analytics in science and engineering,
different types of data and data Summarization methods; Measures of central
tendency & measure of dispersion; Probability - Conditional probability,
Baye’s theorem. Random variables - Discrete, continuous probability
distributions, expectations and variance.
Regression: Linear regression - Estimating co-efficient, assessing the
accuracy of co-efficient estimates, assessing accuracy of the model.
Multiple linear regression- Estimating co-efficient, relation between
response and predictors, marketing plan comparison of linear regression
with K-nearest neighbor.
Supervised Learning: Classification - Overview, logistic regression,
multiple logistic regressions, linear discriminant analysis, Baye’s theorem
for classification, quadratic discriminant analysis, comparison of
classification methods.
Unsupervised Learning: Associative rules - Generating candidate’s rules,
the Apriori algorithm, support and confidence, lift ratio, the process of
rule selection and interpreting results.
Clustering- measuring distances between two records, measuring distances
between two clusters, hierarchical (Agglomerative) clustering, non-
hierarchical clustering, K-means algorithm.
Time Series Analysis: Introduction, significance of time series analysis,
components of time series, secular trend, freehand of graphic method, semi-
average method, method of moving averages, method of least squares,
straight linear and non-linear trends, logarithmic methods, exponential
trends, growth curves, seasonal variation, method of simple averages, ratio-
to-trends, ratio-to-moving average method.
Text Books:
1. S.P.Gupta, Statistical Methods, 33rd Edition, Sultan - Chand & Sons.
2. Galit Shmueli, Peter C. Bruce, Inbal Yahav, Nitin R. Patel and Kenneth
C. Lichtendahl Jr., Data Mining For Business Analytics Concepts,
Techniques, and Applications in R, Wiley Publications.
3. Hastie and Trivor, et al., The Elements of Statistical Learning. Vol.2,
No.1.Newyork, Springer, 2009.
Reference Books:
1. Montgomery, Douglus C., and George C.Runger. Applied Statistics and
Probability for Engineers John Wiley & Sons. 2010.
2. Tang-Ning-Tan, Micheal-Steinbach, Vipin Kumar, Anuj Karpatne,
Introduction to Data Mining, Pearson India Education Services Ltd,
2016.
3. Roxy Peck, San Luis Obispo and Iowa Jay L. Devore, Introduction to
Statistics and Data Analysis, 5th Edition, Cengage Learning.
Online Resources:
1. onlinelibrary.wiley.com
2. nptel.ac.in/courses/Introduction to Data Analytics
Course outcomes:
After completing the course the student will be able to
1. Understand the definitions and concepts associated with central
tendency and measures of dispersion.
2. Find the probability of an event and know the properties of distribution.
3. Determine the regression co-efficient and test the accuracy of
co-efficient.
4. Learn basic concepts in supervised learning.
5. Attain basic knowledge in unsupervised learning.
6. Understand past behavior of data and forecast the future behavior using
time series analysis.
2018-2019 199
III Year B.Tech. I-Semester/II-Semester L T P C
Course Code: OE115KG / OE116KG 3 - - 3
INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY RIGHTS
(Open Elective -1 / Open Elective-2)
Prerequisites:-Nil-
Course Objectives:
1. To educate the importance of IPR in Engineering
2. To enlighten the various types of IP’s and their protection.
3. To maintain IPR’s for Business sustainability.
Introduction to Intellectual property
Intellectual property: Introduction-Features-Types of Intellectual
property - International organizations - Agencies and treaties, Conventions
-Importance of Intellectual property rights.
Patents: Concept of Patent -Duration -Patent Process -Patent searching
process-Procedure for filling Application of Patents - Ownership, Transfer,
Assignment and Licensing of Patent-Remedies for Infringement of Patents.
Copyrights and Trademarks
Copyrights-Fundamental of Copy right law - Originality of material- Rights
of Reproduction - Rights to perform the work publicly - Copyright
Ownership issues - Copyright registration - Notice of Copyright - Remedies
for infringement in Copyrights.
Trademarks-Purpose and functions of Trademarks-Acquisition of
Trademark rights - Protectable matter - Selecting and evaluating Trademark
- Trademarks registration process -Remedies for infringement in Trade
marks.
Industrial Designs: Assignment of Design – Essential requirement of
Registration-Registration Process of Industrial Designs – Benefits of
registration-Assignment, Transmission and Licensing of Industrial Designs
- Remedies for infringement of Designs.

Trade Secrets: Trade secret law -determinants of Trade secret status -
Liability for misappropriations of Trade Secrets -Protection for submission
- Trade secret litigation-Unfair competition – Interface between Intellectual
Property Rights and Competition – Safeguards against Unfair competitions.
Intellectual property audits: Types of IP Audit – Procedure of Preparing
Audit – Auditing IP Assets.
Text Books:
1. Deborah. E. Bouchoux, Intellectual property right, 1st Edition, Cengage
learning, 2015.
2. Prabuddha Ganguli, Intellectual property right-Unleashing the
knowledge economy, 1st Edition , Tate McGraw Hill Publishing company
Ltd., 2015.
Reference Books:
1. Kompal Bansal and Parikshit Bansal, Fundamentals of Intellectual
property for Engineers, 1st Edition, BS Publications, 2015.
Online Resources:
1. https://www.icsi.edu/media/webmodules/publications/9.4%20
Intellectual%20Property%20Rights.pdf
2. Introduction on Intellectual Property to Engineers and Technologists
Course Outcomes:
1. Understand the dynamics and legalistic framework of IPR’s
2. Acquaint with securing patents and its protection.
3. Seize the dimensions of Copy right protection.
4. Realize the eminence of Trade Marks in growth of business.
5. Essentials of safeguarding Industrial designs.
6. Sustentation of Trade Secrets and aspects of IP audit.
2018-2019 201
Course Code: OE115KH 3 - - 3
DEPARTMENT OF BASIC SCIENCES
DISASTER MANAGEMENT
(Open Elective -1)
Prerequisites:-Nil-
Course Objectives:
1. To understand the critical concepts in Disaster Management.
2. To gain the knowledge on the factors responsible for cause of various
disasters.
3. To provide the information on different disasters, tools and methods
for disaster management.
4. To provide an overview on the roles of Government and non-government
agencies in disaster management.
Understanding Hazards and Disaster: Introduction – Environmental
Hazard, Environmental Disaster and Environmental Stress. Concept of
Disaster-Concept of Risk. Different approaches in Disaster Manage-
ment. Levels of Disasters. Disaster Phenomena and Events (Global,
National and Regional).
Hazards and Vulnerabilities: Classification of Hazards and Disasters -
Natural and Man-made Hazards (Planetary, Extra Planetary, Endogenous
and Exogenous Hazards). Characteristics and damage potential of
natural hazards. Hazard assessment. Dimensions of vulnerability factors,
vulnerability assessment and disaster risk. Vulnerabilities to flood and
earthquake hazards.
Planetary and Extra Planetary Hazards: Endogenous Hazards and
Exogenous Hazards. Earthquake Hazards and disasters - Causes of
Earthquakes, distribution of earthquakes, Hazardous effects of earthquakes,
Earthquake Hazards in India, Human adjustment, perception and mitigation
of earthquake.
Cyclones - Causes, Effects, distribution, human adjustment, perception
and mitigation of Cyclones.
Cumulative Atmospheric Hazards and Disasters: Floods, Droughts,
Cold waves and Heat waves.
Floods - Causes of floods, Effects of Floods, Flood hazards in India, Flood
control measures, Human adjustment, perception and mitigation.
Droughts – Causes of Droughts, Impacts of droughts, Drought hazards in
India, Drought control measures. Extra Planetary Hazards and Disasters -
man induced Hazards and Disasters - Physical hazards and Disasters.
Disaster Management Mechanism: Concepts of risk management and
crisis management. Disaster Management Cycle – Prevention, Mitigation,
Preparedness, Response, Recovery and Rehabilitation. Planning for Relief.
Capacity Building & Coping with Disaster: Capacity Building: Concept,
Structural and Nonstructural measures, Capacity assessment, Strengthening
Capacity for Risk Reduction. Legislative support at State and National
levels. Case Studies.
Coping Strategies: Alternative adjustment processes, changing concepts
of disaster management. Industrial Safety Plan - Safety norms and survival
kits. Role of Mass media in disaster management. Crowd Management.
Planning for Disaster Management: Strategies planning for disaster
management, steps for formulating reduction in disaster risk. Disaster
Management Act and Policy in India – Organizational structure for disaster
management. Preparation of state and district level disaster management
plans. Sendai Framework on Disaster Risk Reduction (DRR). Use of latest
technologies – Remote Sensing (RS) and Geological Information System
(GIS).
Text Books:
1. Manual on Disaster Management, National Disaster Management
Agency, Govt of India.
2. Mrinalini Pandey, Disaster Management, 1st Edition, Wiley, 2014.
3. T. Bhattacharya, Disaster Science and Management, McGraw Hill
Education (India) Private Limited, 2015.
4. Pradeep Sahni, Disaster Mitigation: Experiences and Reflections PHI
Learning Private Limited, 2010.
5. Donald Hyndman and David Hyndman, Natural Hazards and Disasters,
Cengage Learning, 2006.
Reference Books:
1. N. Pandharinath and CK Rajan, Earth and Atmospheric Disasters
Management, BS Publications, 2009.
2. R. B. Singh, Environmental Geography, Heritage Publishers, New Delhi,
1990.
2018-2019 203
3. Savinder Singh, Environmental Geography Prayag Pustak Bhawann,
1997.
4. B. I. Kates and G. F. White, The Environment as Hazards, Oxford Press,
New York, 1978.
5. R. B. Singh, Disaster Management, Rawat Publication, New Delhi, 2000.
6. H. K. Gupta, Disaster Management Universities Press, India, 2003.
7. R. B. Singh, Space Technology for Disaster Mitigation in India (INCED),
University of Tokyo, 1994.
8. Satender, Disaster Management in Hills Concept Publishing Co., New
Delhi, 2003.
9. R. K. Bhandani, An Overview on Natural and Manmade Disaster and
their Reduction, CSIR, New Delhi.
10.M. C. Gupta, Manuals on Natural Disaster Management in India, National
Centre for Disaster Management, IIPA, New Delhi, 2001.
Online Resources:
1. National Disaster Management Plan, Ministry of Home affairs,
Government of India (http://www.ndma.gov.in/images/policyplan/
dmplan/draftndmp.pdf).
2. National Institute of Disaster Management (NIDM) (https://nidm.gov.in)
3. WHO-Disaster Management Resources-https://www.who.int/surgery/
publications/immesc_disaster_management/en/
4. https://swayam.gov.in/courses/4983-disaster-management
5. https://reliefweb.int/training/2455444/free-online-course-disaster-
risk-reduction-and-management
6. https://www.unisdr.org/we/inform/events/47107
7. https://www.futurelearn.com/courses/disaster-management/2
8. https://www.ifrc.org/en/get-involved/learning-education-training/
certified-professional-development-courses/online-certificate-
programme-in-disaster-management/
Course Outcomes:
1. Understand different kinds of disasters and their vulnerabilities.
2. Identify the causes, effects and mitigation measures of different
disasters.
3. Apply the disaster management mechanism in natural and man induced
calamities.
4. Analyse and solve the unforeseen situations with advanced technologies
like Remote Sensing and Geological Information Systems.
III Year B.Tech. II-Semester L T P C
Course Code: OE116KJ 3 - - 3
DEPARTMENT OF COMPUTER SCIENCEAND ENGINEERING/
OPERATING SYSTEMS
(Open Elective-2)
Prerequisites:-Nil-
Course Objectives:
1. To understand the role of OS in the overall computer system and study
the operations performed by OS as a resource manager.
2. To understand the scheduling policies and different memory
management techniques for different operating systems.
3. To understand process concurrency and synchronization.
4. To understand the concepts of I/O, storage and file management and
introduce system call interface for file and process management.
5. To introduce the goals and principles of protection.
Introduction: Overview-Introduction-Operating system objectives, User
view, System view, Operating system definition ,Computer System
Organization, Computer System Architecture, OS Structure, OS
Operations, Process Management, Memory Management, Storage
Management, Protection and Security, Computing Environments.
Operating System services, User and OS Interface, System Calls, Types
of System Calls, System Programs, Operating System Design and
Implementation, OS Structure.
Process: Process concepts-The Process, Process State, Process State
transitions, Process Control Block, Context Switch.
Threads: Definition, Various states, Benefits of threads, Types ofthreads,
Concept of multithreads.
Process Scheduling: Scheduling Queues, Schedulers, Scheduling
Criteria, Scheduling algorithms, Multiprocessor Scheduling. Case Studies:
Linux, Windows.
Process Synchronization: Inter-process Communication: Background,
The Critical Section Problem, Race Conditions, Mutual Exclusion,
Peterson’s solution, Synchronization Hardware, Semaphores, Classic
2018-2019 205
Problems of Synchronization- Bounded Buffer Problem, The Producer/
Consumer Problem, Reader’s & Writer Problem, Dinning Philosopher
Problem, Event counters, Monitors, Message passing.
Deadlocks: Deadlocks - System Model, Deadlock Characterization:
Necessary and sufficient conditions for Deadlock, Methods for Handling
Deadlocks: Deadlock Prevention, Deadlock Avoidance, Deadlock
Detection, Recovery from Deadlock.
Memory Management: Basic Hardware, Address Binding, Logical and
physical address space, Dynamic loading, linking and Shared libraries,
Swapping, Contiguous Memory Allocation- Fixed and variable partition–
Internal and External fragmentation and Compaction; Segmentation,
Paging- Hardware support for paging, Protection, shared pages, Structure
of Page Table. Case Studies: Linux, Windows
Virtual Memory Management: Background, Demand Paging-locality
of reference, Page fault; Copy-on-Write, Page replacement, Page
Replacement Algorithms, Allocation of Frames, Thrashing.
File Management: Concept of File - Attributes, operations, file types,
internal structure, access methods, Directory structure, file protection,
file System structure, Allocation methods (contiguous, linked,
indexed),Free-space management (bit vector, linked list, grouping),
directory implementation (linear list, hash table), efficiency and
performance.
Disk Management: Disk structure, Disk scheduling - FCFS, SSTF, SCAN,
C-SCAN, Disk formatting- Boot-block, Bad blocks.
Protection: System Protection, Goals of Protection, Principles of
Protection.
Text Books:
1. Abraham Silberschatz, Peter B.Galvin and Greg Gagne, Operating
System Concepts, 9th Edition, Wiley Asia Student Edition.
2. William Stallings, Operating Systems: Internals and Design Principles,
5th Edition, Prentice Hall of India.
Reference Books:
1. Charles Crowley, Operating System: A Design-oriented Approach,
1st Edition, Irwin Publishing.
2. Gary J. Nutt and Addison, Operating Systems: A Modern Perspective,
2nd Edition, Wesley.
3. Maurice Bach, Design of the Unix Operating Systems, 8th Edition,
Prentice Hall of India.
4. Daniel P. Bovet and Marco Cesati, Understanding the Linux Kernel,
3rd Edition, O’Reilly and Associates.
Online Resources:
1. Abraham-Silberschatz-Operating-System-Concepts—9th 2012.12.pdf
2. https://www.cs.uic.edu/~jbell/CourseNotes/OperatingSystems/
Course Outcomes:
1. Acquire a High-level understanding of what is an operating system and
the role it plays and the services it provides.
2. Understand process management concepts including scheduling,
synchronization.
3. Describe System model for deadlock, Methods for handling deadlocks.
4. Understand of memory management including virtual memory.
5. Acquire Knowledge on issues related to file system interface and
implementation.
6. Understand the issues related to disk management.
2018-2019 207
Course Code: OE116KK 3 - - 3
DATABASE MANAGEMENT SYSTEMS
(Open Elective-2)
Prerequisites:-Nil-
Course Objectives:
1. To understand the basic concepts and the applications of database
systems.
2. To master the basics of SQL and construct queries using SQL.
3. To understand the relational database design principles.
4. To become familiar with the basic issues of transaction processing
and concurrency control.
5. To become familiar with database storage structure and recovery
mechanisms.
Introduction: Database System Applications, Purpose of Database
Systems, View of Data, Database Languages – DDL, DML, Relational
Databases, Data Storage and Querying, Transaction Management, Database
Architecture, Database Users and Administrators.
Database Design and the E-R Model: The Entity-Relationship Model,
Constraints, Removing Redundant Attributes in Entity Sets, Entity-
Relationship Diagrams, Reduction to Relational schemas, Entity-
Relationship Design Issues, Extended E-R Features.
UNIT 2: (~9 Lectures Hours)
Introduction to the Relational Model: Structure of Relational
Databases, Database Schema, Schema Diagrams. The Relational Algebra,
Tuple Relational Calculus, Domain Relational Calculus.
Introduction to SQL: Overview of the SQL Query Language, SQL Data
Definition, Basic Structure of SQL Queries, Additional Basic Operations,
Set Operations, Null Values, Aggregate Functions, Nested Subqueries.
UNIT 3: (~10 Lectures Hours)
Advanced SQL: Join Expressions, Views, Integrity Constraints, Triggers.
Normalization: Functional Dependencies, Lossless decomposition, 1NF,
2NF, 3NF, Dependency Preservation, BCNF, Multi–valued dependencies,
4NF, Join Dependencies, 5NF.
Transaction Management: Transaction Concept, A Simple Transaction
Model, Storage Structure, Transaction Atomicity and Durability,
Transaction Isolation, Serializability, Transaction Isolation and Atomicity,
Transaction Isolation Levels.
Concurrency Control: Lock-Based Protocols, Multiple Granularity,
Timestamp-Based Protocols, Validation-Based Protocols.
Recovery System: Failure Classification, Storage, Recovery and
Atomicity, Recovery Algorithm, Failure with loss of non-volatile storage,
Remote Backup systems.
Indexing: Ordered Indices, B+ -Tree Index files.
Text Books:
1. A. Silberschatz, Henry. F. Korth and S. Sudarshan, Data base System
Concepts, 6th Edition, McGraw Hill Education (India) Private Limited.
2. C. J. Date, A. Kannan and S. Swami Nadhan, An Introduction to Database
systems, 8th Edition, Pearson Education.
Reference Books:
1. Raghu Ramakrishnan and Johannes Gehrke, Data base Management
Systems, 3rd Edition, McGraw Hill Education (India) Private Limited.
2. R Elmasri and Shamkant B. Navathe, Database Systems, 6th Edition,
Pearson Education.
Online Resources:
1. https://www.w3schools.in/
2. https://www.tutorialspoint.com/
3. https://beginnersbook.com/2015/04/dbms-tutorial/
4. https://www.coursera.org/courses?query=database
5. https://onlinecourses.nptel.ac.in/noc18_cs15
6. https://online.stanford.edu/course/databases-self-paced
Course Outcomes:
After the completion of the course, students will be able to
1. Understand concepts and the applications of database systems and
ability to implement in real time applications.
2. Construct an Entity-Relationship (E-R) model from specifications and
transform to relational model.
3. Demonstrate the basic concepts of relational database management
system and construct unary/binary/set/aggregate queries in Relational
Algebra and in SQL.
4. Apply normalization on database.
5. Understand principles of database transaction management.
6. Understand the storage and recovery of database
2018-2019 209
Course Code: OE116KL 3 - - 3
DEPARTMENT OF ELECTRONICS AND TELEMATICS ENGINEERING
PRINCIPLES OF ELECTRONIC COMMUNICATIONS
(Open Elective -2)
Prerequisites:-Nil-
Course Objectives:
1. Introduce the students to modulation and various analog
modulation schemes.
2. Distinguish between Pulse, Analog and Digital Communication
systems.
3. Analyse the concepts of satellite, optical communications.
4. Understand and compare cellular and telecommunication system
concepts.
Introduction: Need for Modulation, Frequency translation, Electroma-
gnetic spectrum, Gain, Attenuation and decibels.
Simple description on Modulation: Analog Modulation- Amplitude
Modulation Fundamentals, Amplitude Modulator and Demodulator
Circuits, Fundamentals of Frequency Modulation, Transmission of Binary
data in communication system-Principles of Digital transmission,
Transmission efficiency, modern concepts, wide band modulation.
Satellite Communication: Satellite Orbits, satellite communication
systems, satellite subsystems, Ground Stations Satellite Applications,
Global Positioning systems.
Optical Communication: Optical Principles, Optical Communication
Systems, Fiber-Optic Cables, Optical Transmitters & Receivers,
Wavelength Division Multiplexing.
Telecommunication Systems: Telephones Telephone system, Facsimile,
Internet Telephony. Cellular Communications: Cell phone technologies-

Cellular telephone systems, Mobile phone systems, Digital cell phone
systems(2G,2.5G,UMTS 3G,4G).
Text Books:
1. Louis E. Frenzel -Principles of Electronic Communication Systems,
3rd Edition, McGraw Hill publications, 2008.
Reference Books:
1. Theodore S. Rappaport, Wireless Communications-Principles and
practice, Prentice Hall, 2002.
2. Roger L. Freeman, Fundamentals of Telecommunications, 2nd Edition,
Wiley Publications.
Online Resources:
Course Outcomes:
1. Analyze the basic concepts of modulation and understand the different
kinds of analog modulation techniques.
2. Understand and analyze the different types of pulse analog and digital
modulation systems.
3. Describe the Telephone systems and network fundamentals.
4. State the operative physical principle of launching satellites and explain
the concept & operation of GPS.
5. Comprehend about the principle of optical communication system,
functioning of optical cables and wave division multiplexing.
6. Describe the cell phone operational concepts.
2018-2019 211
Course Code: OE116KM 3 - - 3
RENEWABLE ENERGY SOURCES
(Open Elective-2)
Prerequisites:-Nil-
Course Objectives:
1. Various renewable energy resources available at a location and
assessments of its potential, using tools and techniques.
2. Solar energy radiation, its interactions, measurement and estimation
3. Site selection for wind turbines, wind systems, measurements and
instrument
4. Geothermal, wave, tidal and OTEC resources, site selection
Introduction To Renewable Energy Sources: Definition, Concepts of
NCES, Limitations of RES, Criteria for assessing the potential of NCES,
Classification of NCES, Solar, Wind, Geothermal, Biomass, Ocean energy
sources, Comparison of these energy sources.
Solar energy: Solar radiation spectrum - Extraterrestrial and terrestrial
solar radiation, solar constant -Radiation measurement - Instruments for
measuring solar radiation and Sun shine, solar radiation data.
Solar Energy Collection, Storage and Applications: Energy Collection:
Flat plate and Concentrating collectors, their performance analysis and
Classification of Concentrating collectors,
Energy Storage: Sensible heat, Latent heat, Stratified storage - Solar ponds.
Applications: Heating techniques, Cooling techniques, Solar Distillation
and Drying,
Solar Photovoltaic Generation: PV Generation, Photovoltaic energy
conversion – Operating principle, Photovoltaic cell concepts, Cell,
module, array, Series and parallel connections, Potential of India in Solar
energy utilization.
Wind Energy and Biomass: Wind energy: Power in Wind, Betz criteria,
Site selection, Types of wind mills, Characteristics of wind generators,
Potential of India in Wind Energy utilization.
Bio-mass: Principles of Bio-Conversion, Anaerobic, Aerobic digestion,
Types of Bio-gas digesters, Pyrolysis, Applications - Bio gas, Wood stoves,
Bio diesel, Economic aspects.
UNIT4: (~8 Lecture Hours)
Geothermal Energy And Ocean Energy: Geothermal energy:
Resources, Methods of harnessing the energy-Introduction to Thermo
dynamic Cycles- Potential of India in Geothermal energy options.
Ocean energy: OTEC - Principle of utilization, setting up of OTEC plants,
Thermodynamic cycles involved in OTEC. Tidal and wave energy – Potential
and conversion techniques, Mini-hydel power plants and their economics
in India.
Direct Energy Conversion: Direct Energy Conversion (DEC), Need
for DEC, Types of DEC - Fuel Cells, working of hydrogen fuel cell Magneto
Hydro Dynamic Energy Conversion (MHD), Thermo Electric and Thermo
Ionic Conversion (elementary treatment only), Working Principle,
Advantages and Disadvantages. Combined cycle and Co-generation.
Text Books:
1. G.D. Rai, Non-Conventional Energy Sources, 5th Edition, Khanna
Publishers, 2009.
2. D.P.Kothari, K.C.Singhal and Rakesh Ranjan, Renewable Energy
Sources and Emerging Technologies, 2nd Edition, P.H.I., 2014.
3. Twidell & Wier, Renewable Energy Resources, 3rd Edition, CRC Press
(Taylor & Francis), 2006.
Reference Books:
1. Tiwari, Ghosal, Renewable Energy Resources, Narosa Publications,
2005.
2. Sukhatme.S.P, Solar Energy: Principles of Thermal Collection and
Storage, 3rd Edition, Tata McGraw Hill, 2008.
Course Outcomes
After completion of this course the students should able to
1. Estimate the solar energy, Utilization of solar energy, Principles
involved in solar energy collection and conversion of it to electricity
generation
2. Explore the concepts involved in wind energy conversion system by
studying its components, types and performance
3. Understand the concept of Biomass energy resources and their
classification, types of biogas Plants- applications
4. Acquire the knowledge on Geothermal energy and it’s harnessing
methods
5. Illustrate ocean energy and explain the operational methods of their
utilization.
6. Describe the concept of direct energy conversion and their types and
working principle
2018-2019 213
Course Code: OE116KN 3 - - 3
DEPARTMENT OFMECHANICALENGINEERING
RESEARCH METHODOLOGY
(Open Elective-2)
Prerequisites:-Nil-
Course objectives:
1. To develop an understanding towards basic concepts of the research
methodology.
2. To familiarize primary disparity between quantitative research and
qualitative research.
3. To provide knowledge to define appropriate research problem and its
parameters.
4. To familiarize tools and techniques used for preparation of report
writing.
Research Methodology: Objectives and Motivation of Research, Types
of Research, Research Approaches, Significance of Research, Research
Methods verses Methodology, Research and Scientific Method,
Importance of Research Methodology, Research Process, Criteria of Good
Research, Problems Encountered by Researchers in India.
Defining the Research Problem: Definition of Research Problem,
selecting the Problem, Necessity of Defining the Problem, Technique
involved in Defining a Problem.
Literature Survey: Importance of Literature Survey, Sources of
Information, Assessment of
Quality of Journals and Articles, Information through Internet. Literature
Review: Need of Review, Guidelines for Review, Record of Research
Review.
Research Design: Meaning of Research Design, Need for Research
Design, Feature of a Good Design, Important Concepts Related to Research
Design, Different Research Designs, Basic Principles of Experimental
Design.
Design of Sample Surveys: Sample Design, Sampling and Non Sampling
Errors, Sample Survey Versus Census Survey. Types of Sampling Designs:
Non Probability Sampling, Probability Sampling.
Data Collection and Preparation: Collection of Primary data:
Observation method, Interview method, Questionnaires, Schedules.
Collection of Secondary data, Case study method.
Data Preparation:Questionnaire checking, Editing, Coding,
Classification, Tabulation.
Graphical Representation: Pie chart, Bar chart, Histogram, Frequency
Polygon.
Interpretation and Report Writing: Meaning of Interpretation,
Techniques of Interpretation, Precautions of interpretation. Significance
of Report Writing, Steps in Writing the Report, Format of the Research
Report. Technical paper writing/Journal paper writing, Making
Presentation, Use of Visual Aids, Elementary Treatment of Plagiarism
Tools.
Text Books:
1. C.R Kothari & Gaurav Garg, Research Methodology, Methods &
Technique, New Age International Publishers, 2019.
2. R. Ganesan, “Research Methodology for Engineers”, MJP Publishers,
2016.
Reference Books:
1. R .Pannerselvam, Research Methodology, Prentice hall of India, 2014.
2. Ratan Khananabis and Suvasis Saha, Research Methodology,
Universities Press, Hyderabad, 2015.
3. G. Nageswara Rao, Research Methodology and Quantitative methods,
BS Publications, Hyderabad, 2012.
Online Resources:
onlinecourses.nptel.ac.in
Course Outcomes
1. Develop an understanding on various kinds of research and objectives
of doing research.
2. Perform literature reviews using print and online databases.
3. Design good research.
4. Collect required data for Research and to adopt methods for data
collection.
5. Interpret the data from research perception.
6. Write and present a substantial technical report and document.
2018-2019 215
Course Code: OE116KP 3 - - 3
BEHAVIOURAL SKILLS AND PROFESSIONAL
COMMUNICATION
(Open Elective-2)
Prerequisites:-Nil-
Course Objectives:
1. To achieve the desired life skills and social skills in their workplace.
2. To enable the students to handle and to overcome the professional
challenges and conflicts in a working environment.
3. To facilitate the students to understand and develop their managerial
skills in a professional environment.
4. To help the students understand professional and cross cultural
communication through digital technologies.
5. To develop critical thinking skills for speech and writing.
Life Skills: Essentials of desirable social skills and presentability skills
professionally-Confidence building-Self-esteem-Positive attitude-
Assertiveness -Professional etiquette and manners -Johari Window.
Critical Thinking Skills: Decision Making - Problem Solving –
Negotiation -Conflict resolution and Creative thinking – Blooms Taxonomy.
Managerial Skills: Time Management – Stress Management – Crisis
Management – Conflict Management – Relationship Management.
Professional Skills: Digital Communication - Social Networking – Cross
Cultural and Cross Functional Communication.
Human Values and Professional Ethics: Professional Codes of Ethics:
Importance and Impact – Ethical Challenges and Conflicts – Moral Issues
and dilemmas - Professional Etiquette and Netiquette.
Reference Books:
1. Meenakshi Raman and Shalini, Softskills: Key to success in workplace
and life, Cengage Publications, 2018.
2. Barun and K. Mitra, Personality Development and Soft Skills,
2nd Edition, Oxford University Press, 2016.
3. Sailesh Sen Gupta, Business and Managerial Communication, PH1
Learning Pvt. Ltd., 2011.
Online Resources:
2. https://onlinecourses.nptel.ac.in/noc19_mg03/preview
3. CEMCA – Life Skills for Engineers.
Course Outcomes:
1. Communicate with more confidence and self-esteem.
2. Give better presentation and explanation using digital aids and tools.
3. Perform effectively and efficiently in the work place environment.
4. Exhibit better tolerance and receptiveness in understanding and
accepting diversity.
5. Apply higher thinking order in the self-development process.
6. Equip oneself to handle the work related challenges and conflicts
professionally.
2018-2019 217
IV Year B.Tech. I Semester L T P C
Course Code: OE117KR 3 - - 3
CYBER SECURITY
(Open Elective-3)
Prerequisites:-Nil-
Course Objectives:
1. To demonstrate different types of Cybercrimes, Laws and IT Acts.
2. To introduce different types of Cyber Attacks and steps involved in
planning Cybercrimes.
3. To explore various security challenges faced by mobile workforce and
their implications under Cybercrime.
4. To introduce Proxy servers, Key loggers, SQL injections and wireless
network hacking.
5. To determine various web threats faced by organizations and understand
about Social Media Networking.
Introduction to Cybercrime: Introduction, Cybercrime – Definitions
and origins of the word, and Information Security, Who are Cybercriminals,
Classifications of Cybercrimes, And Cybercrime: The legal Perspectives
and Indian Perspective, Cybercrime and the Indian ITA 2000 - Hacking
and the Indian Law(s), A Global Perspective on Cybercrimes – Cybercrime
and the Extended Enterprise.
Cyber Offenses: How Criminals Plan Them: Introduction – Categories
of Cybercrime, How Criminals plan the Attacks – Reconnaissance, Passive
Attacks, Active Attacks, Scanning and Scritinizing Gathered Information,
Attack, Social Engineering, Cyber stalking – Types, Cases reported on
Cyberstalking, Working of Stalking, Real-Life incident of Cyberstalking,
Cybercafe and Cybercrimes, Botnets: The Fuel for Cybercrime, Attack
Vector, Cloud Computing.
Cybercrime: Mobile and Wireless Devices: Introduction, Proliferation
of Mobile and Wireless Devices, Trends in Mobility, Credit card Frauds
in Mobile and Wireless Computing Era, Security Challenges Posed by
Mobile Devices, Registry Settings for Mobile Devices, Authentication
service Security, Attacks on Mobile/Cell Phones.
Mobile Devices: Security Implications for Organizations, Organizational
Measures for Handling Mobile, Organizational Security Policies and
Measures in Mobile Computing Era, Laptops.
Tools and Methods Used in Cybercrime: Introduction, Proxy Servers
and Anonymizers, Phishing, Password Cracking – Online Attacks, Offline
Attacks, Strong, Weak and Random Passwords, Keyloggers and Spywares
– Software Keyloggers, Hardware Keyloggers, Antikeylogger, Spywares,
Virus and Worms, Trojan Horse and Backdoors, Steganography, DoS and
DDoS attacks – DoS Attacks, Classification, Types and Levels, Tools used
to launch DoS attack, DDoS Attacks, How to protect from DoS/DDoS
Attacks, SQL Injection, Buffer Overflow.
Cyber Security: Organizational Implications Introduction, Cost of
Cybercrimes and IPR issues, Web threats for Organizations, Security and
Privacy Implications.
Social Media marketing: Security Risks and Perils for Organizations,
Social Computing and the associated challenges for Organizations.
Text Books:
1. Nina Godbole and Sunil Belapure, Cyber Security: Understanding
Cyber Crimes, Computer Forensics and Legal Perspectives, Wiley
INDIA.
Reference Books:
1. James Graham, Richard Howard and Ryan Otson, Cyber Security
Essentials, CRC Press.
2. Chwan-Hwa (john) Wu and J.David Irwin, Introduction to Cyber
Security, CRC Press T&F Group.
Online Resources:
1. https://www.open.edu/openlearn/futurelearn/cyber-security
2. https://www.cybrary.it/
3. https://www.cybersecurityeducation.org/resources/
4. https://www.onlinecourses.nptel.ac.in/
5. https://www/coursera.org/
Course Outcomes:
1. Understand the evolution of Internet in the context of emerging Cyber
threats and their laws.
2. Distinguish and classify the forms of Cybercriminal activities and
Social Engineering methods used to undertake crimes.
3. Apply risk management policies to protect organization’s critical
information and assets.
4. Analyse the tools and methods used in Cybercrime.
5. Understand the Security challenges for mobile and wireless devices.
6. Assess the Cybercrime scenarios in India, Global and Legal
Perspectives.
2018-2019 219
IV Year B. Tech. I-Semester L T P C
Course Code: OE117KS 3 - - 3
PYTHON PROGRAMMING
(Open Elective-3)
Prerequisites:-Nil-
Course Objectives:
1. To be able to introduce core programming basics and program design
with functions using Python programming language.
2. To understand a range of Object-Oriented Programming, as well as in-
depth data and information processing techniques.
3. To understand the high-performance programs designed to strengthen
the practical expertise.
Introduction to Python Programming: Using Python, The IDLE
Programming Environment, Input and Output Processing, Displaying
Output with the Print Function, Comments, Variables, Reading Input from
the Keyboard, Performing Calculations.
More about Data Output: New line, Item Separator, Escape Characters,
Formatting parameters.
Decision Structures and Boolean Logic: if, if-else, if-elif-else
Statements, Nested Decision Structures, Comparing Strings, Logical
Operators, Boolean Variables. Repetition Structures: Introduction, while
loop, for loop, Sentinels, Input Validation Loops, Nested Loops.
Functions: Introduction, Defining and Calling a Function, Designing a
Program to Use Functions, Local Variables, Passing Arguments to
Functions, Global Variables and Global Constants, Value-Returning
Functions Generating Random Numbers, Writing Our Own Value-
Returning Functions, The math Module, Random Module, Time Module
and Storing Functions in Modules.
Lists and Tuples: Sequences, Introduction to Lists, List slicing, Finding
Items in Lists with the in Operator, List Methods and Useful Built-in
Functions, Copying Lists, Processing Lists, Two-Dimensional Lists,
Tuples.
Strings: Basic String Operations, String Slicing, Testing, Searching, and
Manipulating Strings.
Dictionaries and Sets: Dictionaries, Sets, Serializing Objects.
Recursion: Introduction, Problem Solving with Recursion, Examples of
Recursive Algorithms.
Python File Input-Output: Opening and Closing file, various types of
file modes, reading and writing to files, manipulating directories
Exception Handling: What is Exception, various keywords to handle
exception- try, catch, except, else, finally, raise.
Regular Expressions: Concept of regular expression, various types of
regular expressions, using match function.
GUI Programming: Graphical User Interfaces, Using the tkinter Module,
Display text with Label Widgets, Organizing Widgets with Frames, Button
Widgets and Info Dialog Boxes, Getting Input with Entry Widget, Using
Labels as Output Fields, Radio Buttons, Check Buttons.
Introduction to plotting in Python: Basic Plots- Line and Scatter Plot,
Histograms and plotting data contained in files.
Text Books:
1. Tony Gaddis, Starting out with Python, 4th Edition, Pearson, 2017.
2. Kenneth A. Lambert, Fundamentals of Python, Delmar Cengage
Learning, 2013.
3. Charles Dierbach, Introduction to Computer Science using Python,
Wiley, 2013.
Reference Books:
1. James Payne, Beginning Python using Python 2.6 and Python 3, wrox
programmer to programmer, 2010.
2. Paul Gries, Practical Programming: An Introduction to Computer
Science using Python, 3rd Edition, 2016.
3. Clinton W. Brownley, Foundations for Analytics with Python”, 1st
Edition, O’Rielly Media, 2016.
Online Resources:
1. https://www.python.org/
2. https://www.coursera.org/learn/python
3. https://learnpythonthehardway.org/book/
4. https://www.coursera.org/specializations/python
2018-2019 221
5. https://www.learnpython.org/
6. https://www.cs.uky.edu/~keen/115/Haltermanpythonbook.pdf
Course Outcomes:
1. Gain knowledge on the basic principles of Python programming
language.
2. Understand different Decision Making statements and Functions.
3. Apply the knowledge of data structures like Lists, Dictionaries and
sets.
4. Understand and summarize different File and exception handling
operations.
5. Implement object oriented concepts.
6. Design GUI applications using Python.
IV Year B. Tech. I-Semester L T P C
Course Code: OE117KT 3 - - 3
ANDROID PROGRAMMING
(Open Elective-3)
Prerequisites:-Nil-
Course Objectives:
1. To demonstrate their understanding of the fundamentals of Android
operating systems.
2. To demonstrate their skills of using Android software development
tools.
3. To demonstrate their ability to develop software with reasonable
complexity on mobile platform.
4. To demonstrate their ability to deploy software to mobile devices.
5. To demonstrate their ability to debug programs running on mobile
devices.
Introduction to Android Operating System: Android OS design and
Features – Android development framework, SDK features, Installing and
running applications on Eclipse platform, Creating AVDs, Types of Android
applications, Best practices in Android programming, Android tools.
Android application components – Android Manifest file, Externalizing
resources like values, themes, layouts, Menus etc., Resources for different
devices and languages, Runtime Configuration Changes.
Android Application Lifecycle– Activities, Activity lifecycle, activity
states, monitoring state changes.
Android User Interface: Measurements – Device and pixel density
independent measuring units.
Layouts – Linear, Relative, Grid and Table Layouts.
User Interface (UI) Components – Editable and non-editable Text Views,
Buttons, Radio and Toggle Buttons, Checkboxes, Spinners, Dialog and
pickers.
Event Handling – Handling clicks or changes of various UI components.
Fragments – Creating fragments, Lifecycle of fragments, Fragment
states, Adding fragments to Activity, adding, removing and replacing
2018-2019 223
fragments with fragment transactions, interfacing between fragments and

Activities, Multi-screen Activities.
Intents and Broadcasts: Intent – Using intents to launch Activities,
Explicitly starting new Activity, Implicit Intents, Passing data to Intents,
Getting results from Activities, Native Actions, using Intent to dial a
number or to send SMS.
Broadcast Receivers – Using Intent filters to service implicit Intents,
Resolving Intent filters, finding and using Intents received within an
Activity.
Notifications – Creating and Displaying notifications, Displaying Toasts.
Persistent Storage: Files – Using application specific folders and files,
creating files, reading data from files, listing contents of a directory Shared
Preferences – Creating shared preferences, saving and retrieving data using
Shared Preference.
Database – Introduction to SQLite database, creating and opening a
database, creating tables, inserting retrieving and deleting data, Registering
Content Providers, Using content Providers. (insert, delete, retrieve and
update)
Advanced Topics: Alarms – Creating and using alarms.
Using Internet Resources – Connecting to internet resource, using
download manager.
Location Based Services – Finding Current Location and showing
location on the Map, updating location.
Text Books:
1. Reto Meier, Professional Android 4 Application Development, Wiley
India, (Wrox), John Wiley & Sons, Inc, 4th Edition, 2012,.
2. James C Sheusi, Android Application Development for Java
Programmers, Cengage Learning, Course Technology, a part of
Cengage Learning, 2013.
Reference Books:
1. Wei-Meng Lee, Beginning Android 4 Application Development, 4th
Edition, Wiley India (Wrox), 2013.
Online Resources:
1. https://developer.android.com/guide
2. https://www.tutorialspoint.com/android/
3. https://developer.android.com/studio
4. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/106106147/6
5. https://in.udacity.com/course/new-android-fundamentals—ud851
6. https://medium.com/@tristaljing/10-best-app-development-courses-
for-beginners-and-get-a-job-d84dbf34b101
Course Outcomes:
At the end of the course the students are able to
1. Describe Android platform, Architecture and features.
2. Design User Interface and develop activity for Android App.
3. Use Intent, Broadcast receivers and Internet services in Android App.
4. Design and implement Database Application and Content providers.
5. Use multimedia, camera and Location based services in Android App.
6. Discuss various security issues in Android platform.
2018-2019 225
IV Year B.Tech. I-Semester L T P C
Course Code: OE117KU 3 - - 3
DEPARTMENT OFELECTRONICSAND TELEMATICS ENGINEERING
TELECOMMUNICATION SWITCHING SYSTEMS
(Open Elective-3)
Prerequisites:-Nil-
Course Objectives:
1. To expose through the evolution of switching systems from
electromechanical systems to stored-program-controlled digital
systems.
2. To provide knowledge to the students regarding design and performance
analysis of electronic space division switching systems.
3. To provide knowledge to the students regarding design and performance
analysis of time division switching systems.
4. To train the students about basic concepts of Telephone Networks.
5. To inculcate students on various traffic engineering concepts.
Telecommunication Switching Systems: Introduction, Evolution of
Telecommunications, Basics of a switching system, Crossbar Switching,
Principles of Crossbar Switching, Crossbar Switch Configuration,
Crosspoint Technology, Crossbar Exchange Organization.
Electronic Space Division Switching: Stored Program Control,
Centralized SPC, Distributed SPC, Software Architecture, Application
Software, Enhanced services, Two-Stage Networks, Three-Stage Networks,
n-Stage Networks.
Time Division Switching: Basic Time Division Space Switching, Basic
Time Division Time Switching, Time Multiplexed Space Switching, Time
Multiplexed Time Switching, Combination Switching, Three Stage
Combination Switching, n - Stage Combinational Switching.
Telecommunications Traffic : Introduction, The Unit of Traffic,
Congestion, Traffic Measurement, A Mathematical Model, Lost-Call
Systems- Theory, Traffic Performance, Loss Systems in Tandem, Use of
Traffic Tables, Queuing Systems-The Second Erlang Distribution,
Probability of Delay.
Telephone Networks : Subscriber loop systems, Switching hierarchy and
routing, Transmission plan, Transmission systems, Numbering plan,
Charging plan, Signaling techniques: In channel signaling, Common channel
signaling.
Text Books:
1. Thyagarajan Viswanathan, Tele Communication Switching System and
Networks, PHI, 2000.
2. J. E Flood, Telecommunications Switching and Traffic Networks,
Reference Books:
1. J. Bellamy, John Wiley, Digital telephony, 2nd Edition, 2001.
2. Achyut. S.Godbole, Data Communications & Networks, TMH, 2004.
3. H. Taub & D. Schilling, Principles of Communication Systems, TMH,
2nd Edition, 2003.
4. S.Keshav, An Engineering approach to computer networking, Addison
Wesely.
Online References:
1. https://onlinelibrary.wiley.com/doi/book/10.1002/0471208051
2. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Telecommunication
Course Outcomes:
1. Acquire knowledge about Telecommunication Switching Systems.
2. Understand different Telecommunication switching and signaling
methodologies.
3. Apply the concepts to solve the real time telecommunication problems.
4. Analyse the fundamental telecommunication traffic models.
5. Evaluate telecommunication switching systems.
6. Design a telecommunication switching system.
2018-2019 227
Course Code: OE117KV 3 - - 3
WASTE MANAGEMENT TECHNIQUES AND
POWER GENERATION
(Open Elective-3)
Prerequisites:-Nil-
Course Objectives:
1. To classify the sources of solid waste & e-waste.
2. To identify methods of solid waste disposal.
3. To understand various waste management techniques.
4. To study various energy generation methods as per type of waste
available locally.
5. To analyze energy generation methods and recycling of waste.
Waste Management and Handling: Sources & types of wastes (Industrial,
Municipal, Agro, Domestic). Generation of wastes, Pollution standards,
Waste characterization. Functional elements of waste management,
technological aspects related to waste generation, on site handling, storage,
collection, transfer and transport.
Processing techniques and equipment (volume reduction, size reduction,
component separation, dewatering, drying).
Waste Management Issues: Planning, organization & control Hazardous
& toxic wastes, hazard & its management, classification, generation,
handling, processing and disposal. Industrial safety, Waste disposal,
Environmental impact (toxic & non-toxic).
Conversion Techniques & Methods: Recovery of value added
components: Recycling, conversion products and energy Conversion
technologies: Incineration,-principle features of an incinerator -site
selection and plant layout of an incinerator - Thermo-chemical conversions.
Biochemical conversion: Biogas & ethanol Conventional Chemical &
biological treatment. Power generation & its utilization.
Processing Techniques and Recovery of Energy: Processing techniques
– purposes mechanical volume reduction-necessary equipments – chemical
volume reduction-mechanical size reduction selection of equipments-
components separation-methods-drying and dewatering. Refusal disposal
– various methods.
Concepts of Land Fill & e-Waste
Concepts of Land Fill: Land Fill method of solid waste disposal, Land
fill classification, Types, methods and Sitting consideration, Layout and
preliminary design of landfills: Composition, Movement and control of
landfill leachate and gases, Environmental monitoring for land fill gases.
e-Waste: e-waste in global context, Environmental concerns, Global trading
in hazardous waste, Management of e-waste, e-waste legislation,
Government regulations on e-waste management & Recycling.
Text Books:
1. T.V. Ramachandra, Management of Municipal Solid Waste, The Energy
and Resources Institute, TERI, 2009.
2. Thomas Christensen, Solid waste technology and Management,
2nd Volume Set., WILEY Publishers, 2011.
3. K.Sasi Kumar and Sanoop Gopi Krishna, Solid Waste Management, PHI
Learning Pvt. Ltd, 2009.
Reference Books:
1. Vasudevan Rajaram, Faisal Zia Siddiqui, Sanjeev Agrawal and Mohammad
Emran Khan, Solid and Liquid Waste Management: Waste to Wealth,
PHI Learning Pvt. Ltd, 2016.
2. P.Jayarama Reddy, Energy Recovery from Municipal Solid Waste by
Thermal Conversion Technologies, CRC Press, 2016.
3. Ms Bhatt Asheref Illiyan, Solid waste Management: An Indian
Perspective, Synergy Books India, 2012.
Course Outcomes:
Upon the completion of the course, the students will be able to
1. Understand technologies for generation of energy from solid waste.
2. Compare methods of solid waste disposal.
3. Identify sources of energy from waste using various conversion
techniques.
4. Analyze methods for waste management.
5. Assess the harmful effects of e-waste.
6. Differentiate between the normal waste and e-waste.
2018-2019 229
Course Code: OE117KW 3 - - 3
INDUSTRIAL MANAGEMENT
(Open Elective-3)
Prerequisites:-Nil-
Course Objectives:
1. To up skill the importance of Productivity in Production Process.
2. To give insights of managing Production activities.
3. To sensitize the importance of Quality.
Introduction to Industrial Management
Industrial Management – Introduction - Need, Scope, Evolution –
Industrial Engineering and Management.
Production Management – Plant location – Factors affecting Plant
location - Plant Layout – Types of Plant Layout – Product, Process, Fixed
Position and Combination Layout.
Production and Productivity
Production – Introduction – Types of Production – Job, Batch and Mass
Production – Methods of Production.
Productivity – Concept of Productivity – Production vs Productivity –
Objectives – Factors affecting Productivity – Kinds of Productivity –
Material, Labour, Capital, Machine and general measure of Productivity
(Theory only) – Measures to improve Productivity and its benefits.
Operations and Materials Management
Operations Management – Work study – Introduction – Objectives –
Scope of Work study- Method study - Definition - Objectives – Steps of
Method study. Work measurement – Definition, objectives and benefits of
Work measurements – Time study – Definition – Steps in Time study –
Uses of Time study.
Materials Management-Definition- Objectives-Functions-Purchase
procedure-ABC analysis -VED Analysis – Economic Order Quantity.
Inventory and Stores Management
Inventory Management – Introduction - Functions of Inventory Control
– Advantages of Inventory Control – Methods of Inventory issues – FIFO,
LIFO, Simple average and Weighted average methods (simple problems) –
Material Resource Planning (MRP) - Enterprise Resource Planning (ERP)
– Just in Time (JIT) - Supply Chain Management (SCM)
Stores Management – Stores Keeping – Classification of Stores – Stores
Records
Quality Management and Control
Quality Management – Introduction, Evolution, Contributions of Juran,
Deming, Crosby, Total Quality Management.
Statistical Quality Control -Advantages of Quality control-Shewart
Control Charts for variables - chart and R chart-Attributes-Defective –
Defect-Charts for Attributes -P Chart and C Chart (simple problems)-Six
Sigma.
Text Books:
1. O.P. Khanna, Industrial Engineering and Management, Dhanpat Rai
Publications Pvt. Ltd., 2004.
2. T.R. Banga, NK Agarwal and S.C. Sarma, Industrial Engineering and
Management Science, 10th Edition, Khanna Publishers, 2005.
Reference Books:
1. Joseph and G. Monks, Operations Management (Theory and Problems),
Mc. Graw- Hill Series in Management, 3rd Edition, 1987.
2013.
3. Besterfield H. Dale, Total Quality Management, 3rd Edition, Pearson,
2003.
Online Resources:
Operations Management
https://onlinecourses.nptel.ac.in/noc18_me26/preview
Course Outcomes:
1. Organize the activities of Business efficiently.
2. Adapt to appropriate method of production yielding productivity.
3. Identify efficient method of production.
4. Handle inventory efficiently for improving Productivity.
5. Implement and maintain Quality standards in Production.
6. Cohere to dynamic practices to improve Productivity.
2018-2019 231
IV Year B.Tech. II-Semester L T P C
Course Code: OE118KX 3 - - 3
PRINCIPLES OF ARTIFICIAL INTELLIGENCE
(Open Elective-4)
Prerequisites:-Nil-
Course Objectives:
1. To learn the difference between optimal reasoning vs human like
reasoning.
2. To understand the notions of state space representation, uninformed
search, informed (heuristic) search.
3. To learn different knowledge representation techniques.
4. To understand the applications of Al: namely Game Playing, Expert
Systems, Machine Learning and Natural Language Processing.
Introduction: History, Foundations of AI, Sub areas of AI, Objectives
and Applications of AI.
Intelligent Agent: Agents and Environments and the Structure of Agents.
Solving Problem by Searching: Introduction, General Problem Solving.
Uninformed Search Strategies: Breadth First Search and Depth First
Search. Informed (Heuristic) Search Strategies: Heuristic Function,
A* Algorithm and Hill Climbing.
Game Playing: Optimal Decisions in Games, the Minimax Algorithm,
Alpha-Beta Pruning, Constraint Satisfaction Algorithm.
Logic Concepts: Introduction, Propositional Logic, Predicate Logic,
Unification Algorithm, Natural Deduction System, Semantic Tableau
System in Propositional Logic, Resolution Refutation in Propositional
Logic.
Knowledge Representation: Introduction, Approaches to Knowledge
Representation, Knowledge Representation using Semantic Networks and
Extended Semantic Networks, Knowledge Representation using Frames.
Expert System and Applications: Introduction, Phases in Building Expert
Systems, Expert System Architecture, Expert Systems Vs Traditional
Systems, Application of Expert Systems, List of Shells and Tools.
Uncertainty Measure – Probability Theory: Introduction, Probability
Theory, Bayesian Belief Networks, Dempster-Shafer Theory.
Machine Learning: Introduction. Machine Learning Systems. Supervised,
Unsupervised Learning and Reinforcement Learning, Learning Decision
Trees, Clustering, Support Vector Machines.
Artificial Neural Networks: Introduction, Artificial Neural Networks,
Single- Layer Feed-Forward Networks, Multi-Layer Feed-Forward
Networks, Recurrent Networks, Design Issues of Artificial Neural
Networks.
Advanced Knowledge Representation Techniques: Case Grammars,
Semantic Web.
Natural Language Processing: Introduction, Sentence Analysis Phases,
Grammars and Parsers, Types of Parsers.
Text Books:
1. Russell and Norvig, Artificial intelligence, A Modern Approach, 3rd
Edition, Pearson Education, 2014.
2. Rich, Knight and Nair, Artificial intelligence, 3rd Edition, Tata McGraw
Hill, 2009.
Reference Books:
1. Deepak Khemani, A First Course in Artificial Intelligence, McGraw-
Hill Education, 2013
2. Saroj Kaushik, Artificial Intelligence, Cengage Learning, 2011D,
Samanta, Classic Data Structures, 2nd Edition, PHI.
Online Resources:
1. https://faculty.psau.edu.sa/filedownload/doc-7-pdf a154ffbcec
538a4161a406abf62f5b76-original.pdf
2. http://www.vssut.ac.in/lecture_notes/lecture1428643004.pdf
3. http://nptel.ac.in/courses/106105077/
4. https://onlinecourses.nptel.ac.in/noc18_cs18/preview
5. https://www.edx.org/course/artificial-intelligence-ai-columbiax-
csmm-101x-4
Course Outcomes:
1. Understand the basics of AI and knowledge representation using
appropriate technique.
2. Apply AI techniques for problem solving using various search and game
Playing algorithms.
3. Interpret architectures of different intelligent agents and Expert
Systems.
4. Interpret probabilistic and logical reasoning for knowledge.
5. Analyse different Machine Learning approaches for problem solving.
6. Recognize basics of Natural Language Processing.
2018-2019 233
Course Code: OE118KY 3 - - 3
CLOUD COMPUTING
(Open Elective-4)
Prerequisites:-Nil-
Course Objectives:
1. To explain evolving computer model called cloud computing.
2. To introduce the various levels of services that can be achieved by
cloud.
3. To describe the security aspects of cloud.
Introduction: Cloud computing at a glance, Historical developments,
Building cloud computing environments.
Cloud Computing Architecture: The cloud reference model, Types of
clouds, Economics of the cloud, Open challenges.
Virtualization: Characteristics of virtualized environments, Taxonomy
of virtualization techniques, Virtualization and cloud computing, Pros and
cons of virtualization, Technology examples- Xen, VMware, Microsoft
Hyper-V. Migrating into a Cloud, Virtual Machines Provisioning and
Migration Services.
Cloud Platforms in Industry: Amazon web services, Google AppEngine,
Microsoft Azure, Aneka-Integration of private and public cloud
Cloud Applications:Scientific applications, Business and consumer
applications.
Security in the Cloud: Cloud Security Challenges, Software-as-a-Service
Security.
Secure Distributed Data Storage in Cloud Computing: Cloud Storage:
from LANs to WANs, Technologies for Data Security in Cloud Computing.
Data Security in the Cloud: The Current State of Data Security in the
Cloud, Cloud Computing and Data Security Risk, Cloud Computing and
Identity, The Cloud, Digital Identity, and Data Security, Content Level
Security-Pros and Cons.
SLA Management: Traditional Approaches to SLO Management, Types
of SLA, Life Cycle of SLA, SLA Management in Cloud, Automated Policy-
based Management.
Common Standards in Cloud Computing: The Open Cloud Consortium,
Distributed Management Task Force, Standards for Application
Developers, Standards for Messaging, Standards for Security.
Text Books:
1. Rajkumar Buyya, Christian Vecchiola and S. Thamarai Selvi, Mastering
Cloud Computing: Foundations and Applications Programming,
McGraw Hill Education 2013.
2. Rajkumar Buyya, James Broberg, Andrzej and Wiley, Cloud Computing:
Principles and paradigms, 2011.
3. John W. Rittinghouse and James F. Ransome, Cloud Computing:
Implementation, Management and Security, CRC, 2010.
Reference Books:
1. Kai Hwang, Geoffery C.Fox and Jack J Dongarra, Distributed and cloud
computing, Elsevier, 2012.
2. A. Kannammal, Fundamentals of Cloud Computing, CL India, 2015.
3. Tim Mather, Subra Kumaraswamy and Shahed Latif, Cloud Security
and Privacy, An Enterprise Perspective on Risks and Compliance.
Publisher: O’Reilly Media 2009.
Online Resources:
1. https://ramslaw.files.wordpress.com/2016/07/0124114547cloud.pdf
2. http://www.chinacloud.cn/upload/2011-07/11073107539898.pdf
3. https://eniac2017.files.wordpress.com/2017/03/distributed-and-
cloud- computing.pdf
4. https://aws.amazon.com/
5. https://cloud.google.com/
6. https:// onlinecourses.nptel.ac.in
7. https://coursera.org/learn/cloud-computing
Course Outcomes:
1. Articulate the main concepts, key technologies, strengths, and
limitations of cloud computing.
2. Illustrate the broad perceptive of cloud architecture and model.
3. Apply and design suitable Virtualization concept.
4. Explore some important cloud computing driven commercial systems
such as Google Apps, Microsoft Azure and Amazon Web Services and
other businesses cloud applications.
5. Assess cloud Storage systems and Cloud security, the risks involved,
its impact and develop cloud application.
6. Analyse the various standards for Cloud computing and its management.
2018-2019 235

Course Code: OE118KZ 3 - - 3
DEPARTMENT OFELECTRONICSAND TELEMATICS ENGINEERING
CELLULAR AND MOBILE COMMUNICATIONS
(Open Elective-4)
Prerequisites:-Nil-
Course Objectives:
1. To provide the student with an understanding of the Cellular concept,
Frequency reuse, Hand-off strategies.
2. To enable the student to analyze and understand wireless and mobile
cellular communication systems over a stochastic fading channel.
3. To provide the student with an understanding of Co-channel and Non-
Co-channel interferences.
4. To give the student an understanding of cell coverage for signal and
traffic, diversity techniques and mobile antennas.
5. To give the student an understanding of frequency management, Channel
assignment and types of handoff.
Introduction to Cellular Mobile Radio Systems: Limitations of
Conventional Mobile Telephone Systems, Basic Cellular Mobile System,
First, Second, Third and Fourth Generation Cellular Wireless Systems,
Uniqueness of Mobile Radio Environment- Fading - Time Dispersion
Parameters, Coherence Bandwidth, Doppler Spread and Coherence Time.
Fundamentals of Cellular Radio System Design: Concept of Frequency
Reuse, Co-Channel Interference, Co-Channel Interference Reduction
Factor, Desired C/I From a Normal Case in a Omni Directional Antenna
System, System Capacity, Trunking and Grade of Service, Improving
Coverage and Capacity in Cellular Systems- Cell Splitting, Sectoring,
Microcell Zone Concept.
Co-Channel Interference: Measurement Of Real Time Co-Channel
Interference, Design of Antenna System, Antenna Parameters and Their
Effects, Diversity Techniques-Space Diversity, Polarization Diversity,
Frequency Diversity, Time Diversity.
Non-Co-Channel Interference: Adjacent Channel Interference, Near End

Far End Interference, Cross Talk, Effects on Coverage and Interference by
Power Decrease, Antenna Height Decrease, Effects of Cell Site
Components.
Cell Coverage for Signal and Traffic: Signal Reflections in Flat And
Hilly Terrain, Effect of Human Made Structures, Phase Difference Between
Direct and Reflected Paths, Constant Standard Deviation, Straight Line Path
Loss Slope, General Formula for Mobile Propagation Over Water and Flat
Open Area, Near and Long Distance Propagation, Path Loss From a Point
to Point Prediction Model in Different Conditions, Merits of Lee Model.
Cell Site and Mobile Antennas: Space Diversity Antennas, Umbrella
Pattern Antennas, Minimum Separation of Cell Site Antennas, Mobile
Antennas.
Frequency Management and Channel Assignment:
Numbering And Grouping, Setup Access And Paging Channels, Channel
Assignments to Cell Sites and Mobile Units, Channel Sharing and
Borrowing, Sectorization, Overlaid Cells, Non Fixed Channel Assignment.
Handoffs and Dropped Calls:
Handoff Initiation, Types of Handoff, Delaying Handoff, Advantages of
Handoff, Power Difference Handoff, Forced Handoff, Mobile Assisted and
Soft Handoff, Intersystem Handoff, Introduction to Dropped Call Rates
and their Evaluation
Text Books:
1. W.C.Y. Lee, Mobile Cellular Telecommunications, 2nd Edition, Mc Graw
Hill, 1989.
2. Theodore. S. Rapport, Wireless Communications, 2nd Edition, Pearson
Education, 2002.
3. Upena Dalal, Wireless communication and networks, Oxford University
press.
Reference Books:
1. Gordon L. Stuber, Principles of Mobile Communications, 2nd Edition,
Springer International, 2001.
2. Simon Haykin and Michael Moher, Modern Wireless Communications,
2018-2019 237
3. Asrar U. H. Sheikh, Wireless Communications Theory and Techniques,

Springer, 2004.
4. Vijay Garg, Wireless Communications and Networking, Elsevier
Publications, 2007.
5. Andrea Goldsmith, Wireless Communications, Cambridge University
Press, 2005.
Online Resources:
1. https://onlinecourses.nptel.ac.in/noc17_cs37/preview Wireless and
Cellular Communication by Prof.R. David Koilpillai.
2. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/117102062/ : Wireless Communication by
Dr. Ranjan Bose
Course Outcomes:
1. Analyze and design wireless and mobile cellular systems.
2. Understand impairments due to multipath fading channel.
3. Understand the fundamental techniques to overcome the different fading
effects.
4. Understand Co-channel and Non Co-channel interferences.
5. Familiar with cell coverage for signal and traffic, diversity techniques
and mobile antennas.
6. Understanding of frequency management, Channel assignment, and types
of handoff.
Course Code: OE118MA 3 - - 3
DEPARTMENT OFELECTRICALAND ELECTRONICS ENGINEERING
ROBOTICS
(Open Elective-4)
Prerequisites:-Nil-
Course Objectives:
1. To understand basic concepts of robotics.
2. To learn various sensors and actuators used in the design of robots.
3. To learn various robot programming methods and languages.
Introduction: - Basic Concepts such as Definition, brief history, three
laws, depth of filed, Robot anatomy, Classification and usage, science and
technology of robots, associated parameters: resolution, accuracy,
repeatability, dexterity.
Sensors for Robots: - Characteristics of sensing devices, Selections of
sensors, Classification and applications of sensors. Types of Sensors, Need
for sensors and vision system in the working and control of a robot.
Drives: - Types of Drives, Actuators and its selection while designing a
robot system. Types of transmission systems
Control Systems: - Types of Controllers, Introduction to closed loop
control, second order linear systems and their control, control law
partitioning, trajectory-following control, modelling and control of a single
joint, present industrial robot control systems and introduction to force
control
Machine Vision System: - Vision System Devices, Image acquisition,
Masking, Sampling and quantisation, Image Processing Techniques, Noise
reduction methods, Edge detection, Segmentation
Robot Programming: Methods of robot programming, lead through
programming, motion interpolation, branching capabilities, WAIT, SIGNAL
and DELAY commands, subroutines,
2018-2019 239
Programming Languages: Introduction to various types such as RAIL

and VAL II …etc., Features of each type and development of languages for
recent robot systems
Associated Topics in Robotics: - Socio-Economic aspect of robotisation,
Economical aspects for robot design, Safety for robot and associated mass,
New Trends & recent updates in robotics, International Scenario for
implementing robots in Industrial and other sectors. Future scope for
robotisation.
Text Books:
1. John J. Craig, Introduction to Robotics (Mechanics and Control), 2nd
Edition, Addison-Wesley, 2004.
2. Mikell P. Groover et. al., Industrial Robotics: Technology, Programming
and Applications, McGraw – Hill International, 1986.
3. Richard D. Klafter, Thomas A. Chemielewski, Michael Negin, Robotic
Engineering: An Integrated Approach, Prentice Hall India, 2002.
Reference Books:
1. K.S. Fu, R.C. Gonzales, C.S.G. Lee, Robotics: Control, Sensing, Vision
and Intelligence, McGraw Hill, 1987.
2. Shimon Y. Nof, Handbook of Industrial Robotics, John Wiley Co, 2001.
Course Outcomes:
1. Identify a Robot for a specific application.
2. Identify parameters required to be controlled in a Robot.
3. To select suitable sensors and drive system for an application
4. To learn various robot programming methods and languages
5. To learn various industrial robot control systems and Mission Vision
system
6. To understand Socio-Economic aspect of robotisation.
Course Code: OE118MB 3 - - 3
MARKETING MANAGEMENT
(Open Elective- 4)
Prerequisites:-Nil-
Course Objectives:
1. To orient the importance of Marketing in Product delivery.
2. To understand buyer behavior in Product selection.
3. To give overview of Marketing Mix in Product delivery.
Introduction to Marketing Management
Marketing Management: Meaning and importance – Nature & Scope –
Core concepts including Marketing Mix and Marketing Research –
Evolution of Marketing concepts from Production concept to Societal
Marketing concept – Green Marketing – Marketing Process.
Market Segmentation & Buyer Behavior
Market Segmentation: Levels & Patterns of Market Segmentation –
Segmentation of Consumer & Business Markets –Target Marketing –
Developing and communicating a positioning strategy – Differential Tools
- New Product Development and its process.
Buyer Behavior: Importance of Buyer behavior -Factors influencing buyer
behavior – Cultural – Social – Personal & Psychological – Buying decision
process - stages of buying decision process.
Product Offerings and Pricing Strategies
Product Offering: The Product and Product Mix – Product Line decisions
– Brand Decisions – Packaging and Labeling.
Pricing Strategies: - Setting the Price - Adapting the Price – Initiating
and Responding the Price changes.
Managing Marketing Channels through Networks
Distribution: Distribution Channels and Value Network-Channel
Intermediaries-Channel Structure-Decision and Functions-Channel
Dynamics-Retailing-Types-Wholesaling-Market Logistics.
2018-2019 241
Promotion:- Nature and Importance of Promotions – Designing and
Managing Promotion Mix – Managing Advertising – Sales Promotion -
Personal Selling – Public Relation – Direct Marketing – Publicity and Social
Media – Managing Digital Communication – E-Marketing , M-Marketing,
Services Marketing.
Text Books:
1. Philip Kotler, Marketing Management, 11th Edition, Prentice – Hall of
India Pvt Ltd, 2003.
2. Philip Kotler and Kevin Lane Keller, Marketing Management, 15th
Reference Books:
1. Rajagopal, Marketing-Concept and Cases, New Age International (P)
Ltd., 2008
2013.
3. Richard J.Semenik, Promotion & Integrated Marketing Communication,
Thomson South-Western, 2006.
Online Resources:
Marketing Management:
1. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/110104068/
2. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/110104070/
Course Outcomes:
1. Understand the importance of the Marketing Management Process
2. Conduct Marketing Research, comprehend buyer behavior and
hypothesize market segmentation.
3. Identify the elements of product mix and pricing strategies.
4. Enumerate strategies of pricing in fixation.
5. Select appropriate network of product distribution.
6. Adapt to befitting promotional strategy.
Course Code: OE118MC 3 - - 3
DEPARTMENT OF BASIC SCIENCES
ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT
(Open Elective-4)
Prerequisites:-Nil-
Course Objectives:
1. To provide knowledge on various aspects of Environment Impact
Assessment Methodologies.
2. To understand the impact of development activities on water, air and
biological Environment.
3. To prepare the Environmental Impact Statement (EIS) and Environmental
Audit (EA) Report.
4. To provide knowledge about Environmental Legislations and ISO 14000
standards pertaining to Environmental Management.
Basic Concepts of EIA: Definition of Environmental Impact Assessment
(EIA) and Environmental Impact Statement (EIS), Initial environmental
examination, Elements of EIA, Stages in EIA, factors affecting EIA,
Classification of environmental parameters, Impact analysis. Preparation
of Environmental Base map.
EIA Methodologies: Introduction, Criteria for the selection of EIA
Methodology, EIA methods- Adhoc method, Matrix method, Network
method, Environmental Media Quality Index method and Overlay methods.
Cost Benefit Analysis.
Assessment of Impact of Development Activities: Deforestation –
causes, effects and control measures, impact on Vegetation and Wildlife.
Review of Environmental Impact Assessment, guidelines for preparation
of Environmental Impact Statement. Environmental Impact Mitigation
measures.
Procurement of Relevant Soil Quality: Soil – types and quality, impact
prediction of soil quality due to human developmental activities, impact
assessment and its significance. Identification and incorporation of
mitigation measures.
2018-2019 243
Environmental Audit: Objectives of Environmental Audit, types of
Environmental Audit, Audit protocol. Stages of Environmental Audit - onsite
activities, evaluation of audit data and preparation of Audit report, Post
Audit activities.
Environmental Legislations: Objectives of Environmental Legislations,
The Environmental (Protection) Act 1986, The Water (Prevention and
Control of Pollution) Act 1974, The Air (Prevention and Control of
Pollution) Act 1981, The Motor Act 1988, The Wild life (Protection) Act
1972. Concept of ISO and ISO 14000, Case studies and preparation of
Environmental Impact Statement for various Industries.
Text Books:
1. Larry Canter, Environmental Impact Assessment, McGraw-Hill
Publications, 1996.
2. R.R Barthwal, Environmental Impact Assessment, New Age International
Publications, 2010.
3. Environmental Impact Assessment: Theory & Practice, P. Wathern
Publishers Rutledge, London, 1992
Reference Books:
1. R.K. Khitoliya, Environmental Pollution, S. Chand Publishing, 2014.
2. J. Glynn and W. H. Gary, Environmental Science and Engineering,
Prentice Hall Publishers, 1996.
3. Suresh K. Dhameja, Environmental Science and Engineering, S.K.
Kataria and Sons Publication, New Delhi, 2006.
4. H. S. Bhatia, Environmental Pollution and Control, Galgotia Publication
Private Limited, Delhi, 2003.
5. M.Anji Reddy, Environmental Impact Assessment, BSP Books Private
Limited, 2017.
Online Resources:
1. Environmental Impact Assessment-Open Educational Resource http://
www.raymondsumouniversity.com/eia-local/about.html
2. Environmental Impact Assessment - https://unep.ch/etb/publications/
enviImpAsse.php
3. Urban Environmental Management - http://www.gdrc.org/uem/eia/
impactassess.html
4. Environmental Impact Assessment Report https://www.miga.org/sites/
default/files/archive/Documents/EIA_Rwanda_Stones.pdf
5. https://cept.ac.in/cce/admin/images/files/1347949702_po7tf.pdf
6. https://www.iisd.org/learning/eia/
7. https://www.iaia.org/iaia-training-courses.php
8. https://www.eiatraining.com/index.html
Course Outcomes:
1. Understand the basic concepts of Environmental Impact Assessment,
Environmental Impact Statement and Environmental Audit.
2. Identify the environmental aspects to be considered for the
Environmental Impact Assessment study.
3. Apply the knowledge of Environmental Impact Assessment studies in
Preparation of Environmental Impact Statement.
4. Prepare suitable methodology in Environmental Impact Assessment
documentation.
5. Analyse and evaluate the mitigation measures of developmental
activities on environmental components.
Program Outcomes
PO1 Engineering Knowledge: Apply the knowledge of mathematics,
science, engineering fundamentals, and an engineering specializa-tion to
the solution of complex engineering problems.
PO2 Problem Analysis: Identify, formulate, research literature, and analyze
complex engineering problems reaching substantiated conclusions using
first principles of mathematics, natural sciences, and engineering sciences.
PO3 Design & Development Solutions: Design solutions for complex
engineering problems and design system components or processes that
meet the specified needs with appropriate consideration for the public
health and safety, and the cultural, societal, and environmental
considerations.
PO4 Investigation of complex problems: Use research-based knowledge
and research methods including design of experiments, analysis and
interpretation of data, and synthesis of the information to provide valid
conclusions.
PO5 Modern Tool Usage: Create, select, and apply appropriate techniques,
resources, and modern engineering and IT tools including prediction
and modelling to complex engineering activities with an understanding
of the limitations.
PO6 Engineering & Society: Apply reasoning informed by the contextual
knowledge to assess societal, health, safety, legal and cultural issues
and the consequent responsibilities relevant to the professional
engineering practice.
PO7 Environment & Sustainability: Understand the impact of the
professional engineering solutions in societal and environmental contexts,
and demonstrate the knowledge of, and need for sustainable
development.
PO8 Ethics: Apply ethical principles and commit to professional ethics and
responsibilities and norms of the engineering practice.
PO9 Individual & Team work: Function effectively as an individual, and as
a member or leader in diverse teams, and in multidisciplinary settings.
PO10 Communication: Communicate effectively on complex engineering
activities with the engineering community and with society at large, such
as, being able to comprehend and write effective reports and design
documentation, make effective presentations, and give and receive clear
instructions.
PO11 Project management & finance: Demonstrate knowledge and
understanding of the engineering and management principles and apply
these to one’s own work, as a member and leader in a team, to manage
projects and in multidisciplinary environments.
PO12 Life Long Learning: Recognize the need for, and have the preparation
and ability to engage in independent and life-long learning in the broadest
context of technological change.
(AUTONOMOUS)
INSTITUTE VISION
To become a center of quality education in Engineering and Technology
for women empowerment.
INSTITUTE MISSION
● To fulfill the academic aspirations of women engineers for
enhancing their intellectual capabilities and technical competency.
● To Leverage Leading – Edge Technologies and cultivate exemplary
work culture.
● To facilitate success in their desired career in the field of
engineering to build a progressive nation.
INSTITUTE QUALITY POLICY

G. Narayanamma Institute of Technology and Science (For Women),
Hyderabad is committed in imparting Quality Education and Training
for women empowerment in the field of “Engineering and Technology”
and to satisfy applicable requirements through continual improvement
of the Quality Management System by facilitating and supporting the
staff and students to work as a team in upgrading their knowledge and
skill in tune with the industrial and technological developments through
a set of Quality objectives.

Ece Book 1

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Ece Book 1

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Description:

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Ece Book 1

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

ACADEMIC REGULATIONS

B. TECH FOUR YEAR DEGREE COURSE

ECE dept envisions to develop high quality and technically competent

● Knowledge Based Engineering Education (Quality)

B. TECH FOUR YEAR DEGREE COURSE

B.TECH-ACADEMIC REGULATIONS – 2018

4.4 Each Semester is structured to provide typically about 20

Classifications as mentioned) in the Course Structure, puts up

ACADEMIC REGULATIONS - 2018

3. Impersonates any other student in The student who has

from class work and all

8. Possess any lethal weapon or Expulsion from the exami-

examinations of the subjects of

Games & Sports /NSS Participation Certificate is Mandatory for

III YEAR II SEMESTER

I Year B.Tech. ECE I-Semester L T P C

i) Use a function to display the employee information who are

UNIT 4: (~10 Lecture Hours)

I Year B.Tech. ECE II-Semester L T P C

12.Write a C Program to solve a given differential equation using Runge-

II Year B.Tech ECE I-Semester L T P C

II Year B.Tech ECE I-Semester L T P C

UNIT 4: (~10 Lecture Hours)

II YEAR B.Tech, ECE I-Semester L T P C

II Year B.Tech. ECE I-Semester L T P C

II Year B.Tech ECE I-Semester L T P C

UNIT 4: (~7 Lecture Hours)

2. Students will attain a finer grasp of how gender discrimination works

Operations on Multiple Random Variables: Expected value of a

Pulse Digital Modulation: PCM, Generation and Reconstruction,

II Year B.Tech. ECE II-Semester L T P C

15.To implement QAM, and analyze the Spectral characteristics of QAM

II Year B.Tech. ECE II-Semester L T P C

III Year B.Tech. ECE I-Semester L T P C

windows),Introduction to Kaiser window, Frequency-Sampling method,

III Year B.Tech. ECE I-Semester L T P C

III Year B.Tech. ECE I-Semester L T P C

Parity Check Matrix, Decoding of Linear Block Code, Syndrome

III Year B. Tech. ECE II-Semester L T P C

time, Performance specifications like ωc, ωg Gain margin, Phase margin.

Linear Predictive Coding (LPC) Analysis: Basic principles of Linear

2. https://onlinecourses.nptel.ac.in/noc17_ec13/preview, Digital speech

III Year B.Tech ECE II-Semester L T P C

III Year B.Tech. ECE II-Semester L T P C

IV Year ECE B.Tech I-Semester L T P C

UNIT 4: (~10 lectures)

2. Synthesize the preparation of effective plans in strategizing the decision

IV Year B.Tech ECE I-Semester L T P C

IV Year B.Tech ECE I-Semester L T P C

UNIT 5: (~10 lecture hours)

IV Year B.Tech ECE II-Semester L T P C

UNIT 4: (~10 Lecture Hours)

IV Year B.Tech ECE II-Semester L T P C

IV Year B.Tech ECE II-Semester L T P C

UNIT 4: (~10 Lecture hours)

IV Year B.Tech ECE II-Semester L T P C

Receiver, Receiver Bandwidth Requirements, Applications of CW radar.

2. NPTEL Web material on Navigation, Guidance and Control by Debasish